Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Ace Electric Inc; 2021-02-23; PWS21-1305PKS
CITY OF CARLSBAD San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL PROVISIONS, SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS, AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 BID NO. PWS21-1305PKS - Bidding tst —I- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 1 of 198 TABLE OF CONTENTS Item Page Notice Inviting Bids 9 Contractor's Proposal 16 Certification Form 27 Bid Security Form 28 Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal 29 Guide for Completing the "Designation of Subcontractors" Form 30 Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items 32 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 33 Bidder's Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive Liability and Workers' Compensation 34 Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 34 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 36 Noncollusion Declaration to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid 38 Contract Public Works 39 Labor and Materials Bond 46 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond 48 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention 50 •*Se —1- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6014 Page 2 of 198 GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 1 Terms, Definitions Abbreviations and Symbols 1-1 Terms 53 1-2 Definitions 53 1-3 Abbreviations 57 1-4 Units of Measure 60 1-5 Symbols 61 Section 2 Scope and Control of The Work 2-1 Award and Execution of Contract 62 2-2 Assignment 62 2-3 Subcontracts 62 2-4 Contract Bonds 63 2-5 Plans and Specifications 64 2-6 Work to be Done 68 2-7 Subsurface Data 68 2-8 Right-of-Way 68 2-9 Surveying 68 2-10 Authority of Board and Engineer 72 2-11 Inspection 73 Section 3 Changes in Work 3-1 Changes Requested by the Contractor 74 3-2 Changes Initiated by the Agency 74 3-3 Extra Work 75 3-4 Changed Conditions 78 3-5 Disputed Work 79 Section 4 Control of Materials 4-1 Materials and Workmanship 85 4-2 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage 89 Section 5 Utilities 5-1 Location 90 5-2 Protection 90 5-3 Removal 91 5-4 Relocation 91 5-5 Delays 92 5-6 Cooperation 92 Section 6 Prosecution, Progress and Acceptance of the Work 6-1 Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work 93 6-2 Prosecution of Work 97 6-3 Suspension of Work 98 6-4 Default by Contractor 98 6-5 Termination of Contract 99 6-6 Delays and Extensions of Time 99 6-7 Time of Completion 100 6-8 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty 101 4011' tat. —r- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 3 of 198 6-9 Liquidated Damages 101 6-10 Use of Improvement During Construction 101 Section 7 Responsibilities of the Contractor 7-1 Contractor's Equipment and Facilities 102 7-2 Labor 102 7-3 Liability Insurance 102 7-4 Workers' Compensation Insurance 102 7-5 Permits 103 7-6 The Contractor's Representative 103 7-7 Cooperation and Collateral Work 103 7-8 Project Site Maintenance 104 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements 106 7-10 Public Convenience and Safety 106 7-11 Patent Fees or Royalties 113 7-12 Advertising 113 7-13 Laws to be Observed 114 7-14 Antitrust Claims 114 Section 8 Facilities for Agency Personnel 8-1 General 115 8-2 Field Office Facilities 115 8-3 Field Laboratories 116 8-4 Bathhouse Facilities 117 8-5 Removal of Facilities 117 8-6 Basis of Payment 117 Section 9 Measurement and Payment 9-1 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work 119 9-2 Lump Sum Work 119 9-3 Payment 119 9-4 Bid Items 123 4,11, ma, Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 4 of 198 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO PART 2, 3 AND 6 OF THE SSPVVC Construction Materials Rock Materials Rock Products 124 Untreated Base Materials 125 Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials Portland Cement Concrete 126 Expansion Joint Filler and Joint Sealants 128 Bituminous Materials Asphalt Concrete 129 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) Wet Process 130 Lumber and Treatment with Preservatives Lumber and Plywood 130 Part 2 Section 200 200-1 200-2 Section 201 201-1 201-3 Section 203 203-6 203-11 Section 204 204-1 Section 206 Miscellaneous Metal Items 206-7 Traffic Signs 131 206-8 Light Gage Steel Tubing and Connectors 133 206-9 Portable Changeable Message Sign 134 Section 207 Pipe 207-2 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 136 207-9 Iron Pipe and Fittings 136 207-10 Steel Pipe 136 207-25 Underground Utility Marking Tape 137 Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems 138 Paint and Protective Coatings Paint 158 Galvanizing 159 Landscape and Irrigation Materials Landscape Materials 160 Irrigation System Materials 164 Electrical Materials 166 Engineering Fabrics Geotextiles 168 Erosion Control Specialties 168 Pavement Markers Reflective Pavement Markers 168 Fencing Environmental Fencing 169 Construction Methods Earthwork Clearing and Grubbing 170 Unclassified Excavation 170 Structure Excavation and Backfill 172 Section 209 Section 210 210-1 210-3 Section 212 212-1 212-2 212-3 Section 213 213-2 213-3 Section 214 214-5 Section 215 215-1 PART 3 Section 300 300-1 300-2 300-3 1111' tad" Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 5 of 198 300-4 Unclassified Fill 173 300-5 Borrow Excavation 174 300-9 Geotextiles for Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control. 174 300-11 Stonework for Erosion Control 176 300-12 Rock Slope Protection Fabric 176 300-13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 177 Section 301 Treated Soil, Subgrade Preparation and Placement of Base Materials 301-1 Subgrade Preparation 180 Section 303 Concrete and Masonry Construction. 303-2 Air-Placed Concrete 180 303-5 Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, And Driveways 180 Section 306 Underground Conduit Construction 306-1 Open Trench Operations 181 306-5 Abandonment of Conduits and Structures 184 Section 308 Landscape and Irrigation Installation 308-2 Earthwork and Topsoil Placement 185 308-4 Planting 186 308-5 Irrigation System Installation 189 308-6 Maintenance and Plant Establishment 190 308-7 Guarantee 191 308-8 Measurement and Payment. 193 Painting Painting Various Surfaces 194 Permanent Signing 194 Temporary Traffic Control Devices Temporary Traffic Pavement Markers 196 Temporary Traffic Signing 196 Temporary Railing (Type K) and Crash Cushions 197 Measurement and Payment 198 Section 310 310-5 310-7 Section 313 313-1 313-2 313-3 313-4 41‘ —I- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 6 of 198 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 02 — SITE WORK 02050 Demolition 02110 Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping 02140 Dewatering 02200 Earthwork 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting (completed by City Stds.) 02240 Soil Stabilization 02270 Erosion Control 02517 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 02527 Concrete Driveway, Sidewalk, Curb and Gutter 02530 Pavement Marking and Signs 02810 Landscape Irrigation Systems 02900 Landscaping DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Reinforcement Steel 03290 Joints in Concrete 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete (Renumber City Std.) 03315 Grout 03360 Pneumatically-placed Concrete 03370 Concrete Curing 03400 Precast Concrete 03740 Concrete Repair DIVISION 07— THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07190 Vapor Retarder 07920 Sealants and Caulking DIVISION 09 — FINISHES 09800 Protective Coatings 09900 Painting and Coating (completed by City std.) 09902 Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating (completed by City std.) DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 14 — CONVEYING SYSTEMS PW taw. r. Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 7 of 198 DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL 16560 Traffic Signals, Lighting, and Traffic Electrical Systems 16640 Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes t 411/'t a —1- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 8 of 198 CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS Until 11 a.m. on January 19, 2021, the City shall accept bids exclusively via electronic format via the City of Carlsbad Electronic Bidding Site, PlanetBids, which may be accessed at https://www.carlsbadca.qov/services/depts/finance/contractinq/default.asp, for performing the work as follows: COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 BID NO. PWS21-1305PKS ELECTRONIC FORMAT RECEIPT AND OPENING OF BIDS: Bids will be received in electronic format (eBids) EXCLUSIVELY at the City of Carlsbad's electronic bidding (eBidding) site, at: https://www.carlsbadca.dov/services/depts/finance/contractinq/default.asp and are due by the date and time shown on the cover of this solicitation. BIDDERS MUST BE PRE-REGISTERED with the City's bidding system and possess a system-assigned Digital ID in order to submit an electronic bid. The City's electronic bidding (eBidding) system will automatically track information submitted to the site including IP addresses, browsers being used and the URLs from which information was submitted. In addition, the City's bidding system will keep a history of every login instance including the time of login, and other information about the user's computer configuration such as the operating system, browser type, version, and more. Because of these security features, Bidders who disable their browsers' cookies will not be able to log in and use the City's bidding system. The City's electronic bidding system is responsible for bid tabulations. Upon the bidder's or proposer's entry of their bid, the system will ensure that all required fields are entered. The system will not accept a bid for which any required information is missing. This includes all necessary pricing, subcontractor listing(s) and any other essential documentation and supporting materials and forms requested or contained in these solicitation documents. BIDS REMAIN SEALED UNTIL DUE DATE AND TIME. eBids are transmitted into the City's bidding system via hypertext transfer protocol secure (https) mechanism using SSL 128-256-bit security certificates issued from Verisign/Thawte which encrypts data being transferred from client to server. Bids submitted prior to the Due Date and Time are not available for review by anyone other than the submitter, who will have until the Due Date and Time to change, rescind or retrieve its bid should they desire to do so. BIDS MUST BE SUBMITTED BY DUE DATE AND TIME. Once the deadline is reached, no further submissions are accepted into the system. Once the Due Date and Time has passed, bidders, proposers, the general public, and City staff are able to immediately see the results online. City staff may then begin reviewing the submissions for responsiveness, compliance and other issues. 4P'S' tau" —I- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 9 of 198 RECAPITULATION OF THE WORK. Bids shall not contain any recapitulation of the Work. Conditional Bids may be rejected as being non-responsive. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless called for. BIDS MAY BE WITHDRAWN by the Bidder prior to, but not after, the time set as Due Date and Time. Important Note: Submission of the electronic bid into the system may not be instantaneous. Due to the speed and capabilities of the user's internet service provider (ISP), bandwidth, computer hardware and other variables, it may take time for the bidder's submission to upload and be received by the City's eBidding system. It is the bidder's sole responsibility to ensure their bids are received on time by the City's eBidding system. The City of Carlsbad is not responsible for bids that do not arrive by the Due Date and Time. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS CARRY FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. The Bidder, by submitting their electronic proposal, agrees to and certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that the certification, forms and affidavits submitted as part of this proposal are true and correct. The bidder, by submitting its electronic bid, acknowledges that doing so carries the same force and full legal effect as a paper submission with a longhand (wet) signature. By submitting an electronic bid, the bidder certifies that the bidder has thoroughly examined and understands the entire Contract Documents (which consist of the plans and specifications, drawings, forms, affidavits and the solicitation documents), and that by submitting the eBid as its bid proposal, the bidder acknowledges, agrees to and is bound by the entire Contract Documents, including any addenda issued thereto, and incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents. BIDS ARE PUBLIC RECORDS Upon receipt by the City, bids shall become public records subject to public disclosure. It is the responsibility of the Bidder to clearly identify any confidential, proprietary, trade secret or otherwise legally privileged information contained within the proposal's General references to sections of the California Public Records Act (PRA) will not suffice. If the Bidder does not provide applicable case law that clearly establishes that the requested information is exempt from the disclosure requirements of the PRA, the City shall be free to release the information when required in accordance with the PRA, pursuant to any other applicable law, or by order of any court or government agency, and the Bidder agrees to hold the City harmless for any such release of this information. This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and Supplemental Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevoca- ble offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Depart- ment. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant tat —1- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No 6074 Page 10 of 198 to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be sub- stituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another juris- diction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans, provisions, and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the City Clerk's Office. The spec- ifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Standard Speci- fications for Public Works Construction, Parts 2 & 3, all hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particu- lars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contrac- tors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. BID DOCUMENTS The bid documents comprise the following documents which must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated. 1.Contractor's Proposal 2.Certification Form for Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting 3.Bidder's Bond (At Time of Bid Submit PDF Copy via PlanetBids / All Bidders). Bid Bond (Original) Due By 5 p.m. Next Business Day After Bid Opening/ 3 Apparent Low Bidders. 4.Noncollusion Declaration 5.Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid 6.Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 7.Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 8.Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 9.Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 10.Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 11.Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits - (optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) BIDDER'S GUARANTEE OF GOOD FAITH (BID SECURITY) At the time of bid submission, bidders must upload and submit an electronic PDF copy of the aforementioned bid security. Whether in the form of a cashier's check, a properly certified check or an approved corporate surety bond payable to the City of Carlsbad, the bid security must be 4ps, Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 11 of 198 uploaded to the City's eBidding system. Within two (2) business days after the bid opening date, the first three (3) apparent low bidders must provide the City with the original bid security. Failure to submit the electronic version of the bid security at time of bid submission shall cause the bid to be rejected and deemed non-responsive. Only the three (3) apparent low-bidders are required to submit original bid security to the city within two (2) business days after bid opening date. Failure to provide the original within two (2) business days may deem the bidder non-re- sponsive. Due to COVID-19, the City of Carlsbad offices are closed to the Public. Bidder's Bid Bond (Origi- nal) will be accepted via USPS, UPS or any other courier service during regular business hours. ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is $829,650.60. TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS: ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submit- ted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: A: General Engineering or C10: General Electrical. ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 5% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and sub- mitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sets of plans, various supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained from the City's website: https://www.carlsbadca.doviservicesidepts/finance/contractinq/bids.asp. Pa- per copies will not be sold. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the draw- ings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, pm, Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 12 of 198 modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore spec- ified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Con- tract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pur- suant to Section 1725.5. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. The Prime Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with Section 1776 of the Labor Code, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING A mandatory pre-bid meeting will be held at 9 a.m. on Monday December 21, 2020, via the on- line video platform that will be emailed to all planholders registered on the City of Carlsbad Planet Bids portal. Bidders must either attend the live pre-bid meeting or view the recorded meeting or its bid will be declared non-responsive. All Bidders must confirm by signing the Certification Form on page 27 that they attended the meeting or viewed the video of the meeting. A link to the video will be sent to all planholders following the meeting. UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. t 42 Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 13 of 198 BIDDER'S INQUIRIES Questions on the bid documents during the bid period shall be submitted in writing, via email, solely to: Graham Jordan, Contract Administrator graham.jordan@carlsbadca.gov Questions shall be definite and certain and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes, de- tails or specification sheets. The cutoff date to submit questions regarding this project is Tuesday, January 5, 2021. No ques- tions will be entertained after that date. The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and made available via the City of Carlsbad PlanetBids portal by Friday, January 8, 2021. ADDENDA Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General Pro- visions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1)An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2)A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis- sioner. If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commenc- ing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1)Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2)Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1)Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2)Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. •--1- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 14 of 198 Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. 2020-186, adopted on the 8Th day of December 2020. December 9, 2020 Date Graham Jordan, Deputy Clerk Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 15 of 198 CITY OF CARLSBAD COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL City Council City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 6074 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: PLEASE NOTE: IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE CONTRACTOR LOOK AT THE ENTIRE SET OF DOCUMENTS INCLUDING DETAILS. FOR EXAMPLE, DO NOT JUST SEND THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR THE LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHOUT EXAMINING THE DETAILS THAT SHOW THE NUT COVERS OR ALTERNATE ANCHORS, ETC. SCHEDULE "A" CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) (Figures) A-1 Mobilization at ti-t---oit to Triztt44-x4 6776 01-• IF 047Cofts Not to Exceed $4,500 zegi $ (Price in Words) A-2 Fixture Type SB il./7( 16u ‘113 r; (Unit Price in Words) 1 EA $ 134?-7 $ 77 3,213 A-3 Fixture Type SBP 2 EA $ 6az-k (Unit Price in Words) Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project Addendum No. 1 7 Approximate Quantity Unit Price Total Amount Description and Unit (Figures) (Figures Fixture Type SBP2 rttapotr-to TIA/0 tch.4Apittr 4 EA $ $ (1.0;7- 7-21M(i. (Unit Price in Words) Fixture Type SCP 1 EA $ -22z, $ Item No. A-4 A-5 7(4 iivriuderto 70.4_ m4_4. j) 414 (Unit Price in Words) A-6 Fixture Type SC ri 71-p ( ".1•14 I h44,111 07 ttry F-e yr (Unit Price in Words) $ H8c- $ 3 EA A-7 Fixture Type SC2 rtAiu rme.t.trisl blttfr ituAsAttn 1 EA $ z 78 $ (Unit Pride in Words) A-8 Fixture Type SA .olv-ritatt Jp".5 vor )1-..4mogra 1 °EA $ $ m J-7 Czwir (Unit Price in Words) A-9 Fixture Type SAP --tz.<40 7-7i024.7•90 (-3/ fry 12 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) A-10 Fixture Type SE tcr vt3- t+r,r)ivro&?6-fr-iy Pv 1 EA (Unit Price in Words) A-11 Fixture Type SEA Ft Vetipuoid.0 TV> i27-7 r-Plw (Unit Price in Words) A-12 Branch Circuiting if/A.71g 4;._ (Unit Price in Words) 3 EA $ /662)-- 1400 LF $ Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 8 Addendum No. 1 Approximate Quantity and Unit 19 EA Unit Price (Figures) $ 7C; Y' Total Amount (Figures) $ 72( 1 c6 Item No. Description A-13 Concrete Footings Ve6- Mist( -ri--vv-0 <ix fiekL6 (Unit Price in Words) A-14 Pull Boxes -t/,4/. 44114 •COC---y 7-741 (Unit Price in Words) A-15 Lighting Controls --11,1•• hAd letzr Da* (Unit Price in Words) 1 EA 1 EA 241( $ 7 $ -6 ( A-16 Demolition tkt,yka LS (q'z4 '(k C 00 (Unit Price in Wards) A-17 Electrical Repair -tertzwprid (/4.4 LS 6728 $ 672g /t14 • A ICA 1,4-1" (Unit Price in Word‘) A-18 Landscape / Irrigation Repair each footing area A-e‘k_r-ir-twip P tr 19 EA $ (11-- $ 9'2' (Unit Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "A": ha. r 6,4c13 s'ikti 4-f of', --7,0mvAnty 0 14-7- / Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "A": $ ,/C7,977 Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 9 Addendum No. 1 300 (,) 24 $ $ SCHEDULE "B" POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK Approximate Total Amount Item Quantity Unit Price (Figures No. Description and Unit (Figures) B-1 Mobilization at Not to 4/1L-1- tz.A. A Exceed $11,000 (Price in Words) B-2 Fixture Type SB v t.-r7 rti v,c (Unit Pride in Words) B-3 Fixture Type SBP 7rotc\t-lictiNt4.31*44 --77-aun (Unit Price in Words) B-4 Fixture Type SBP2 -A-44wlierx.44 p..0 -rule itp ry,*, (Unit Pride in Words) 8 EA $ (L177) $ -7ey 1 EA $ LE -LQ,z $ q2g2. $ $ B-5 Fixture Type SC 4 EA InfrAars)14 lfz-- 04, 4.13 (Unit Price in Words) B-6 Fixture Type SC2 -711.0 rtibt4 A-irs 614-7- Rt-wkOss r01,7 vr (Unit Price in Words) 2 EA B-7 Fixture Type SD 70.4 Trecw+A.,6 CbrIL7 40 EA $ 7v6e7 $ SZ, (Unit Price in Words) B-8 Fixture Type SDP ?Luis rtk:41.4,41 Liniti-MA,10105 19 EA $ 7 77 —111/2 1'7 Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 10 Addendum No. 1 B-10 Concrete Footings ./•--"t-ri....o.c&re) I-4. v67? 35 EA 1.4 (Unit Price in Words) B-11 Pull Boxes 1 EA 7641e4( ti,.....ouu Co, r -m-ff (Unit Price in Words) B-12 Lighting Controls rt•rpboA,A iwt-- t 4 1 EA (Unit Pricd in Words) B-13 Demolition LS 711-(yeiNi r-vort_ 4/it /94-c-4 OVA •fltrry-rIvw (Unit Price in W its) B-14 Electrical Repair LS 1-tylmi-tft+44 rek 11-W") 140 •5:t (Unit Pricd in Words) B-15 Landscape / Irrigation Repair each footing area e tsil? 35 EA /7Pt $ 76 ? $ '7 .-• 7 $ $ 76432- $ z‘f $ 94//it-- Approximate Total Amount Item Quantity Unit Price (Fipures) No. Description and Unit (Fipures) B-9 Branch Circuiting 4800 LF I ? $ partiftt (Unit Price in Words) (Unit Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "B": $ P-,--/1 Q.7 Ark -te--44J/11 (,/1 Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "B": $ Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 11 Addendum No. 1 Mobilization at 70/0 re** )11,145 c4. sfiize440,, , 4 Total Amount (Figures) 2 (031 Approximate Item Quantity No. Description and Unit Unit Price (Figures) C-1 Not to Exceed SCHEDULE "C" STAGECOACH COMMUNITY PARK Ae411--- Ittxr4;4Z) $8,500 (Price in lords) Fixture Type SB 7 EA $ $ Pvt, (Unit Price in Words) Fixture Type SBP 7 EA $ - AM5 " (Unit Price in Words) Fixture Type SB2 1 EA $ $ /IAA> .114.aGoaAllitl t-4.4,. est co (Unit Price in Words) Fixture Type SBP2 3 EA $ -Z4(' $ (z7?er rcu (Unit Price in Words) C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 Fixture Type SC 3 EA $ $ 9'fr-r (Unit Price in Words) C-7 Fixture Type SCP .7/77./f (Unit Price in Words) 1 EA $ 3 3 2j- C-8 Fixture Type SA ,4_;" (Unit Price in Words) ft-(, /),14 /(91,P /‘11I74 12 EA $ Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 12 Addendum No. 1 Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) (Figures) C-9 Fixture Type SAP rv.ta ihk--4..r-ivt -,..I.,-fi Sim.A.. 19 EA $ ...Le-. > 4 "1 $ ? CI e S I a (Unit Price in Words) C-10 Fixture Type SG /..)-toto 41A-7 t:4e 2 EA $ Qr (Unit Price in Words) C-11 Fixture Type SEA 61tfit-s4.00,0A -rthrz9 -Ir-#.•04--P4463 151/4 5 EA 5-3 / Air,-Alticra—A4 TT -C-0( (Unit Price in Words) C-12 Branch Circuiting (Unit Price in Words) 3300 LF $ $ 66-8 C-13 Concrete Footings kit.mo 4 (Unit Price in Words) 30 EA $ $ q79,/a C-14 Pull Boxes 1 EA $ 3,43 --7-Attke 19f.4,..041.0 tcktir 7 -#47eil• (Unit Price in Words) C-15 Lighting Controls -TN lizt• 4,41k4s (57 (-47- kAk4 P.s.rt a th-n 1 EA $ 841 $ (Unit Pri e in Words) C-16 Demolition 71/vet r7 4, -7740,41(tre..2 )/(•6 .Cct,4< LS (Unit Price in Words) C-17 Electrical Repair r , t-NN/ c,/•# 30,4),1) -rt ootro (Unit Price in Words) LS Contract No. 6074 - Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 13 Addendum No. 1 Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) (Figures) C-18 Landscape / Irrigation Repair each footing area 77/W.f. bizetArfa 27 EA c(-1 $ 2v (Unit Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "C": re.LO rtz.-, 44 ( 6(1-7 r/97ieZ 16/2'24071714' la Ck- vt -W-1 Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "C": $ 47/ SCHEDULE "0" COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT: UNIT PRICE ITEMS Item Unit Price No. Description Unit (Figures) D-1 Lithonia Lighting DSX2HS-80C-U Fixture Shield OWE' op‘p -7 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) D-2 Stainless Steel Anchor Bolts and Nuts gee--6,wit../04) Okt EA $ 217 -- ect4r re,iA (Unit Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words including Schedule "A", Schedule "B". and Schedule "C": f"Ir W-1-‘tiOtek 10 /71411c77 -(15( 714,l(.11:4P6 9:i1.'size-2004J <1.--76ei-7- 5/k ,>CA-Al• Total amount of bid in numbers including Schedule "A", Schedule "B", and Schedule "C": $ The City shall determine the low bid based on Schedule "A", "B" and "C". After the low Bid has been determined, the City may, at its sole discretion, award the Contract for Schedule "A", "B" or "C" alone or for any combinations of Schedule "A", "B" or "C". Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. has/have been received and is/are included in this The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 14 Addendum No. 1 Addendum(a) No(s). proposal. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number 23 .--.., 04( , classification 6 C 1 l't which expires on '-_ (--#17 ,7:2.. , and Department of Industrial Relations PWC registration number 1 0Gc)cs ri--/ 7 which expires on (7_'ini/t_,;•-2../ , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1.That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2.That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 15 Addendum No. 1 ›.; IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1)Name under which business is conducted (2)Signature (given and surname) of proprietor (3)Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State (4)Zip Code Telephone No. (5)E-Mail IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE: (1)Name under which business is con- ducted (2)Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) (3)Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State (4)Zip Code Telephone No. (5)E-Mail 011' tat -r" Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 25 of 198 IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE: (1)Name under which business is conducted /if/ _ (2) ignature) - (Title) f-f(2(1 (47/10r. F4-fc(Po-A Impress Corporate Seal here (3)Incorporated under the laws of the State of Clc-it-1-C 7214114- (4)Place of Business City and State c( 4747KAI vL4 WI' 4-yr nix tvg,,..f ek4-- 7147-0 (Street and Number) <wrii 4 ,) (5)Zip Code 7 Zi Telephone No. g/ V—(7/ 7 (6)E-Mail NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: --)--1-1:---P07 A Ii7,4w. 4:71ArAtitri6•r- ?flcrIPP-Ari Si'air771)7 Tic &Ong YJar't- oar- pncoAvvr 011' ar. Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 26 of 198 %At UW1.1..0(7,StrN1 f t .3.. , .-t Ile „ • 'Li, 1):N.r.t( I I r.,11., '76 2(;f)D-20 Notay nrninCi U<- All :ght3 Rs-served You con purchaf,e copies o( kIrro from our web site ot mvw.TheNotarysf•;1(2.,:z.:•.;.r,-.: personally appeared -Te-f-f-f-t of E'ganr.tr ( I) S State of California County of San Diego On 11042-1 before me, Sandra Shamoun, Notary Public Description of Attached Document The preceding Certificate of Acknowledgment is attached to a document titled/for the purpose of containing pages, and dated The signer(s) capacity or authority is/are as: O Individual(s) LI Attorney-in-fact o Corporate Officer(s) [:1 Guardian/Conservator O Partner - Limited/General o Trustee(s) O Other: representing: Era:vCcem8igner 6 Frep,,,,tir,!,i, California All-Purpose Certificate of Acknowledgment Name 01 Notary Na Ot who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s). whose name(s)-- is/ave subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sisuAhey-executed the same in hisnleritheic authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/hor4their signature*on the instrument the person(s)7 or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)—acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. 7.1 en-4-44 SANDRA SHAMOUN Notary Public - California San Diego County Commission # 2195587 filtyaimm. Expires May 5, 2021 OPTIONAL INFORMATION Although the information in Mrs section is not required by law. ,t could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of :WS acknowledgment to an unauthorized document and clay prove useful to persons relying on the attached do:a-vents Method of Signer Identification Proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence: n form(s) of identification 0 credible witness(es) Notarial event is detailed in notary journal on: Page * Entry * Notary contact: Other 0 Additional Signer 0 Signer(s) Thumbprints(s) 0 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. CERTIFICATION FORM (To Accompany Proposal) COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING All Contractors are required to participate in the Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting for the Community Parks Lighting Retrofit project by attending the live pre-bid video meeting in person or by watching a recorded video of the meeting. Any Contractor who does not participate shall have its bid declared non-responsive. o I certify that I attended the live mandatory pre-bid video meeting on I certify that I viewed the recorded mandatory pre-bid video meeting on Dc-c- '2. BY CONTRACTOR: e-titZ (name of Contractor) By: (sign here) S>c-Ftz;r7 04._ Aff).11 px.(1/64.2,4,-- (print name/title) ift/v•P•Solrxt32*.-r- / t i•AwS Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 27 of 198 BID SECURITY FORM IA_ (Check to Accompany Bid) COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF CARLSBAD, in the sum of dollars ($ ), this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insur- ance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the under- signed. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to an- other bidder. BIDDER *Delete the inapplicable word. (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed--the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.) t 417kt a —1- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 28 of 198 SIGNED AND SEALED, this 19TH day of ACE ELECTRIC, INC. (SEAL) (Principal) • By: (Signat)re) , 20 21 JANUARY TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA S r ty) By: V (SEAL) BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, ACE ELECTRIC, INC. , as Principal, and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA , as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) TEN PERCENT OF GREATER AMOUNT BID (10%) for which payment, well and truly made, we bind our- selves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-bounden Principal for: COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. JEFFREY A. HINDS, PRESIDENT (Print Name/Title) TRACY LYNN RODRIGUEZ, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (Print NamefTitle) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY — ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN-FACT CERTIFICATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorne By: AssiGtant CitLX y Attorney 411k. Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 29 01198 —_ SANDRA FIGUEROA ( COMM. #2334108 SAN DIEGO COUNTY > NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIAZ MY COMMISSION EXPIRES'S SEPTEMBER 22, 2024 I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature Signature of Notary Public CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of SAN DIEGO On 1/19/2021 before me, SANDRA FIGUEROA, NOTARY PUBLIC Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared TRACY LYNN RODRIGUEZ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) isiafe- subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that -lieishe/t-liey executed the same in-Ws/her/H.1*r authorized capacity(ies), and that by-194/herAtheit signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above OPTIONAL Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: TRACY LYNN RODRIGUEZ o Corporate Officer — Title(s): o Partner — 0 Limited 0 General o Individual i Attorney in Fact CI Trustee 0 Guardian of Conservator O Other: Signer is Representing: Signer's Name: 0 Corporate Officer — Title(s): O Partner — 0 Limited 0 General o Individual 0 Attorney in Fact 0 Trustee 0 Guardian of Conservator O Other: Signer is Representing: ©2017 National Notary Association [TRAVELERS Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Travelers Casualty and Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Tracy Lynn Rodriguez of ESCONDIDO California , their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 17th day of January, 2019. State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. By: Robert L. Ranar nior Vice President On this the 17th day of January, 2019, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of said Companies by himself as a duly authorized officer. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign . with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Powerof Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which remains in full force and effect. Dated this 19TH day of JANUARY , 2021 . /4421-4-s-- Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, please call us at 1400-421-3880. Please refer to the above-named Attorney-in-Fact and the details of the bond to which this Power of Attorney is attached. 41:F364 ‘, ; 1.4 Atd IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. t4orARY My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021 pqauV z Anna P. Nowik, Notary Public \tr.W:;. \f} „ INV l'pi 1.-N•r V,' • '4 'VI 1, 1' r sit .Sc .I II 1, .1. V California All-Purpose Certificate of Acknowledgment State of California County of San Diego '4arrici ;;•;:•;;-:-.(21 who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person* whose name(- is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they-executed the same in his/heritheirauthorized capacity(4es), and that by his/her/Peif-signature*on the instrument the person* or the entity upon behalf of which the person* acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. SANDRA SHAMOUN Notary Public - California San Diego County Commission # 2195587 *Comm. Expires May 5,2021 OPTIONAL INFORMATION Although the information in this section is not required by law, it c. 'd prevent fraudulent mmoval and reattachment of this acknowledgment to an unauthorized document and rnay prove .;seful to persons relying on the attached document. Description of Attached Document The preceding Certificate of Acknowledgment is attached to a document titled/for the purpose of containing pages, and dated The signer(s) capacity or authority is/are as: 0 Individual(s) 0 Attorney-in-fact O Corporate Officer(s) O Guardian/Conservator O Partner - Limited/General O Trustee(s) O Other: representing: PM.,!)(U) E Si P. On t i (C1 personally appeared .1 1e S t of Sr before me, Sandra Shamoun, Notary Public Public. WITNESS my hand and official seal. SarE ,4„..„ :Public A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. Method of Signer Identification Proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence: form(s) of identification U credible witness(es) Notarial event is detailed in notary journal on: Page # Entry # Notary contact: Other .... 0 Additional Signer D Signer(s) Thumbprints(s) ©2009-2015 Notanj Learning Center- All Rights Rosemd You can purchase copies of this loin] from our we's situ at GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS" FORM REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following "Subcontractor Disclosure Form" Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Own Organization", "Subcontractor", and "Work". Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes perfor- mance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be performed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of Cali- fornia whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or im- provement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in reiection of the bid as non- responsive. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcon- tractor-installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter "NONE" in the appropriate space. When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be deter- mined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 30 of 198 Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. (P), tail —r- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 31 of 198 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS Portion of . Work Subcontractor Name and Location of Business Phone No. and Email Address , DIR Registration No , Subcontractor's - License No. and Classification Amount of Work by , Subcontractor m Dollars gprp 4'r /M X0 - t 73 • oft.-n.t-, e P,51 1°'d0 z 94? ,F,re29.r•%',. 4. 16 SI)z-t inAgt-oc 6)- •rz. 67 (.--.1161,1<-• , vfAtrovis- WicriT. r(c7,-) gr-ki'•'•a,. /0W--(.171 1 53Y i 7 4-, 17 /0/ oet (z.--fiv& pt---,,, born-HA-K pc. c.., z.1 <A-Ai je-fr Ft i z i , r c3c it , N/6.- ' Cik 4'“,< Po :/ C- mc,./f,Ai; L., &-i?, .-941:-._ 23() /0/; :zs -'72 <--- I % rc3 Xj. /4 cec f72'. P. c-Divi* 1)44,-4-x" Cf-tdolPt.C* t7-.2'3 Page of / pages of this Subcontractor Designation form Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(3)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." 11111" !km/ —7' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 32 of 198 Date Contract Completed Name and Address of the Employer Name and Phone No. of Person to Contract Amount of Contract Type of Worl,c BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE (To Accompany Proposal) COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used. ink tart Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 33 of 198 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience Ace Electric, inc. January 19, 2021 Project Name General Contractor/Owner Project Description Reference Date Name Tele N Contract Amount 1642 14-Area Baseball Field MCCS Camp Pendleton Baseball Field Lighting Steve Petzold (760) 763-2475 $ 258,890 2013 1617 Hospital Football Field MCCS Camp Pendleton Football Sports Lighting Steve Petzold (760) 763-2475 $ 298,500 2013 1609 CSU Northridge OHNO Construction Recreation Field Sports lighting Jeff Byerly (909) 356-5672 $ 395,500 2013 1660 Rancho Bernardo Park PAL General Engineering Sports Field Lighting Safi Khader (858) 638-7100 $ 216,500 2014 1649 Community Park Softball Field City of Buenaventura Sports Lighting Mark Garcia (805) 654-7897 $ 232,001 2014 1686 Sports Complex Lighting Project City of La Quinta Sports Lighting Leonard Sauver (760) 777-7048 $ 339,900 2014 1638 Citrus Hills High School Hamel Contracting Swimming Pool and Sports lighting Grant Hamel (951) 600-2783 $ 367,500 2014 1659 Connors Park Western Rim Constructors Sport Field Lighting and Electrical Distribution Ray Byrom (760) 489-4.328 $ 435,000 2014 1655 Pioneer High School Erickson. Hall Construction Stadium Upgrade - Field Lighting and Generator Rick Osgood (760)445-3075 $ 838,900 2014 1636 El Canso Park OHNO Construction Community Sports Park Jeff Byerly (909) 356-5672 $ 1,115,000 2014 1619 Perris Valley Aquatic Center T.B. Penick & Sons Aquatic Center & Support Building John Tiersma (858) 558-1800 $ 1,366,260 2014 1689 Calipatria High School Calipatria Unified Sports Lighting Jimmy Sanders (760) 353-5440 $ 1,486,300 2014 1700 Canyon High School OHNO Construction Misc Electrical Repairs Jeff Byerly (909) 356-5672 2014 1770 Tierrasanta Community Park Fordyce Construction Sports Lighting Brian Fordyce (619) 449-4272 $ 219,500 2015 1749 Ganesha High School Byrom-Davey, Inc. New Underground at Football Stadium Steve Davey (858) 513-7199 $ 281,200 2015 1721 Lemoore Softball Field Flintco, LLC Sports Lighting - Design Build Chris SchunNon (916) 792-6255 $ 290,500 2015 1718 Pt Mugu Softball Field Flintco, LLC Sports Lighting - Design Build Chris Schurwon (916) 792-6255 $ 299,500 2015 1687 Carlos Aguilar Field Improvement City of El Centro Sports Lighting, Design Build Jack Fleming (760) 337-5182 $ 402,400 2015 1695 Pershing Sports Field Lighting City of Santa Barbara Ballfield Sports Lighting Mike Wiltshire (805) 564-5348 $ 403,800 2015 1717 14 Area Field MCCS Camp Pendleton Sports Lighting - Design Build Steve Petzold (760) 463-2475 $ 407,479 2015 1701 Pioneer High School Phase Ii Erickson-Hall Construction Electrical for High School Field House Rick Osgood (760)445-3075 $ 532,500 2015 1744 Century High School Erickson-Hall Construction Sports Lighting & New Buildings Rick Osgood (760) 796-7700 $ 603,400 2015 1714 Calavera Hills & Stagecoach Parks City of Carlsbad Retro-Fit Sports Lighting Paul Meadows (760) 434-2857 $ 637,000 2015 1704 Palomar Baseball Field Swinerton Builders High Voltage Electrical Distribution / Electrical for Patrick Wilcox (858) 472-3108 $ 639,400 2015 Baseball Field P.O. Box 601071 San Diego, CA 92160 Tel (619) 521-9740 Fax (619) 521-9742 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience Ace Electric, Inc. January 19, 2021 Project Name General Contractor/Owner Project Description Reference Date Name Tele # Contract Amount 1710 Kern Valley High School Kern High School District High School Buildings / Sports lighting Mike Josephson (661) 835-8551 $ 762,500 2015 1789 Santa Ana Sports Complex Increment 2 Byrom-Davey, Inc. Sports lighting Steve Davey (858) 513-7199 $ 171,602 2016 1774 Civita PH 1 Lot B Speedway Constructors Park Lighting and Electrical Distribution William Forero (619) 819-7565 $ 184,320 2016 1758 Vista HS Stadium Modifications Erickson-Hall Construction Stadium Modifications Andree Dolson (760) 796-7700 $ 323,000 2016 1800 Veterans Park City of Shafter Sports Lighting Kevin Harmon (661) 746-5002 $ 342,806 2016 1778 Kimball Park, El Toyon Park and Kimball Skate Park Western Rim Constructors Skate Park and City Park Ray Byrom (760) 489-4328 $ 562,425 2016 Improvements 1781 The Lakes - Menifee Adame Landscape Park Sports Lighting James Potter (951) 698-3090 S 810,000 2016 1743 California High School Erickson-Hall Construction High School Stadium Rick Osgood (760) 796-7700 $ 1,605,827 2016 1864 Recreation Park City of El Segundo 12 Musco Tennis Court lights John Gilmour (310) 524-2316 $ 198,067 2017 1855 Montecito Park at Otay Ranch BrightView Landscape Site & Basketball Lighting and Restroom Bldg Jay Worsham (858) 254-8344 $ 238,507 2017 1882 Miles Avenue Park CS Legacy Sports lighting Gregg Strumpf (909) 590-2626 $ 347,920 2017 1878 El Toyon and Las Palmas Park City of National City Park Lighting and electrical Vinnie Aguelo (858) 634-8180 $ 712,569 2017 1875 Roosevelt Middle School Compton Unified School District Sports Lighting and related electrical Alvin Jenkins (310) G39.4321 $ 751,500 2017 1722/1742 Covina Valley District Stadium Phase II and III Byrom-Davey, Inc. Sports Complex and New Building Steve Davey (858) 472-3108 $ 2,350,377 2017 1885 La Sema H.S. Athletic Field Erickson-Hall Construction Football field electrical Judy Wright (760) 796-7700 $ 189,100 2018 1920 Horse Creek Ridge Sports Park Park West Landscape Park Lighting and Restroom Building Gabriel Cordero (951) 493-2832 $ 223,899 2018 1894 Lincoln Middle School Angeles Contractor New Football Sports Lighting Danny Kim (626) 923-3800 $ 326,500 2018 1839 Park De La Cruz Neighborhood Park California Skateparks Lighting and Electrical Systems Steve Kammerer (909) 949-1601 $ 336,515 2018 1899 Wilson HS Track and Field Byrom-Davey, Inc. Sports Field & Concession Upgrades Steve Davey (858) 513-7199 $ 363,000 2018 1910 Downey High School Downey Unified School Dist. Softball Field Lighting, Scoreboard and Site Electrical Andrew Ulmen (310) 204-3400 $ 535,000 2018 1925 San Marcos Middle School Lusardi Construction Company Athletic Field Improvements and Sports Lighting Shane Melba (760) 744-3133 $ 782,435 2018 1867 Pine Ave Community Center Barnhart-Reese Construction New 2-Story Bldg and Site Work Jasen Boyens (760) 707-2872 $ 821,130 2018 1905 St. John Bosco Byrom-Davey, Inc. Sports Field Lighting Steve Davey (858) 513-7199 $ 922,500 2018 1805 Bakersfield HS Athletic Stadium Kern High School District New Stadium and Sports Lighting Brandon Lencloni (661) 316-0100 $ 2,400,000 2018 P.O. Sox 601071 San Diego, CA 92160 Tel (619)521-9740 Fax (619) 521-9742 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience Ace Electric, inc. January 19, 2021 Project Name General Contractor/Owner Project Description Reference Date Name Tele # Contract Amount 1948 Linear Park City of Perris Site Lighting in Park Michael Morales (951) 943-6504 $ 379,941 2019 1987 SDSU ENS 700 Field Improvements Swinerton Builders Sports Lighting Monika lannone (858) 964-8664 $ 530,500 2019 1990 Patrick Henry High School San Diego Unified School District Replace Stadium Lighting Judith Stark (858) 522-5864 $ 715,820 2019 1955 Heritage Park BrightView Landscape Sports Field lighting Chris Von Vole (858) 623-2987 $ 788,900 2019 1851 Summerly Community Park Van Daele Development Sports Park and Walkway Lighting Barry Rehm (951) 354-2121 $ 1,049,720 2019 1933 Correia Middle School Soltek Pacific Sports Field lighting and electrical systems Ken Riha (619) 296 6247 $ 1,511,800 2019 2016 Discovery Park Environmental Construction Musa) Retrofit Darrel Wright (818) 262-2193 $ 208,000 2020 1996 Weston Park Western Rim Constructors Park Lighting Ray Byrom (760) 489-4328 $ 499,770 2020 1947 Civita Park PH 2 & 3 Speedway Constructors Site Lighting in Development William Forero (619) 819-7565 $ 974,300 2020 2000 Heritage Lakes Sports Park Adame Landscape Sports Field lighting Diosdado Vanta (951) 698-3090 $ 1,715,000 2020 2059 Concordia University Musco Sports Lighting New Sports Field Lighting and Service Dave DeVoe (562) 822-0330 $ 495,000 2020 2063 Olympian High School Byrom-Davey, Inc. Retrofit & Expand Musco Sports Lighting. Add Power Steve Davey and Statdium Sound (858) 513-7199 $ 715,000 2020 2014 Corona Del Mar High School TELACU Construction Two Lighted Sports Fields, Track and a Few Walkway Mina Ghaly (714) 541-2390 $ 1,398,000 2020 Lights 1981 Friable Park RC Construction Sports Park Brad McMurray (909) 275-5596 5 1,947,000 2020 1963 Veterans Sports Park Los Angeles Engineering New Sports Complex Mitch Ward (626) 454-5222 $ 3,982,000 2020 P.O. Box 601071 San Diego, CA 92160 Tel (619) 521-9740 Fax (619) 521-9742 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1)Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: Comprehensive General Liability Automobile Liability Workers Compensation Employer's Liability 2)Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of in- surance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1)Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2)Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. 41k Iw4 Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 34 of 198 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE City of Carlsbad/CMWD do EXIGIS Insurance Compliance Services PO Box 947 Murrieta CA 92564 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ----- 1 0 ACCORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE kliftw.------ DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 02/01/2021 I THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Hatter, Williams & Purdy Insurance 2230 Faraday Ave Carlsbad CA 92008 CONTACT Nickie Einertson NAME: ONENo, Eat): (760) 795-2002 FAX (760) 929-0534 PH No): (A (A/C, E-MAIL ADDRESS: neinertson@hwpinsurance.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC* INSURER A: The Ohio Casualty Insurance Co 24074 INSURED Ace Electric, Inc. P.O. Box 601071 San Diego CA 92160 INSURER B: American Fire and Casualty Co 24066 INSURER C: ICW 27847 INSURER D : INSURER E: INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 20-21 Master REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWTHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT VVITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLIO ES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE AUUL INSD SUI31( WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/DDNYYY) POLICY EXP (MMIDD/YYYY) LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y Y BK056459617 03/25/2020 03/25/2021 EACH OCCURRENCE 1 000 000 $ ' ' DAMAGE TO RhNTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 10 0.000 CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 X No Deductible PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $ 1 .00 0,000 X Per Project Limit - $5,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE s 2, 000, 000 GEN'L H AGGREGATE POLICY OTHER: x LIMIT APPLIES PER: ,zzei LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,00 0,000 $ X X AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED AUTOS ONLY HIRED AUTOS ONLY Comp-$1000 - X SCHEDULED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS ONLY CO1141000 Y Y BAA56459617 03/25/2020 03/25/2021 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) S PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ $ B X - UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS UAB X _ OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE ESA56459617 03/25/2020 03/25/2021 EACH OCCURRENCE s 4, 000, 000 AGGREGATE 4 000 000 $ . . S DED X RETENTION $ 0 ,-, ' . WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/NIEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N Y N/A Y WSD502855206-No Deductible 01/01/2021 • 01/01/2022 xl PER STATUTE 0TH- ER Deductible: N/A EA E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1. 000. 000 EL. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 EL, DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1.000.0 00 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) The City of Carlsbad is named Additional Insured if required by written contract RE: All operations as covered by these policies 30 days notice of cancellation except 10 days notice for nonpayment of premium CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CI 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD POLICY NUMBER: BK056459617 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location(s) Of Covered Operations Blanket as per agreed written contract, agreement or permit Any location(s) when You have agreed in a written contract, agreement or permit that person or organization be added as an additional insured Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1.Your acts or omissions; or 2.The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) designated above. However: 1.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: 1.All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2.That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. CG 20 10 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 20 10 04 13 POLICY NUMBER: BK056459617 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations Blanket as per agreed written contract, agreemenr, or permit Any location(s) when You have agreed in a written contract, agreement or permit that person or organization be added as an additional insured Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the Schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". However: 1.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1.Required by the contract or agreement; or 2.Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. CG 20 37 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 BK056459617 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 88 83 0412 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMENDMENT OF OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION - DESIGNATED PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s): Blanket as per agreed written contract, agreement or permit Address City State Zip (Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.) With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. The following is added to Paragraph a. Primary Insurance of Condition 4. Other Insurance under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions: However, when the person or organization shown in the Schedule of this endorsement has been added as an additional insured to this Coverage Part by attachment of an endorsement, we will not seek contribution from the "person's or organization's own insurance" provided that: (1)You have agreed in a written contract that this insurance is primary and non-contributory; and (2)The "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" is: a.Committed subsequent to the execution of such contract; and b.This policy covers the "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury". B. For the purposes of this endorsement the following is added to Section V — Definitions: "Person's or organization's own insurance" means general liability coverage for damages for which the person or organization shown in the Schedule of this endorsement is designated as a Named Insured. © 2012 Liberty Mutual Agency Corporation. All rights reserved. CG 88 83 04 12 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 1 BK056459617 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 88 70 12 08 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) - GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT (PER PROJECT) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under Section I — Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I — Coverage C Medical Payments, which can be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to you: 1. A separate Construction Project General Aggregate Limit applies to each construction project, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. 2. The Construction Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products-completed operations hazard", and for medical expenses under Coverage C regardless of the number of: a.Insureds; b.Claims made or "suits" brought; or c.Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 3. Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for that construction project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce any other Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for any other construction project. 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Fire Damage and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such limits will be subject to the applicable Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under Section I — Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I — Coverage C Medical Payments, which cannot be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to you: 1.Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit, whichever is applicable; and 2.Such payments shall not reduce any Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. C. When coverage for liability arising out of the "products-completed operations hazard" is provided, any payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products- completed operations hazard" will reduce the Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nor the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. D. If the applicable construction project has been abandoned, delayed, or abandoned and then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables, the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project. E. The provisions of Section III - Limits Of Insurance not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply. CG 88 70 12 08 Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 1 BK056459617 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 88 10 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDEX SUBJECT PAGE NON-OWNED AIRCRAFT 2 NON-OWNED WATERCRAFT 2 PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY — ELEVATORS 2 EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) 2 MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION 3 EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B 3 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS — BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 3 PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY — ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION 5 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS — EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" 6 WHO IS AN INSURED — INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS/MALPRACTICE AND WHO IS AN INSURED — 6 FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION — MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES 7 FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES 7 KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 7 LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE 7 BODILY INJURY REDEFINED 7 EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE 8 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US — 8 WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU ©2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 8 With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. NON-OWNED AIRCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft does not apply to an aircraft provided: 1.It is not owned by any insured; 2.It is hired, chartered or loaned with a trained paid crew; 3.The pilot in command holds a currently effective certificate, issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada, designating her or him a commercial or airline pilot; and 4.It is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. However, the insurance afforded by this provision does not apply if there is available to the insured other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess (other than insurance written to apply specifically in excess of this policy), contingent or on any other basis, that would also apply to the loss covered under this provision. B. NON-OWNED WATERCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraph (2) of exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft is replaced by the following: This exclusion does not apply to: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a)Less than 52 feet long; and (b)Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. C. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY — ELEVATORS 1.Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraphs (3), (4) and (6) of exclusion j. Damage To Property do not apply if such "property damage" results from the use of elevators. For the purpose of this provision, elevators do not include vehicle lifts. Vehicle lifts are lifts or hoists used in automobile service or repair operations. 2.The following is added to Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, Condition 4. Other Insurance, Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: The insurance afforded by this provision of this endorsement is excess over any property insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) If Damage To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded from this Coverage Part: 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability: a. The fourth from the last paragraph of exclusion j. Damage To Property is replaced by the following: Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from an automatic fire protection system) to: (I) Premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days; or (ii) Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement for a period of more than 7 days. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" to contents of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III — Limits of Insurance. 0 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 8 b. The last paragraph of subsection 2. Exclusions is replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. 2. Paragraph 6. under Section III — Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to: a. Any one premise: (1)While rented to you; or (2)While rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic protection systems; or b. Contents that you rent or lease as part of a premises rental or lease agreement. 3. As regards coverage provided by this provision D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) - Paragraph 9.a. of Definitions is replaced with the following: 9.a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner, or for damage to contents of such premises that are included in your premises rental or lease agreement, is not an "insured contract". E. MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION If Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Payments provided by this policy are amended as follows: Under Paragraph 1. Insuring Agreement of Section I — Coverage C — Medical Payments, Subparagraph (b) of Paragraph a. is replaced by the following: (b) The expenses are incurred and reported within three years of the date of the accident; and F. EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B 1.Under Supplementary Payments — Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b. is replaced by the following: b. Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2.Paragraph 1.d. is replaced by the following: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. G. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 1. Paragraph 2. under Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person or organization whom you have agreed to add as an additional insured in a written contract, written agreement or permit. Such person or organization is an additional insured but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused in whole or in part by: a. Your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf, in the performance of your on going operations for the additional insured that are the subject of the written contract or written agreement provided that the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs, or the "personal and advertising injury" is committed, subsequent to the signing of such written contract or written agreement; or © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CO 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office. Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 8 b.Premises or facilities rented by you or used by you; or c.The maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment rented or leased to you by such person or organization; or d.Operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit subject to the following additional provisions: (1)This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the operations performed for the state or political subdivision; (2)This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "completed operations hazard". (3)Insurance applies to premises you own, rent, or control but only with respect to the following hazards: a) The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection, or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoist away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners, or decorations and similar exposures; or (b) The construction, erection, or removal of elevators; or The ownership, maintenance, or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. However: 1.The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2.If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. With respect to Paragraph 1.a. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when: (1)All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2)That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. With respect to Paragraph 1.b. above, a person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their written contract or written agreement with you for such premises or facilities ends. With respects to Paragraph 1.c. above, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment rental or lease agreement has expired or you have returned such equipment to the lessor. The insurance provided by this endorsement applies only if the written contract or written agreement is signed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage". We have no duty to defend an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured as required in Paragraph b. of Condition 2. Duties In the Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions. 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 8 2. With respect to the insurance provided by this endorsement, the following are added to Paragraph 2. Exclusions under Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability: This insurance does not apply to: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising from the sole negligence of the additional insured. b. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs prior to you commencing operations at the location where such "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs. c. "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1)The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2)Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services. d. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1)All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or (2)That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. e. Any person or organization specifically designated as an additional insured for ongoing operations by a separate ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS endorsement issued by us and made a part of this policy. 3. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a.Required by the contract or agreement; or b.Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. H. PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. Condition 4. Other Insurance of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: a. The following is added to Paragraph a. Primary Insurance: If an additional insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insured's policy for damages we cover. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 8 b. The following is added to Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: When a written contract or written agreement, other than a premises lease, facilities rental contract or agreement, an equipment rental or lease contract or agreement, or permit issued by a state or political subdivision between you and an additional insured does not require this insurance to be primary or primary and non-contributory, this insurance is excess over any other insurance for which the additional insured is designated as a Named Insured. Regardless of the written agreement between you and an additional insured, this insurance is excess over any other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis for which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured on other policies. I. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. 1. The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit: An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: a.Give written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense that may result in a claim or "suit" under this insurance to us; b.Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to all insurers whom also have insurance available to the additional insured; and c.Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. d.We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured. 2. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in a written contract or written agreement or the limits of insurance as stated in the Declarations of this policy and defined in Section III — Limits of Insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. J. WHO IS AN INSURED - INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS / MALPRACTICE WHO IS AN INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION - MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II - Who Is An Insured is replaced with the following: (1) "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury": (a)To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co-employee" while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b)To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co-employee" or "volunteer worker" as a consequence of Paragraph (1) (a) above; (c)For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraphs (1) (a) or (b) above; or (d)Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. However, if you are not in the business of providing professional health care services or providing professional health care personnel to others, or if coverage for providing professional health care services is not otherwise excluded by separate endorsement, this provision (Paragraph (d)) does not apply. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 8 Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" caused by an "employee" who is acting in a supervisory capacity for you. Supervisory capacity as used herein means the "employee's" job responsibilities assigned by you, includes the direct supervision of other "employees" of yours. However, none of these "employees" are insureds for "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of their willful conduct, which is defined as the purposeful or willful intent to cause "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury", or caused in whole or in part by their intoxication by liquor or controlled substances. The coverage provided by provision J. is excess over any other valid and collectable insurance available to your "employee". K. NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES Paragraph 3. of Section ll - Who Is An Insured is replaced by the following: 3. Any organization you newly acquire or form and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a.Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the expiration of the policy period in which the entity was acquired or formed by you; b.Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you •acquired or formed the organization; and c.Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. d.Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations or qualifies as an insured under this provision. L. FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 6. Representations: Your failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" existing as of the inception date of the policy shall not prejudice the coverage afforded by this policy provided such failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" is not intentional. M. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit: Knowledge of an "occurrence", offense, claim or "suit" by an agent, servant or "employee" of any insured shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section II — Who Is An Insured or a person who has been designated by them to receive reports of "occurrences", offenses, claims or "suits" shall have received such notice from the agent, servant or "employee". N. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE If we revise this Commercial General Liability Extension Endorsement to provide more coverage without additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the coverage as of the day the revision is effective in your state. 0. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under Section V — Definitions, Definition 3. is replaced by the following: 3. "Bodily Injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person. This includes mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death that results from such physical injury, sickness or disease. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 8 P.EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE Exclusion a. of COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is replaced by the following: a. Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. Q.WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US — WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: We waive any right of recovery we may have against a person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard" provided: 1.You and that person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that you waive such rights against that person or organization; and 2.The injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement. 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CG 88 10 04 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 8 POLICY NUMBER BK056459617 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Blanket as per agreed written contract, agreement or permit Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products- completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 06 09 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 0 BAA5 6 4 5 9 6 1 7 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 88 10 01 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. COVERAGE INDEX SUBJECT PROVISION NUMBER ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 3 ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT 12 AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS 19 AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION 5 AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE 13 BROAD FORM INSURED 1 BODILY INJURY REDEFINED 22 EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS (including employee hired auto) 2 EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION 23 EXTRA EXPENSE — BROADENED COVERAGE 10 GLASS REPAIR—WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE 15 HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE (including employee hired auto and loss of use) 6 HIRED AUTO COVERAGE TERRITORY 20 LOAN/LEASE GAP 14 PARKED AUTO COLLISION COVERAGE (WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE) 16 PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE 11 PHYSICAL DAMAGE — ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE COVERAGE 8 RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT 9 SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 4 TOWING AND LABOR 7 TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES 17 UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS 18 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US 20 SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended as follows: 1. BROAD FORM INSURED SECTION ll — LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. —WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: d. Any legally incorporated entity of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock during the policy period. However, "insured" does not include any organization that: (1)Is a partnership or joint venture; or (2)Is an insured under any other automobile policy; or (3)Has exhausted its Limit of Insurance under any other automobile policy. Paragraph d. (2) of this provision does not apply to a policy written to apply specifically in excess of this policy. e. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership or joint venture, of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock. This automatic coverage is afforded only for 180 days from the date of acquisition or formation. However, coverage under this provision does not apply: (1) If there is similar insurance or a self-insured retention plan available to that organization; © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 7 (2)If the Limits of Insurance of any other insurance policy have been exhausted; or (3)To "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. 2. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. —WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: f. Any "employee" of yours while using a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow, but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you. Insurance provided by this endorsement is excess over any other insurance available to any "employee". 9. An "employee" of yours while operating an "auto" hired or borrowed under a written contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business and within the scope of their employment. Insurance provided by this endorsement is excess over any other insurance available to the "employee". 3. ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. —WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: h. Any person or organization with respect to the operation, maintenance or use of a covered "auto", provided that you and such person or organization have agreed in a written contract, agreement, or permit issued to you by governmental or public authority, to add such person, or organization, or governmental or public authority to this policy as an "insured". However, such person or organization is an "insured": (1)Only with respect to the operation, maintenance or use of a covered "auto"; (2)Only for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by an "accident" which takes place after you executed the written contract or agreement, or the permit has been issued to you; and (3)Only for the duration of that contract, agreement or permit 4. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE, Coverage Extensions, 2.a. Supplementary Payments, paragraphs (2) and (4) are replaced by the following: (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic violations) required because of an "accident' we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 5. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION In those jurisdictions where, by law, fellow employees are not entitled to the protection afforded to the employer by the workers compensation exclusivity rule, or similar protection, the following provision is added: SECTION II — LIABILITY, exclusion B.5. FELLOW EMPLOYEE does not apply if the "bodily injury" results from the use of a covered "auto" you own or hire. SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended as follows: 6. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE Paragraph A.4. Coverage Extensions of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: If hired "autos" are covered "autos" for Liability Coverage, and if Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss or Collision coverage are provided under the Business Auto Coverage Form for any "auto" you own, then the Physical Damage coverages provided are extended to "autos": a. You hire, rent or borrow; or © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 7 b. Your "employee" hires or rents under a written contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, but only if the damage occurs while the vehicle is being used in the conduct of your business, subject to the following limit and deductible: A. The most we will pay for "loss" in any one "accident" or "loss is the smallest of: (1)$50,000; or (2)The actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the "loss"; or (3)The cost of repairing or replacing the damaged or stolen property with other property of like kind and quality, minus a deductible. B. The deductible will be equal to the largest deductible applicable to any owned "auto" for that coverage. C. Subject to the limit, deductible and excess provisions described in this provision, we will provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage applicable to any covered "auto" you own. D. Subject to a maximum of $1,000 per "accident", we will also cover the actual loss of use of the hired "auto" if it results from an "accident", you are legally liable and the lessor incurs an actual financial loss. E. This coverage extension does not apply to: (1)Any "auto" that is hired, rented or borrowed with a driver; or (2)Any "auto" that is hired, rented or borrowed from your "employee". For the purposes of this provision, SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is amended by adding the following: "Total loss" means a "loss" in which the cost of repairs plus the salvage value exceeds the actual cash value. 7. TOWING AND LABOR SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, paragraph A.2. Towing, is amended by the addition of the following: We will pay towing and labor costs incurred, up to the limits shown below, each time a covered "auto" classified and rated as a private passenger type, "light truck" or "medium truck" is disabled: a.For private passenger type vehicles, we will pay up to $50 per disablement. b.For "light trucks", we will pay up to $50 per disablement. "Light trucks" are trucks that have a gross vehicle weight (GVW) of 10,000 pounds or less. c.For "medium trucks" , we will pay up to $150 per disablement. "Medium trucks" are trucks that have a gross vehicle weight (GVVV) of 10,001 — 20,000 pounds. However, the labor must be performed at the place of disablement. 8. PHYSICAL DAMAGE - ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE COVERAGE Paragraph A.4.a., Coverage Extension of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, is amended to provide a limit of $50 per day and a maximum limit of $1,500 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 7 9. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT SECTION HI — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: a.We will pay up to $75 per day for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of an "auto" because of "accident" or "loss", to an "auto" for which we also pay a "loss" under Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss or Collision Coverages. We will pay only for those expenses incurred after the first 24 hours following the "accident" or "loss" to the covered "auto." b.Rental Reimbursement will be based on the rental of a comparable vehicle, which in many cases may be substantially less than $75 per day, and will only be allowed for the period of time it should take to repair or replace the vehicle with reasonable speed and similar quality, up to a maximum of 30 days. c.We will also pay up to $500 for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by you to remove and replace your tools and equipment from the covered "auto". d.This coverage does not apply unless you have a business necessity that other "autos" available for your use and operation cannot fill. e.If "loss" results from the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided under Paragraph 4. Coverage Extension. f.No deductible applies to this coverage. For the purposes of this endorsement provision, materials and equipment do not include "personal effects" as defined in provision 11. 10. EXTRA EXPENSE - BROADENED COVERAGE Under SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, we will pay for the expense of returning a stolen covered "auto" to you. The maximum amount we will pay is $1,000. 11. PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE A.SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: If you have purchased Comprehensive Coverage on this policy for an "auto" you own and that "auto" is stolen, we will pay, without application of a deductible, up to $600 for "personal effects" stolen with the "auto." The insurance provided under this provision is excess over any other collectible insurance. B.SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is amended by adding the following: For the purposes of this provision, "personal effects" mean tangible property that is worn or carried by an insured." "Personal effects" does not include tools, equipment, jewelry, money or securities 12. ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS is amended by adding the following: If you have purchased Comprehensive or Collision Coverage under this policy, the exclusion for "loss" relating to mechanical breakdown does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. Any insurance we provide shall be excess over any other collectible insurance or reimbursement by manufacturer's warranty. However, we agree to pay any deductible applicable to the other coverage or warranty. 13. AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS, exception paragraph a. to exclusions 4.c. and 4.d. is deleted and replaced with the following: 0 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 7 Exclusion 4.c. and 4.d. do not apply to: a. Electronic equipment that receives or transmits audio, visual or data signals, whether or not designe solely for the reproduction of sound, if the equipment is permanently installed in the covered "auto" at the time of the "loss" and such equipment is designed to be solely operated by use of the power from the "auto's" electrical system, in or upon the covered "auto" and physical damage coverages are provided for the covered "auto"; or If the "loss" occurs solely to audio, visual or data electronic equipment or accessories used with this equipment, then our obligation to pay for, repair, return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced by a $100 deductible. 14. LOAN / LEASE GAP COVERAGE A Paragraph C., LIMIT OF INSURANCE of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by adding the following: The most we will pay for a "total loss" to a covered "auto" owned by or leased to you in any one "accident" is the greater of the: 1. Balance due under the terms of the loan or lease to which the damaged covered "auto" is subject at the time of the "loss" less the amount of: a.Overdue payments and financial penalties associated with those payments as of the date of the "loss", b.Financial penalties imposed under a lease due to high mileage, excessive use or abnormal wear and tear, c.Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease, d.Transfer or rollover balances from previous loans or leases, e.Final payment due under a 'Balloon Loan", f.The dollar amount of any unrepaired damage which occurred prior to the "total loss" of a covered "auto", g.Security deposits not refunded by a lessor, h.All refunds payable or paid to you as a result of the early termination of a lease agreement or as a result of the early termination of any warranty or extended service agreement on a covered "auto", Any amount representing taxes, j. Loan or lease termination fees; or 2. The actual cash value of the damage or stolen property as of the time of the "loss". An adjustment for depreciation and physical condition will be made in determining the actual cash value at the time of the "loss". This adjustment is not applicable in Texas. B.ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS This coverage applies only to the original loan for which the covered "auto" that incurred the loss serves as collateral, or lease written on the covered "auto" that incurred the loss. C.SECTION V — DEFINTIONS is changed by adding the following: As used in this endorsement provision, the following definitions apply: "Total loss" means a "loss" in which the cost of repairs plus the salvage value exceeds the actual cash value. A "balloon loan" is one with periodic payments that are insufficient to repay the balance over the term of the loan, thereby requiring a large final payment. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 7 15. GLASS REPAIR - WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Paragraph D. Deductible of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by the addition of the following: No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. 16. PARKED AUTO COLLISION COVERAGE (WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE) Paragraph D. Deductible of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by the addition of the following: The deductible does not apply to "loss" caused by collision to such covered "auto" of the private passenger type or light weight truck with a gross vehicle weight of 10,000 lbs. or less as defined by the manufacturer as maximum loaded weight the "auto" is designed to carry while it is: a.In the charge of an "insured"; b.Legally parked; and c.Unoccupied. The "loss" must be reported to the police authorities within 24 hours of known damage. The total amount of the damage to the covered "auto" must exceed the deductible shown in the Declarations. This provision does not apply to any "loss" if the covered "auto" is in the charge of any person or organization engaged in the automobile business. 17. TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES Under SECTION III PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, if two or more company policies or coverage forms apply to the same accident, the following applies to paragraph D. Deductible: a.If the applicable Business Auto deductible is the smaller (or smallest) deductible it will be waived; or b.If the applicable Business Auto deductible is not the smaller (or smallest) deductible it will be reduced by the amount of the smaller (or smallest) deductible; or c.If the loss involves two or more Business Auto coverage forms or policies the smaller (or smallest) deductible will be waived. For the purpose of this endorsement company means any company that is part of the Liberty Mutual Group. SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is amended as follows: 18. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS SECTION IV- BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, Paragraph B.2. is amended by adding the following: If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards, exposures or material facts existing as of the inception date or renewal date of the Business Auto Coverage Form, the coverage afforded by this policy will not be prejudiced. However, you must report the undisclosed hazard of exposure as soon as practicable after its discovery, and we have the right to collect additional premium for any such hazard or exposure. 19. AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT, OR LOSS SECTION IV 7 BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph A.2.a. is replaced in its entirety by the following: a. In the event of "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss", you must promptly notify us when it is known to: 1.You, if you are an individual; 2.A partner, if you are a partnership; 3.Member, if you are a limited liability company; 4.An executive officer or the "employee" designated by the Named Insured to give such notice, if you are a corporation. 0 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 7 To the extent possible, notice to us should include: (1)How, when and where the "accident" or "loss" took place; (2)The "insureds" name and address; and (3)The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses. 20.WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph A.5., Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us, is amended by the addition of the following: If the person or organization has waived those rights before an "accident" or "loss", our rights are waived also. 21.HIRED AUTO COVERAGE TERRITORY SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, is amended by the addition of the following: f. For "autos" hired 30 days or less, the coverage territory is anywhere in the world, provided that the insured's responsibility to pay for damages is determined in a "suit", on the merits, in the United States, the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico or Canada or in a settlement we agree to. This extension of coverage does not apply to an "auto" hired, leased, rented or borrowed with a driver. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is amended as follows: 22.BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under SECTION V — DEFINTONS, definition C. is replaced by the following: "Bodily injury means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death resulting from any of these at any time. COMMMON POLICY CONDITIONS 23.EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS, paragraph A.— CANCELLATION condition applies except as follows: If we cancel for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will mail to the first Named Insured written notice of cancellation at least 60 days before the effective date of cancellation. This provision does not apply in those states which require more than 60 days prior notice of cancellation. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 7 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 00 03 13 (Ed. 4-84) WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule THE ADDITIONAL PREMIUM FOR THIS ENDORSEMENT WILL BE 5% OF THE PREMIUM DEVELOPED ON THE PAYROLL USE IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK BEING PERFORMED FOR THE PERSON OR ORGANIZATION REQUIRING THE WAIVER, SUBJECT TO A MINIMUM PREMIUM OF $50. YOU MUST MAINTAIN PAYROLL RECORDS ACCURATELY SEGREGATING REMUNERATION OF YOUR EMPLOYEES WHILE ENGAGED IN THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THE SCHEDULE. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 01-01-21 Policy No. WSD 5028552 06 Endorsement No. Insured ACE ELECTRIC INC Premium $ INCL . Insurance Company INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST Countersigned By WC 00 03 13 (Ed. 4-84) ib1983 National Council on Compensation Insurance. INSURED BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 1)Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? yes no 2)If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debar- ments. party debarred party debarred agency agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: („. (name of Contractor) By: 1).‹: , 77',A=z;,, 0 (printname/title) Page of pages of this Re Debarment form —1- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 35 of 198 BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contrac- tors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes no 7 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed? 1\1 it yes no 3)Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes no 4)Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? tiQ yes no 5)If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) Page / of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form it 42 lirr Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 36 of 198 BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: 4c.c tz:rw/c, (name of Contractor) By: (sign)ere) J e-4!12,6r-i //74,fxr Pg-rS IP)? 7-- (print naMe/title) Page of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form NT- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 37 of 198 NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 The undersigned declares: I am the f-Yr- ,z7fativr of '17 F- ( if (the party making the foregoing bid. The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, com- pany, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partner- ship, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby repre- sents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on JO, iy 20 7---( at f:61-'1\i'l f [city], c (r- [state]. Signature of dder Jo*Feti (11-r itaf) (4);47 cir Inf tima, —1- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 38 of 198 CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this 2:3tre day of 2021, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"), and Ace Electric, Inc. whose principal place of business is 6061 Fairmount Avenue, San Diego, CA 92120 (hereinafter called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1.Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract docu- ments for: COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 (hereinafter called "project") 2.Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3.Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of Subcontrac- tors, Technical Ability and Experience, Bidder's Statement Re Debarment, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contrac- tor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compli- ance. 4.Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress pay- ments on the last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. 5.Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that t af Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 39 of 198 may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground condi- tions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City. 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A.Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B.Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C.Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inher- ent in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the require- ments of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligi- bility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. Contractor shall comply with Cali- fornia Labor Code, section 1776, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, ver- ifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. *S' el- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No 6074 Page 40 of 198 9.Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. De- fense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. 10.Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70. (A) Coverages and Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a.Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance: Insurance written on an "occurrence" ba- sis, including products-completed operations, personal & advertising injury, with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. b.Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c.Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. 17/ t Awe ar- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 41 of 198 a.The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each com- pany affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. b.The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c.Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage pro- vided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d.Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C)Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in cov- erage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D)Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E)Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. (F)Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for sub- contractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G)Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H)Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorse- ments for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City. 4111' ta w* Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 42 of 198 (I)Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is incorporated by reference. A copy of Section 9204 is in- cluded in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by ref- erence. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In the event of a conflict between Section 9204 and Article 1.5, Section 9204 shall apply. Notwithstanding the pro- visions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. (A)Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in antici- pation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B)False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C)Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate igno- rance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D)Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E)Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F)Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G)Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H)Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. init init 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's prin- cipal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter 41W Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 43 of 198 accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records. 13.Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14.Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substi- tuted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 15.Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or sub- contractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursu- ant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 16.Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. HI II/ III III HI •s, tea Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 44 of 198 17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: Acz C . CITY OF CARLSBAD municipal corporation of the State of lif (name of Contractor) By: ( ------ ---,, (sigh here) ATTEST: Matt Hall, Mayor By: ' ?a-utootAri Vt.C-Tqu-kiSt4r091, --4V1. 9fAlowAtcv f -br I (print name and title) Barbara Engleson, Gity Clerk By: (sign here) (print name and title) President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attoit By: Assistant City Attorney 4.11, t Er- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 45 of 198 SANDRA SHAMOUN Notary Public -California San Diego County Commission # 2195587 My Comm. Expires May 5,2021 — ,r,grkt Signature of x.NirrnrriMrt: r: OS, .1'07 CY,A , California All-Purpose Certificate of Acknowledgment A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of San Diego S.S. On 2-1 2._0 2.. before me, Sandra Shamoun, Notary Public Name of Notar; rtie personally appeared reffy-e .1 A s Naine of Signer i) '2) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s)-whose name(s)- is/are-subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their-authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/he-Otheif signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)- acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. OPTIONAL INFORMATION Although the information in filiti sect?on is not rerped by iavv, g mile prevent hauctulent removal and realtachment of this acknowledgme on unauthorized doctin;ont and may prove useful to persons *ying on Me attached document. Description of Attached Document The preceding Certificate of Acknowledgment is attached to a document titled/for the purpose of Method of Signer Identification Proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence: form(s) of identification n credible witness(es) containing pages, and dated The signer(s) capacity or authority is/are as: O Individual(s) O Attorney-in-fact O Corporate Officer(s) El Guardian/Conservator El Partner - Limited/General El Trustee(s) El Other: Notarial event is detailed in notary journal on: Page# Entry * Notary contact: Other Additional Signer Ei Signer(s) Thumbprints(s) 0 representing: of e Si on ???' Reprotmeitirkg At f.Mr.71 t, I .2:7-f)f-201,3 Notary Lattrning Center- All Rights Reserved You can purchase copies of this form from our web site at mAris,TheNotary, ACE ELECTRIC, INC. a California Corporation ACTIONS BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING BY UNANIMOUS CONSENT Pursuant to the California Corporations Code and the Bylaws of Ace Electric, Inc., a California Corporation, ("Corporation") the undersigned, being all the Directors of the Corporation, hereby unanimously authorize and consent to the following resolution and action of the Board of Directors, without a meeting of the Directors of the Corporation. WHEREAS, the undersigned Directors hereby approve Jeffrey A. Hinds, (President, Secretary and Treasurer) of the Corporation to execute any and all contract documents on behalf of the Corporation. DATED: March 1, 2008 JEFFREY HINDS, Di -ctor DAVID J. ENSMINGER, rector CORRECTED ORIGINAL BOND NO. 107354463 PREMIUM INCLUDED IN PERFORMANCE BOND LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to Ace Electric, Inc. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, Ace Electric, Inc., as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Con- tractor"), and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of eight hundred ninety-six thousand five hundred eighty-six Dollars ($896,586), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontrac- tors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 9100, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Develop- ment Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attor- ney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 9554. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 9100, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. 41r. 1.1.' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 46 of 198 CELIA A. BEWER City Attorney By: Ass tant City Attorney In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. SIGNED AND SEALED, this 3RD day of FEBRUARY , 20 21 TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND (SEAL) SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA (SEAL) (Principal) (Surety) By: By: (Signature) (Signature) JEFFREY A. HINDS, PRESIDENT MARK D. IATAROLA, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (Print Name & Title) (Print Name & Title) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY — ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN-FACT CERTIFICATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: 40, fe, Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 47 of 198 ACE ELECTRIC, INC. t•1+74, , ,‘,1 C NO California All-Purpose Certificate of Acknowledgment A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of San Diego On 21'1 1 20 2A before me, Sandra Sharnoun, Notary Public personally appeared 7i-e f Name.of Tiotari Public. Tithe t-1-1 n C of Scpur Na re • who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(4whose name(6)- is/ac subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they- executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(4e*, and that by his/ber4t4elf signature* on the instrument the person)-, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(* acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. L61-4-4L. ,Signature of Notari iblio SANDRA SHAM.OUN Notary Public - California San Diego County Commission # 2195587 My Comm. Expims May 5,2021 OPTIONAL INFORMATION Although the information in Mis section s ndt. required by law, it could prevent fraudulent removal and reatfacbant of this acknoWedgment to an unauthorized document end may prove useful to parsons relying on the attached documen;... Description of Attached Document I ;•• Method of Signer Identification The preceding Certificate of Acknowledgment is attached to a document titled/for the purpose of containing pages, and dated The signer(s) capacity or authority is/are as: o Individual(s) o Attorney-in-fact o Corporate Officer(s) Title(%) CI Guardian/Conservator O Partner- Limited/General o Trustee(s) O Other: representing: Ntirnel(sld Pers;mia) Ektile*? Sigetv. is Repiw,11,,, .nkt Proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence: D form(s) of identification U credible witness(es) Notarial event is detailed in notary journal on: Page # Entry # Notary contact: Other El Additional Signer El Signer(s) Thumbprints(s) 2009-2015 Notary Loal.iiiin All RiglIts Reserved You cf-3:1 purchase .7A:4:les ci tht term from our •:ite at '.Toyst3roce.cn-, CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of SAN DIEGO On 2/3/2021 before me, SANDRA FIGUEROA, NOTARY PUBLIC Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared MARK D. IATAROLA Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/e- subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the personH acted, executed the instrument. SANDRA FIGUEROA comm.# 2334108 SAN DIEGO COUNTY > NOTARY PUBLIO-CALIFORNIAZ MY COMMISSION EXPIRES SEPTEMBER 22, 2024 I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature c Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above Signature of Notaiy Public OPTIONAL Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: MARK D. IATAROLA Signer's Name: 0 Corporate Officer — Title(s): o Corporate Officer — Title(s): O Partner — 0 Limited 0 General o Partner — 0 Limited 0 General O Individual in Attorney in Fact o Individual 0 Attorney in Fact O Trustee 0 Guardian of Conservator O Trustee 0 Guardian of Conservator O Other: 0 Other: Signer is Representing: Signer is Representing: ©2017 National Notary Association TRAVELERS.i Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Travelers Casualty and Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Mark D. latarola, of Escondido, California, their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 3rd day of February, 2017. State of Connecticut By: City of Hartford ss. Robert L. Raney, Se6tbr Vice President On this the 3rd day of February, 2017, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021 This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, .any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which remains in full force and effect. Dated this 3RD day of FEBRUARY , 2021 Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, please call us at 1-800-421-3880. Please refer to the above-named Attorney-in-Fact and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. YY\QA.Z...9.. C.. t.A.0TAILCULL* Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public CORRECTED ORIGINAL BOND NO. 107354463 PREMIUM: $9,110.00 PREMIUM IS FOR CONTRACT TERM AND IS SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT BASED ON FINAL CONTRACT PRICE FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to Ace Electric, Inc. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE, Ace Electric, Inc., as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Con- tractor"), and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SU1-2ETY COMPANY OF AMERICA as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of eight hundred ninety-six thousand five hundred eighty-six Dollars ($896,586), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 48 of 198 (Signature) / JEFFREY A. HINDS, PRESIDENT By: (Signature) MARK D. IATAROLA, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT By: In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. SIGNED AND SEALED, this 3RD day of FEBRUARY , 20 21 TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND ACE ELECTRIC, INC. (SEAL) SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA (SEAL) (Principal) (Surety) (Print Name & Title) (Print Name & Title) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY — ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN-FACT CERTIFICATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Atto ey By: As stant C Attorney •‘' —1— Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 49 of 198 Method of Signer Identification i Proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence: 0 form(s) of identification ri credible witness(es) Notarial event is detailed in notary journal on: Page # Entry # Notary contact: Other 7 Additional Signer El Signer(s) Thumbprints(s) 0,41.#7.11.VII4.4( California All-Purpose Certificate of Acknowledgment 1 i A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. 1 1 State of California County of San Diego On 19 2°2 before me, " Sandra Shamoun, Notary Public Fitle personally appeared fc(,e \i Signer (I) ' who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(' whose name(e)- is/afe subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that heist:J*41,mq executed the same in hisikedtbeir authorized capacity<ies), and that by his/hefithelf-signature(.r4on the instrument the person*, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(e) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. SANDRA SHAMOUN Notary Public - California San Diego County Commission # 2195587 My Cornm Expires May 5,2021 Signature of f'ykIbic OPTIONAL INFORMATION Although the inforine4bn thi.9 se,::ticii :of requited dy fi so6A1 pfevent tv.<1.1cf.,:lerif removal and reattecninvnt et acigrowiedgment to an tti•tauthodzed clocumeN end may pfolie u,s•eful to foeisons refrinr.7 on the attached elcxXitnedi.. Description of Attached Document 5 The preceding Certificate of Acknowledgment is attached to a document titled/for the purpose of containing pages, and dated The signer(s) capacity or authority is/are as: LI I ndividual(s) Attorney-in-fact :3 Corporate Officer(s) EJ Guardian/Conservator El Partner - Limited/General Trustee(s) CI Other: representing: 0 200:,1-15 Nolay Leamiro Is Reservc;.i You con cople of )rft) from OPTIONAL Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(les) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: MARK D. IATAROLA o Corporate Officer — Title(s): O Partner 0 Limited 0 General O Individual In Attorney in Fact O Trustee 0 Guardian of Conservator o Other: Signer is Representing: Signer's Name: 0 Corporate Officer — Title(s): O Partner — 0 Limited 0 General O Individual 0 Attorney in Fact o Trustee 0 Guardian of Conservator O Other: Signer is Representing: CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 rt A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document owhich this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of SAN DIEGO On 2/3/2021 before me, SANDRA FIGUEROA, NOTARY PUBLIC Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared MARK D. IATAROLA Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(e) whose names l istafe subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/ohc/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(e) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. 1;713717-0A comm.# 2334108 SAN DIEGO COUNTY NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIAZ MY COMMISSION EXPIRESI SEPTEMBER 22, 2024 I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above Signature of Notary Public ©2017 National Notary Association TRAVELERS Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Travelers Casualty and Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Mark D. latarola, of Escondido, California, their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 3rd day of February, 2017. State of Connecticut By: City of Hartford ss. 'Robert L. Raney, Sefkir Vice President On this the 3rd day of February, 2017, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021 This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which remains in full force and effect. Dated this 3RD day of FEBRUARY , 2021 Kevin E. Hughes, Assi tent Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, please call us at .1-800-421-3880. Please refer to the above-named Attorney-in-Fact and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. XY\C‘ALL. C. tin/Ms-Lk* Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and whose address is hereinafter called "Contractor" and whose address is hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as fol- lows: 1.Pursuant to section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Con- tractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 in the amount of dated (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make pay- ments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2.The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3.When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into secu- rities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4.The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Es- crow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5.The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. t at, -,-- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 50 of 198 6.Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Con- tractor. 7.The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8.Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and com- plete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9.The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pur- suant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the secu- rities and interest as set forth above. 10.The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: For Contractor: For Escrow Agent: Title FINANCE DIRECTOR Name Signature Address 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008 Title Name Signature Address Title Name Signature Address At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. 4P‘' ta w. —1— Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 51 of 198 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For City: For Contractor: Title MAYOR Name Signature Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, CA 92008 Title Name Signature Address For Escrow Agent: Title Name Signature Address t at —r- Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6074 Page 52 of 198 City of Carlsbad Addenda Acknowledgements for Project Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project (PWS21-1305PKS) Issued on 12/11/2020 Bid Due on January 19, 2021 11:00 AM (PST) Exported on 02/09/2021 Vendor Name 1 77 Electrical Services no Ace Electric Inc yes Advanced Lighting Services, Inc no AGC OF SAN DIEGO yes Alfaro Communications Construction,Inc yes Asplundh Construction, LLC yes AToM Engineering Construction Inc. yes Bear Electrical Solutions, Inc. no Blue Pacific Engineering & Construction yes Byrom-Davey, Inc. no California Professional Engineering, Inc. yes Clear Blue Energy Corp no Creative Home/DBA: CHI Construction no CTE inc. no Digital Networks Group no Doty Bros Equipment company no Express Energy Services Inc. yes Fluoresco Services, LLC no G A Abell, Inc. yes GDM INC yes Global Power Group, Inc. no HMS Construction, Inc. no Inter-Pacific, Inc yes JCOS Development Inc yes M. Brey Electric, Inc. yes MINAKO AMERICA CORPORATION no My Electrician Inc yes Pavement Rehab Co yes PLEMCo yes Pro-Cal Lighting Inc yes Rod Fuller Electric no Siemens Mobility, Inc. no Southern Contracting Company yes TL Veterans Construction Inc yes (City of Carlsbad January 8, 2021 ADDENDUM NO.1 RE: COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT, PROJECT NO.: 6074 BID NO. PWS21-1305PKS Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. This addendum--receipt acknowledged--must be attached to your Request for Bid when your bid is submitted. Gi-ahani joda4 GRAHAM JORDAN Contract Administrator I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Bidder's Signature Public Works Contract Administration 1635 Faraday Avenue I Carlsbad, CA 92008 I 760-602-4677 t CITY OF CARLSBAD Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project Contract No. 6074 Bid No. PWS21-1305PKS Addendum No. 1 From: No. of Pages: Date: Bid Opening Date: Graham Jordan, Contract Administrator Phone: 760-602-2462 graham.jordan@carlsbadca.gov 15 pages (including this page) January 8, 2021 January 19, 2021 - 11:00 a.m. (unchanged) NOTICE: This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents for the above identified project and modifies portions of the original Contract Specifications. Documents not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in full force. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. MODIFICATIONS, DELETIONS, AND ADDITIONS TO SPECIFICATIONS ITEM NO. 1: NOTICE INVITING BIDS 1) Modify the Bid Documents section on page 11 to read as follows: BID DOCUMENTS The bid documents comprise the following documents which must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated. 1.Contractor's Proposal 2.Certification Form for Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting 3.Bidder's Bond (At Time of Bid Submit PDF Copy via PlanetBids / All Bidders). Bid Bond (Original) Due Igy-5-19,-m—Ns9c1-13-usircress-13ay Within Two Business Days After Bid Opening/ 3 Apparent Low Bidders. 4.Noncollusion Declaration 5.Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 1 Addendum No. 1 6.Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 7.Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 8.Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 9.Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 10.Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 11.Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits - (optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ITEM NO. 2: CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL Contractor's Proposal has been revised. Replace Contractor's Proposal (pages 16-24) with revised Contractor's Proposal (Attachment A). QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS Questions relating to the project must go directly to the City's Public Works Contract Administration Division. The City is not responsible for any information obtained through other means. 1.Do you anticipate extending the bid due date? We do not anticipate extending the due date at this point in time. 2.What additional details are you willing to provide, if any, beyond what is stated in bid documents concerning how you will identify the winning bid? Per California Public Contract Code Section 22038, the contract shall be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. 3.Was this bid posted to the nationwide free bid notification website at www.mygovwatch.com? No, it was not. 4.Other than your own website, where was this bid posted? The City of Carlsbad posts all bids to its Planet Bids portal only. Per the California Uniform Construction Cost Accounting Act — in which the City of Carlsbad is a participating agency — local construction trade journals are required to be and are notified. However, it is important to note that the City of Carlsbad Planet Bids portal is the only official site for all bid related postings. 5.The Lighting Fixture Schedule does not provide any description or specifications for fixture type "SCP". Please advise. "SCP" is the same fixture as "SC" but with a new pole. The pole to be used for "SCP" at Calavera Hills Community Park is Valmont Structures R290845805T4-D1-DDB-313. The pole to be used for "SCP" at Stagecoach Community Park is the same pole as specified in "SBP". Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 2 Addendum No. 1 6. The quantities are off on the bid form fixture count items; Poinsettia B-2 SB Bid Form has 3 Plans show 8 B-3 SBP Bid Form has 24 Plans show 24 B-7 SD Bid Form has 46 Plans show 40 B-8 SDP Bid Form has 11 Plans show 19 Stagecoach No Bid Item for Fixture SG, Plans show 2 Please advise Please see revised bid form. 7. Are you aware if the pole are [sic] properly grounded? If not, should be included in the scope at this stage? New poles and footings show grounding to be installed. We will not go back and drive a ground rod for any existing poles that may not be grounded to a footing or a ground rod. 8. "CONTRACTORS PROPOSAL", Schedules A, B, & C "payment.... Unit prices" for branch circuiting: Please clarify if conductors verticle in pole are included in the unit price quantity (measurement elbow > elbow) Yes, replace wiring in poles from fixture to fixture where indicated as replaced on site plans. 9. Please clarify if conductors for new wire and wire replacement in existing conduit are in these item numbers for branch circuiting Yes, that is the intent. 10. Dwg. Sheet 20, Detail 5, "LEGEND #4": Please show at each mow curb location what type of material will be affected for cut/patch — color, dimensions (re: sheet 20 CONSTRUCTION NOTES) The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. 11. For each new pole: please confirm the city will provide the location to the contractor. City will provide the new pole location. 12. Dwg. Sheet 20, Detail 5: please provide plan view with complete dimensions as well as the existing surrounding material condition for proper cost analysis for inclusion in bid requirements or provide allowance as an unknown ($XXX) The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. 13. Dwg. Sheet 6, 8 — 11, 16, 17 KEYNOTE 2 & 3 "Reconnect fixture to existing circuit.": - please confirm this requirement does not override the requirement of new conductors where indicated. "Reconnect fixture to existing circuit" does not override the requirement of new conductors. 14. Sheet 18, KEYNOTE 2: please provide detail (perhaps provide a pic) with written direction. Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 3 Addendum No. 1 The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. 15.Sheet 19, KEYNOTE 2: please provide detail (perhaps provide a plc) with written direction. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. 16.Sheet 11, KEYNOTE 4: please clarify. Note 4 on ED3.1 should apply to the note 4 on sheet 11 as well. The note was not transferred to sheet ED3.3. 17.Sheet 12 (example) hashmarks for conductor shown does not include the ground wire: please confirm. Yes, Refer to Symbols List E1.0. 18.Please specify the maximum amount of downtime for lighting to be during installation or temporary lighting is to be provided — with locations and type. Please refer to pre-bid meeting. Lighting is to be operational at all times. There may be an exception for a single light if absolutely necessary with the approval of City. 19.Spec. Section 313 Temporary Traffic Control Devices: please specify where in the progress of the project these devices/methods are to be located: As to type: fencing/k-rail — etc. If steel plates will be used in lieu or fencing — if specified — or barricades. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. 20.Dwg. Sheet 20, Detail 1 & 2: please specify pull box type (traffic or walkway), dimensions, hold down bolts ground rod, crushed rock under pull box, ground rod, & distance from pole/reference to mow curb. Refer to spec section 260533.25 and .34. 21.Please clarify if fase [sic] assembly will be specified & location (in pull box or pole). Fusing is not required at each pole. 22.If fase [sic] assembly not used — please specify splice type/with detail description Refer to Specifications section 260519.2.2 & 3.4. 23.Dwg. Sheet 2, SYMBOL LIST: please confirm the conduit size for #10 is to be 3/4". Refer to general Note 7 sheet E1.0, Underground Conduit to be minimum 1'. 24.Dwg. Sheet 20, Detail 1 & 2 reference to "GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLTS...." / "PROVIDE ALTERNATE..." — and Dwg. Sheet 2, FIXTURE NOTE #5 "PROVIDE .... ALTERNATE...": please provide in "CONTRACTORS PROPOSAL" a line item item or specify where this bid amount is to be allocated. Please see revised bid form. 25.Trenching — please show on plan view areas that will require cut/patch & type: sidewalk/street/curb-gutter; and if patch is to be a specific area dimension. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 4 Addendum No. 1 26. Dwg. Sheet 2, BID SCHEDULE 'C', item No. C7: please add to LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE, FIXTURE TYPE `SCP'. •See revised bid form. 27.Refer to 'CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL PROVISIONS, ', 'TABLE OF CONTENTS, P.11, BID DOCUMENTS 3. BIDDERS BOND.... NEXT BUSINESS DAY...." And p.11 "BIDDERS GUARANTEE OF GOOD FAITH (BID SECURITY)" p.12 states (2) business days (3-places) — please clarify. Please see modification on page 1 of this Addendum No. 1. The original must be received within two (2) business days after bid opening. 28.CONTRACTORS PROPOSAL, SCHEDULE D, item No. D-1 "..... Fixture Shield": please confirm this item will be installed after light fixture & pole assembly are in place and the 'fixture shield' will be as needed after all lighting is operational. Therefore, the 'fixture shield' determination will be on as 'AS NEEDED' basis. Yes, this is correct. 29.Dwg. Sheet 2, LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE: please provide manufacture cut sheets or a drawing detail clearly delineating the following: •Pole height/length - including (e) and (n) •Support arms — length, location, & attachment/orientation to pole •Quantity of luminaires/poles •Photo cells •Lighting control •Special access — or — traffic control •Height & pic. of (e) wall - ceiling mount The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. 32.Schedule 'C', item No. C-12: quantity 27, should be 29. Please see revised bid form. 33.For new pole assy's at a new location: please confirm the city of Carlsbad will provide the detailed pole location/surveying if required. City will provide pole location. 34.Item No. Branch Circuiting: please confirm this length includes multiple conductors. Yes. 35.Sheet 7, KEYNOTE 2 & Site Plan: please confirm this intercept point is at the location of an existing pole. Therefore, to be removed and replaced with new pullbox. Plus the adjacent pole 'SAP' is a new location. Further confirm if this pull box is CONTRACTOR PROPOSAL, Item No. A14. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 5 Addendum No. 1 ATTACHMENT A REVISED CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 6 Addendum No. 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL City Council City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 6074 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: PLEASE NOTE: IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE CONTRACTOR LOOK AT THE ENTIRE SET OF DOCUMENTS INCLUDING DETAILS. FOR EXAMPLE, DO NOT JUST SEND THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR THE LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHOUT EXAMINING THE DETAILS THAT SHOW THE NUT COVERS OR ALTERNATE ANCHORS, ETC. SCHEDULE "A" CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK Item No. Description Approximate Quantity Unit Price Total Amount and Unit (Fiqures) (Figures) A-1 Mobilization at Not to Exceed $4,500 (Price in Words) A-2 Fixture Type SB 1 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) A-3 Fixture Type SBP 2 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 7 Addendum No. 1 Item No. Description Approximate Quantity and Unit $ Unit Price Total Amount (Figures) (Figures) A-4 Fixture Type SBP2 4 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) A-5 Fixture Type SCP 1 EA $ $ (Unit Price in Words) A-6 Fixture Type SC 3 EA $ $ (Unit Price in Words) A-7 Fixture Type SC2 1 EA $ $ (Unit Price in Words) A-8 Fixture Type SA 10EA $ $ (Unit Price in Words) A-9 Fixture Type SAP 12 EA $ $ (Unit Price in Words) A-10 Fixture Type SE 1 EA $ $ (Unit Price in Words) A-11 Fixture Type SEA 3 EA $ $ (Unit Price in Words) A-12 Branch Circuiting 1400 LF $ $ (Unit Price in Words) Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 8 Addendum No. 1 Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) (Figures) A-13 Concrete Footings 19 EA (Unit Price in Words) A-14 Pull Boxes 1 EA (Unit Price in Words) A-15 Lighting Controls (Unit Price in Words) A-16 Demolition (Unit Price in Words) A-17 Electrical Repair (Unit Price in Words) A-18 Landscape / Irrigation Repair each footing area (Unit Price in Words) 1 EA $ LS LS 19 EA $ Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "A": Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "A": $ Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 9 Addendum No. 1 Item No. Description B-1 Mobilization at Approximate Total Amount Quantity Unit Price (Figures) and Unit (Figures) Not to Exceed $11,000 (Unit Price in Words) 19 EA $ B-8 Fixture Type SDP SCHEDULE "B" POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK (Price in Words) B-2 Fixture Type SB (Unit Price in Words) B-3 Fixture Type SBP (Unit Price in Words) B-4 Fixture Type SBP2 (Unit Price in Words) B-5 Fixture Type SC (Unit Price in Words) B-6 Fixture Type SC2 (Unit Price in Words) B-7 Fixture Type SD 8 EA $ 24 EA $ 1 EA $ $ 4 EA $ $ 2 EA $ $ 40 EA $ $ Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 10 Addendum No. 1 Item No. Description Approximate Quantity and Unit Total Amount Unit Price (Figures) (Figures) B-9 Branch Circuiting 4800 LF $ (Unit Price in Words) B-10 Concrete Footings 35 EA $ B-11 (Unit Price in Words) B-12 Pull Boxes 1 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) B-13 Lighting Controls 1 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) B-14 Demolition LS (Unit Price in Words) B-15 Electrical Repair LS (Unit Price in Words) Landscape / Irrigation Repair each footing area 35 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "B": $ Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "B": $ Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 11 Addendum No. 1 SCHEDULE "C" STAGECOACH COMMUNITY PARK Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) (Figures) C-1 Mobilization at Not to Exceed $8,500 (Price in Words) 7 EA $ C-2 Fixture Type SB (Unit Price in Words) C-3 Fixture Type SBP (Unit Price in Words) C-4 Fixture Type SB2 (Unit Price in Words) C-5 Fixture Type SBP2 (Unit Price in Words) C-6 Fixture Type SC (Unit Price in Words) C-7 Fixture Type SOP (Unit Price in Words) C-8 Fixture Type SA (Unit Price in Words) 7 EA 1 EA 3 EA $ 3 EA $ 1 EA $ 12 EA $ Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 12 Addendum No. 1 Item No. Description Approximate Quantity and Unit Unit Price Total Amount (Figures) (Figures) C-9 Fixture Type SAP 19 EA (Unit Price in Words) C-10 Fixture Type SG C-11 2 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) Fixture Type SEA C-12 5 EA (Unit Price in Words) Branch Circuiting C-13 3300 LF $ (Unit Price in Words) Concrete Footings C-14 30 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) Pull Boxes C-15 1 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) Lighting Controls C-16 1 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) Demolition C-17 LS (Unit Price in Words) Electrical Repair LS (Unit Price in Words) Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 13 Addendum No. 1 Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) (Figures) C-18 Landscape / Irrigation Repair each footing area 27 EA $ (Unit Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "C": Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "C": $ SCHEDULE "D" COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT: UNIT PRICE ITEMS Item Unit Price No. Description Unit (Figures) D-1 Lithonia Lighting DSX2HS-80C-U Fixture Shield EA (Unit Price in Words) D-2 Stainless Steel Anchor Bolts and Nuts EA (Unit Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words including Schedule "A", Schedule "B". and Schedule "C": Total amount of bid in numbers including Schedule "A", Schedule "B", and Schedule "C": The City shall determine the low bid based on Schedule "A", "B" and "C". After the low Bid has been determined, the City may, at its sole discretion, award the Contract for Schedule "A", "B" or "C" alone or for any combinations of Schedule "A", "B" or "C". Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s). has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 14 Addendum No. 1 The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number , classification which expires on , and Department of Industrial Relations PWC registration number which expires on , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1.That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2.That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. Contract No. 6074 — Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Project 15 Addendum No. 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNITY PARKS LIGHTING RETROFIT PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 6074 CITY OF CARLSBAD BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS — Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, in- structed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "sched- uled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be un- derstood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion or U le Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the %qui cis "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the ap- proval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its ex- pense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnish- ing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 1-2 DEFINITIONS. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to thorn heroin. too" Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 53 of 199 Addendum — Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bul- letins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency — The City of Carlsbad, California. Agreement — See Contract. Assessment Act Contract — A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base—A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid — The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder — Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board — The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond — Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council—the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager — the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. Cash Contract — A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order — A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code — The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager—The Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract — The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Contract Documents — Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documen- tation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the General Provisions, permits from other agencies, the Technical Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the Plans, Stand- ard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. T4114r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 54 of 199 Contractor — The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contrac- tor" shall mean Contractor. Contract Price — The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price — The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer — The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days — Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection — The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board — Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier — Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, lumi- naire, etc. Engineer — The City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile — Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer — A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer — A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire — The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm — The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Minor Bid Item — A single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification — Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award — The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. te4S Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 55 of 199 Notice to Proceed — A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 — Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Fur- ther, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person — Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans — The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract — Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector — The Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract admin- istration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal — See Bid. Reference Specifications — Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway — The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection — Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer — Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Specifications — General Provisions, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications, Refer- ence Specifications, Supplemental Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Standard — The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Standard Plans — Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. •11, ta w. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 56 of 199 Standard Specifications — The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenbook". State — State of California. Storm Drain — Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street — Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase — A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor — An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade— For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, sub- base, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision — Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement — A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Supplemental Provisions — Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Surety— Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne—Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility — Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private ease- ment. Work— That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. rs. 111- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 57 of 199 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN Abandon ABAND Abandoned ABS Acrylonitrile — butadiene — styrene AC Asphalt Concrete ACP Asbestos cement pipe ACWS Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT Alternate APTS Apartment and Apartments AMER STD American Standard AWG American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC Beginning of curve BCR Beginning of curb return BDRY Boundary BF Bottom of footing BLDG Building and Buildings BM Bench mark BVC Beginning of vertical curve BAN Back of wall C/C Center to center CAB Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA California Occupational Safety and Health Administration CalTrans California Department of Transportation CAP Corrugated aluminum pipe CB Catch Basin Cb Curb CBP Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR California Bearing Ratio CCR California Code of Regulations CCTV Closed Circuit TV C ES Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF Curb face CF Cubic foot C&G Curb and gutter CFR Code of Federal Regulations CFS Cubic Feet per Second CIP Cast iron pipe CIPP Cast-in place pipe CL Clearance, center line CLF Chain link fence CMB Crushed miscellaneous base C MC Cement mortar-coated CML Cement mortar-lined CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO Cleanout (Sewer) COL Column COMM Commercial CONC Concrete CONN Connection CONST Construct, Construction COORD Coordinate CSP Corrugated steel pipe CSD Carlsbad Standard Drawings CTB Cement treated base CV Check valve CY Cubic yard Load of pipe dB Decibels DBL Double DF Douglas fir DIA Diameter DIP Ductile iron pipe DL Dead load DR Dimension Ratio DT Drain Tile DWG Drawing DWY Driveway DWY APPR Driveway approach Electric EA Each EC End of curve ECR End of curb return EF Each face EG Edge of gutter EGL Energy grade line El Elevation ELC Electrolier lighting conduit ELT Extra long ton ENGR Engineer, Engineering EP Edge of pavement ESMT Easement ETB Emulsion-treated base EVC End of vertical curb EWA Encina Wastewater Authority EXC Excavation EXP JT Expansion joint EXST Existing Fahrenheit F&C Frame and cover F&I Furnish and install FAB Fabricate FAS Flashing arrow sign FD Floor drain FDN Foundation FED SPEC Federal Specification FG Finished grade FH Fire hydrant FL Flow line FS Finished surface FT-LB Foot-pound FTG Footing FW Face of wall Gas GA Gauge GAL Gallon and Gallons GALV Galvanized GAR Garage and Garages GIP Galvanized iron pipe GL Ground line or grade line GM Gas meter GNV Ground Not Visible GP Guy pole Ink t al dwe — r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 58 of 199 GPM gallons per minute GR Grade GRTG Grating GSP Galvanized steel pipe High or height HB Hose bib HC House connection HOWL Headwall HGL Hydraulic grade line HORIZ Horizontal HP 0 Horsepower HPG High pressure gas HPS High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR Hydraulic IE Invert Elevation ID Inside diameter INCL Including INSP Inspection INV Invert IP Iron pipe JC Junction chamber JCT Junction JS Junction structure JT Joint Length LAB Laboratory LAT Lateral LB Pound LD Local depression LF Linear foot LH Lamp hole LL Live load LOL Layout line LONG Longitudinal LP Lamp post LPS Low pressure sodium (Light) LS Lump sum LTS Lime treated soil LWD Leucadia Wastewater District MAI NT Maintenance MAX Maximum MCR Middle of curb return MEAS Measure MH Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC Military specification MISC Miscellaneous MOD Modified, modify MON Monument MSL.. Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT Multiple MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MVL Mercury vapor light NCTD North County Transit District NRCP Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS Obsolete OC On center OD Outside diameter OE Outer edge OHE Overhead Electric OMVVD Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP Opposite ORIG Original PB Pull box PC Point of curvature PCC Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC Point of compound vertical curve PE Polyethylene PI Point of intersection PL Property line PMB Processed miscellaneous base POC Point on curve POT Point on tangent PP Power pole PRC Point of reverse curve PRVC Point of reverse vertical curve PSI Pounds per square inch PT Point of tangency PVC Polyvinyl chloride PVMT Pavement PVT RNV Private right-of-way Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD Quadrangle, Quadrant Radius R&O Rock and oil RAN Right-of-way RA Recycling agent RAC Recycled asphalt concrete RAP Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC Rubberized asphalt concrete RC Reinforced concrete RCB Reinforced concrete box RCE Registered civil engineer RCP Reinforced concrete pipe RCV Remote control valve REF Reference REINF Reinforced or reinforcement RES Reservoir RGE Registered geotechnical engineer ROW Right-of-Way RR Railroad RSE Registered structural engineer RTE Registered traffic engineer Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD Storm drain SDNR San Diego Northern Railway SDR Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE Sand Equivalent SEC Section SF Square foot SFM • Sewer Force Main SI International System of Units (Metric) SPEC Specifications SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ST HINY State highway STA Station STD Standard STR Straight SIR GR Straight grade STRUC Strt ic.tural/Structure SW Sidewalk SWD Sidewalk drain SY Square yard Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 59 of 199 Telephone VAR Varies, Variable TAN Tangent VB Valve box TC Top of curb VC Vertical curve TEL Telephone VCP Vitrified clay pipe TF Top of footing VERT Vertical TOPO Topography VOL Volume TR Tract VWD Vallecitos Water District TRANS Transition Water, Wider or Width, as applicable TS Traffic signal or transition structure WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook TSC Traffic signal conduit WI Wrought iron TSS Traffic signal standard WM Water meter TW Top of wall WPJ Weakened plane joint TYP Typical XCONN Cross connection UE Underground Electric XSEC Cross section USA Underground Service Alert 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society AVVVVA American Water Works Association FHWA Federal Highway Administration GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS United States Geological Survey 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Stand- ard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. tmj —r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 60 of 199 1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) 25.4 micrometer (l.trn) 1 inch (in) 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) 2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (ml) 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (ft2) 0.0929 square meter (m2) 1 square yard (yd2) 0.8361 square meter (m2) 1 cubic foot (ft3) 0.0283 cubic meter (m3) 1 cubic yard (yd3) 0.7646 cubic meter (m3) 1 acre 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) 29.5735 millileter (mL) 1 pound mass (lb) (avoirdupois) 0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 lb avoirdupois) 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise 0.1 pascal - second (Pa • s) 1 centistoke (cs) 1 square millimeters per second (mm2/s) 1 pound force (lbf) 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (lbf/ft) 1.4694 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 °C = (°F — 32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) Common Metric Prefixes kilo (k) 103 centi (c) 10-2 • milli (m) 10-3 micro (4) 10-6 nano (n) 10-9 pico (p) 10-12 1-5 SYMBOLS Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Angle Percent Feet or minutes Inches or seconds 1 Number per or (between words) Degree PL Property line CL Centerline SL Survey line or station line t.41, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 61 of 199 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether as- signed or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a)The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), which- ever is greater." "(b)The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. -I- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 62 of 199 Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Con- tractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 60 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceed- ings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The deter- mination of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The.Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcon- tracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Con- tractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Con- tract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Proce- dure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 63 of 199 Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1)An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2)A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis- sioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-6 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifica- tions, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the General Provisions, project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), Part 2 & 3, and the latest supplements thereto, current edition at the time of bid opening as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc., designated "SSPWC", as amended. The construction plans consist of one set. The set consists of 23 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards and Carlsbad Standard Drawings, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, 41P3fr tat —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 64 of 199 hereinafter designated as CES and CSD, respectively. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these General Provisions. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Speci- fications and not shown on the Plans or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifica- tions, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, im- mediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-6.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edi- tion of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1. Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2. Change orders, whichever occurs last. 3. Technical Specifications 4. Contract addenda, whichever occurs last. 5. Contract 6. Carlsbad General Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Supplemental Provisions. 7. Plans 8. Standards plans. a)City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. b)Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings. c)City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. d)San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. e)Traffic Signal Design Guidelines and Standards. f)State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans. g)State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. h)California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD). 9. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended. 10. Reference Specifications. 11. Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Detail drawings shall take precedence over general drawings. Chanae Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. 41P-V . NT- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 65 of 199 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless other- wise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of trans- mittal. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submit- tals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of Transmittal shall contain the following: 1.Project title and Agency contract number. 2.Number of complete sets. 3.Contractor's certification statement. 4.Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5.Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submit- tals for the same materials.) 6.Description of the contents of the submittal. 7.Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By: Title: Date: Company Name: 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 66 of 199 Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. Working drawings are required in the following sections: TABLE 2-6.3.2 (A) Item Section Num-Title Subject ber 1 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders Trench Shoring 2 207-2.5 Joints Reinforced Concrete Pipe 3 207-8.4 Joints Vitrified Clay Pipe 4 207-10.2.1 General Fabricated Steel Pipe 5 300-3.2 Cofferdams Structure Excavation & Backfill 6 303-1.6.1 General Falsework 7 303-1.7.1 General Placing Reinforcement 8 303-3.1 General Prestressed Concrete Construction 9 304-1.1.1 Shop Drawings Structural Steel 10 304-1.1.2 Falsework Plans Structural Steel 11 304-2.1 General Metal Hand Railings 12 306-2.1 General Jacking Operations 13 306-3.1 General Tunneling Operations 14 306-3.4 Tunnel Supports Tunneling Operations 15 306-6 Remodeling Existing Sewer Facili- ties Polyethylene Liner Installation 16 306-8 Microtunneling Microtunneling Operations 17 307-4.3 Controller Cabinet Wiring Diagrams Traffic Signal Construction Working drawings listed above as Items 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 16 shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or as- sembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifi- cations for the purposes cf administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the sys- tem. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1.List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2.1.1st nf Materip.lc per -1.4.4 3.Certifications per 4-1.5. 4.Construction Schedule per 6-1. 4:41 Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 67 of 199 5.Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6.Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 7.Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1. 8.Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, man- ufactured item, or system. 2-5.4 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all ma- terials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be pro- vided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Con- tractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Sur- veyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. to, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 68 of 199 When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, herein- after Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the require- ments of Section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and support- ing data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or docu- mentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monu- ments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of . survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal loca- tions where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of con- struction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start 41 PS, tat —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 69 of 199 of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking Feature Staked Stake De- scription (2) Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spac- ing®, 6) Lateral Spac- ing 3, ® Setting Tolerance (Within) Street Centerline SDRS M-10 Monument , <1000, Street Intersections, Begin and end of curves, only when shown on the plans on street cen- terline 0.02' Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein Clearing Lath in soil, painted line on PCC & AC surfaces lath - Intervisible, £ 50' on tangents & _£ 25' on curves, Painted line - continuous at clearing line 1' Horizontal Slope RP + Marker Stake Intervisible and £ 50' Grade Breaks & £ 25' 0.1' Vertical & Hori- zontal Fence RP + Marker Stake £ 200' on tangents, _£ 50' on curves when R> 1000' & 25' on curves when R< 1000' N/A ( constant off- set) 0.1' Horizontal Rough Grade Cuts or Fills ³ 10 m (33') RP + Marker Stake £ 50' N/A 0.1' Vertical & Hori- zontal Final Grade (in- dudes top of: Basement soil, subbase and base) RP + Marker Stake, Blue- top in grad- ing area £ 50' on tangents & curves when R³ 1000' & £ 25' on curves when R £ 1000' £ 22' 3/8" Horizontal &1/4" Vertical Asphalt Pave- ment Finish Course RP, paint on previous course £ 25' or as per the intersection grid points shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information , edge of pave- ment, paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks 3/8" Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Drainage Struc- tures, Pipes & similar Facili- ties0), 0 RP + Marker Stake intervisible & 5_-- 25', beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Curb .. RP + Marker Stake _£ 25', BC & EC, at Y.A, 1/2A & %.6. on curb returns & at beginning & end ( constant off- set) 3/8" Horizontal &1/4" Vertical Traffic Signal c Vertical locations shall be based on the ulti- mate elevation of curb and sidewalk Signal Poles & Controller 0 RP + Marker Stake at each pole & controller location as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Junction Box RP + Marker Stake at each junction box location as appropriate 3/8' Horizontal &1/4" Vertical Conduit 0) RP + Marker Stake < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & s 25' on curves when R £ 1000' or where grade £ 0.30% as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & when depth cannot be measured from exist- ing pavement 1/4" Vertical Minor Structure T RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression as appropriate 3/8' Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical (when vertical data needed) ink Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 70 of 199 Feature Staked Abutment Fill Stake De- scription CD RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spac- ing6, 0 < 50' & along end slopes & conic transitions Lateral Spac- ing 0, 6 as appropriate Setting Tolerance (Within) 0.1' Vertical & Hori- zontal Wall 0 RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake < 50' and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height as appropriate 1/4" Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Major Structure 0 Footings, Bents, Abut- ments & Wingwalls RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Superstruc- tures RP 10' to 33' sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Miscellaneous S Contour Grad- ing 0 RP + Marker Stake 5 50' along contour line 0.1' Vertical & Hori- zontal Utilities 0, 0 RP + Marker Stake < 50' on tangents & curves when R>_ 1000' & ..< 25' on curves when R £ 1000' or where grade £ 0.30% as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Channels, Dikes & Ditches 0 RP + Marker Stake intervisible & £ 100', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities as appropriate 0.1' Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Signs 0 RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake At sign location Line point 0.1' Vertical & Hori- zontal Subsurface Drains 0 RP + Marker Stake intervisible & < 50', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar fa- cilities as appropriate 0.1' Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Overside Drains 0 RP + Marker Stake longitudinal location At beginning & end 0.1' Horizontal & 1/4" Vertical Markers 0 RP + Marker Stake for asphalt street surfacing £ 50' on tan- gents & curves when R³ 1000' & £ 25' on curves when R £ 1000'. At marker lo- cation(s) 1/4" Horizontal Railings & Bar- riers 0 RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end and .£ 50' on tangents & curves when R ³ 1000' & < 25' on curves when R £ 1000' at railing & barrier loca- tion(s) 3/8" Horizontal & Verti- cal AC Dikes 0 RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end as appropriate 0.1' Horizontal & Ver- toe! Box Culverts 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & Ye Vertical Pavement Markers0) RP 200' on tangents, 50' on curves when R ³ 1000' & 25' on curves when R £ 1000'. For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice . at pavement marker loca- tion(s) 1/4" Horizontal (i) Stakina for feature may be omitted when adiacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those fea- tures and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature O Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table 0 Perpendicular to centerline. ▪Some features are not ne - • • rrl; I! . but are rcfer::nccd therctc S Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature O ³ means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. £ means less than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 71 of 199 0 The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(B) TABLE 2-9.2.2(B) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Stakin Type of Stake Description Color' Horizontal Control Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, center- line, alignments, etc. White/Red Vertical Control Bench marks White/Or- ange Clearing Limits of clearing Yellow/Black Grading Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, fi- nal grade, etc. Yellow Structure Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. White Drainage, Sewer, Curb Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Blue Right-of-Way Fences, W W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. White/Yel- low Miscellaneous Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Orange * Flagging and marking cards, if used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compen- sation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the re- placement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, in- cluding filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the qual- ity and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the fin- ished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all mat- ters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instruc- tions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. t 4p-s,ta —,- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 72 of 199 The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; accepta- bility of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engi- neer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited,to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Con- tractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal busi- ness hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relat- ing to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Con- tractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Con- tractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized rep-. resentatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. ta w. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 73 of 199 SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the inter- ests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as grant- ing a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Con- tractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are in- volved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in con- formance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3- 2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work cov- ered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 per- cent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. Elk Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 74 of 199 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifica- tions, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Con- tract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contrac- tor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise spec- ified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.4.1 Schedule of Values. Prior to construction, Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all lump sum bid items that shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of change orders to the project. 3.2.6 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notifi- cation in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. 0% —I- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 75 of 199 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a)Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers com- pensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equip- ment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Sec- tion 3-3.2.3 (a). (b)Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c)Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" pub- lished by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of- way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments„ repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all inci- dentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Con- tractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating rec- ommended by the manufacturer. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. W1k —r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 76 of 199 (d)Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Con- tractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e)Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1. Labor 20 2. Materials 15 3. Equipment Rental 15 4. Other Items and Expenditures 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Sub- contractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcon- tracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed up6n, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting doc- uments to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1.Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2.Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3.Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4.Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. viv Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 77 of 199 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the fol- lowing Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discov- ery and before they are disturbed: 1.Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2.Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being per- formed; and 3.Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect perfor- mance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the hap- pening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the par- ticular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor be- lieves additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further under- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 78 of 199 stands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in re- sponse to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By: Title: Date: Company Name: The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1.Project Inspector 2.Construction Manager 3.Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4.City Engineer 5.City Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or re- quest that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a reso- lution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the -Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is set forth below: 11111, tag: Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 79 of 199 9204. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner. (b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Sec- tion 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. (c) For purposes of this section: (1) "Claim" means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following: (A)A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project. (B)Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C)Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) "Contractor" means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project. (3) (A) "Public entity" means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State Univer- sity, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public authority, polit- ical subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency. (B) "Public entity" shall not include the following: (i)The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (ii)The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iii)The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that de- partment. (iv)The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its juris- diction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code. (v)The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (vi)The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii)The High-Speed Rail Authority. (4) "Public works project" means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (5) "Subcontractor" means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor. (d) (1) (A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. (B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. tat —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 80 of 199 (C)If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the gov- erning body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D)Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2) (A) If the claimant disputes the public entity's written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dis- pute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for set- tlement of the dispute. (B)Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. (C)For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D)Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigatn has been commenced. (E)This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under pri- vate arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties' dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity's failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. (5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public 114, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 81 of 199 entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may re- quest in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be pre- sented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e)The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section. (f)A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section. (g)This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017. (h)Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its con- tractual obligations. (i)This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shalt be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. —r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. QZ S Page 82 of 199 (c)The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifica- tions for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d)This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2)If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3)The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is g reater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2)If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3)The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (el Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim cr. any portion remains in dispute, thp claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (com- mencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims sub- ject to this article: taI' —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 83 of 199 (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time re- quirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Proce- dure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2)Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators ap- pointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a differ- ent division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3)In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undis- puted except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 84 of 199 SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the gener- ally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be con- sidered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so di- rected by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable no- tice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Spec- ifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Con- tractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be neces- sary for the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrica- tion, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are accepta- ble upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to in- spection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, !;ght!hg, shoring, dviatoring and ,!! eV,rnents pertain!ng to the safety of per ,,r.sa ^^ntained the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety 40), tar. —r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 85 of 199 regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be nec- essary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to pur- chase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles out- side the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equip- ment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its ex- pense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engi- neer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the require- ments indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after im- proper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. (pik tint Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 86 of 199 Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made nec- essary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifica- tions and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any mate- rial, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durabil- ity, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its in- tended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, ap- pearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for propor- tioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. 41PIk tat Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 87 of 199 The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regula- tions pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to oper- ation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other oper- ating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pres- sure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain- measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Cal- ibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Mod- ified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as de- fined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The inves- tigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional in- formation in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the co- operative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach res- olution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written noti- fication of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by com- mittee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledge- ment, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Con- tractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the coop- erative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 88 of 199 provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1.Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2.Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3.At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the inves- tigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertain- ing to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engi- neer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. 4". tat Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 89 of 199 SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known rec- ords, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utili- ties indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, tele- phone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every prop- erty parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Under- ground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 6-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the sup- port of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1.Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2.Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3.Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. —y- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 90 of 199 Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic pro- tection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the proce- dures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering por- tions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements be- fore commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for man- hole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, 2016 Edition, the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2018 Edition and the supplements thereto as published by the "Green Book" Committee of Public Works Stand- ards. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and prop- erty line, or between a meter and the limits cif temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3- 3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect in- terfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers 4". tat —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 91 of 199 sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensa- tion will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the tempo- rary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately fol- lowing the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time avail- able for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Sec- tion 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unrea- sonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not iden- tified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. lf the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or altera- tions not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 6-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. •• te4: Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 92 of 199 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as other- wise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 30 calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's man- agement personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the precon- struction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Base- line Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities re- quired to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and se- quencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising.the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. •S' tat —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 93 of 199 6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 2000 compatible "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project" program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contrac- tor shall submit to the Agency a CD-ROM data disk with all network information contained thereon, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 2000 system. The Agency will use a "Suretrak", "Project" or equal software program for review of the Contractor's schedule. Should the Contrac- tor elect to use a scheduling program other than the "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project" program by Microsoft Corporation the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start of the on-site training. The .on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule. 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activi- ties, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project mile- stones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accu- rately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4. 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Con- struction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contrac- tor's proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's acceptance of a shortened du- ration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all 'contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. 411kt tae —r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 94 of 199 6-1.2.10 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contrac- tor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition prece- dent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engi- neer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental pro- visions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construc- tion Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3. 6-1.2.10.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the cor- rections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6- 1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed dur- ing the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a CD-ROM, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor's name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 "Schedule Software" and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. ILA" Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 95 of 199 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders. 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked "Accepted with Comments" or "Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resub- mittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer re- turning a monthly updated construction schedule marked "Not Accepted". 6-1.4.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Sec- tion 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor's responsibility. 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substan- tially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list 411,t ta —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 96 of 199 and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section "substantially different" means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor's Final Sched- ule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revi- sions and 6-1. 4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2. 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made therefor. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liahility. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes replacement of light fixtures, poles and branch circuiting at Stagecoach, Calavera Hills and Poinsettia Community Parks. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of weekly Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Rep- resentative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representa- tive". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. 1111fr taj Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 97 of 199 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engi- neer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of ar- chaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the prem- ises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Con- tractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. ink tat. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 98 of 199 The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own dis- cretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contrac- tor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Con- tractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as pro- vided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delay9 to Contractor. The Contractor will be compens?ted for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classi- fication of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause 4,11, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 99 of 199 of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reason- able means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Con- tractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Con- tract for such portion. The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 80 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1.Saturday, 2.Sunday, 3.any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4.any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor associa- tion, 5.any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6.any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work out- side said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work. The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. The Contractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of work prohibited in this section in the Construction Schedule required by Section 6.1. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of the pro- hibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each work- ing day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indi- cate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. •• Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 100 of 199 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is com- pleted and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or perma- nent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engi- neer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6- 6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of two thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that two thou- sand Dollars per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contrac- tor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the im- provement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any com- pleted facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. tAw. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 101 of 199 SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with ap- plicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agree- ment on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes respon- sibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the re- maining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to un- dertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." WS, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 102 of 199 The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Com- pensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contrac- tor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compen- sation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all per- mits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its pres- ence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or com- munication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint ven- ture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. ta r. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 103 of 199 The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others. the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for dam- ages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility compa- nies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self- loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incom- plete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed imme- diately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Con- tractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole dis- cretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust 4:4: Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 104 of 199 control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Con- tract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of em- ployees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sew- age shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.6 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct A nd schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Storm- water Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. The Notice of Intent (N01) shall not be filed for the project. AIM %JP —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 105 of 199 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installa- tions, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relo- cated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconven- ience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise author- ized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Ac- cess to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian cross- ings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. ta w. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 106 of 199 Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been completed to the extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access. The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is com- pleted, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic. Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time. One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City's contracted waste disposal com- pany, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417. During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved park- ing within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects ve- hicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the af- fected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief descrip- tion of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and du- rability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An exam- ple of such notice is provided in Appendix "A". In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 72 hours in advance of the work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of narking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of .11V to41 Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 107 of 199 the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 72 hours in ad- vance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional com- pensation for printing and distributing these notices. The contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored else- where by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equip- ment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Con- tractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon com- pletion of the Work. After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1. The Engineer 760-602-2720 2. Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch 760-931-2197 3. Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch 760-931-2197 4. Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937) 760-438-2980 5. Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations 760-602-2752 6. North County Transit District 760-967-2828 7. Waste Management 760-929-9400 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, 41111- taw. —r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 108 of 199 with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering "signs" as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delin- eation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and con- trol devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions Of Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.1.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb mark- ing shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Con- tractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Con- tractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be re- moved from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the trav- eled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS "Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be 7" long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, in- cluding any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6' of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equip- ment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25' intervals to a point not less than 25' past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. t Si- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 109 of 199 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor's personnel shall not work closer than1.8 m (6') nor operate equipment within 0.6 m (2') from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the 0.6 m (2') shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adja- cent traffic lane or provide barriers. 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The pro- visions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such addi- tional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the Cal- ifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pave- ment delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to estab- lish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose mate- rial. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 110 of 199 traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When tem- porary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer's review in conformance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the Engineer's approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day re- view period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer's review. New or revised TCP sub- mittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. Such modifications, supple- ments and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) as published by CALTRANS. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the regis- tered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. 7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall provide traffic control at the contract lump sum price bid. The contract lump sum price paid for "traffic control" shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor (including flagging costs), materials (including signs), tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in preparation, reproduction and changing of traffic control plans, placing, applying traffic stripes and pavement markers with bituminous adhesive, removing, storing, maintaining, moving to new locations, replacing, and disposing of the components of the traffic control system as shown on the plans and approved additions and modifications, as specified in these supple- mental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. All expenses and time to prepare and review modifications, additions, supplements and/or new TCP designs shall be included in the lump sum bid for traffic control and no additional payment will be made therefore. Flagging costs will be paid for as a part of the Lump Sum Amount for "Traffic Control." The cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers will be paid for at the unit price bid. When there is no bid item the cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers they will be paid as an incidental to the work 1% -1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No, 6074 Page 111 of 199 being performed and no additional payment will be made therefore. Progress payments for "Traffic Control" will be based on the percentage of the improvement work completed. The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish all labor and materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control as incidentals to the work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed therefore. 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Con- tractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are pro- vided, or required by law. 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Ma- terial Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe condi- tions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, admin- istering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. 411fr tat --T- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 112 of 199 Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and con- tain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1.Training of personnel 2.Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3.Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4.Controlled access to the space 5.Atmospheric testing of the space 6.Ventilation of the space 7.Special hazards consideration 8.Personal protective equipment 9.Rescue plan provisions The Contractor's submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor per- sonnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. (b)Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, OCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit- required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required con- fined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. (c)Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and person- nel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. 7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contrac- tor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringe- ment of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertisina matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. Ift'S• t r - Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 113 of 199 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and Na- tional laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the par- ties." t at —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 114 of 199 SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 GENERAL. All facilities provided for Agency personnel shall be at suitable locations ap- proved by the Engineer. Such facilities must be in a room, building, or trailer provided for this purpose with acceptable means for locking. A Class "A" Field Office in accordance with Section 8-2.1 shall be provided at any offsite plant facility furnishing pipe subject to Agency inspection during manufacture. A Field Laboratory in accordance with Section 8-3.1 shall be provided at any offsite or project site plant facility furnish- ing Portland cement concrete or asphalt paving material. Any other facilities for Agency personnel shall be provided only when required by the Specifications. Offices and laboratories at plants may be used concurrently by inspection personnel of other agencies provided such use does not seriously conflict with Agency use. When facilities are shared in this manner, at least one locker provided with a hasp for a padlock must be available for the exclusive use of Agency inspectors. Otherwise any facilities furnished are for the exclusive use of Agency personnel. All facilities shall conform to the applicable codes, ordinances, and regulations of the local juris- diction and of the State of California, and shall conform to current practice. The interior shall be paneled or suitably lined to provide a facility of good appearance. The Contractor shall provide janitorial and other maintenance services in all types of facilities provided. Such services shall include the supply of the appropriate paper products and dispens- ers. Trash receptacles shall be provided and emptied by the Contractor at weekly intervals or sooner as required. The trash shall be removed from the project site. All costs to furnish, maintain, service, and remove the specified facilities at the project site shall be included in the price bid for such facilities. If no bid item is provided in the proposal, costs shall be included in other items for which bids are entered. The first progress payment will not be approved until all facilities are in place and fully comply with the Specifications. 8-2 FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES. Ciaas "A" 71eld Office. Contractor shall furnish the Enginea. a -"Class A" Field Office. The field office shall be for the exclusive use of the Engineer and such other individuals that the Engineer may designate. The field office shall be a separate structure from any other office facility. The Con- tractor shall maintain the field office throughout the entire duration of the contract unless the Engineer shall otherwise direct. This office shall have a minimum floor space of 600 ft2. All doors and win- dows shall be provided with screens. Furniture shall be provided as follows: one plan table, one standard 5 feet long double-pedestal desk with a drawer suitable for holding files, two chairs, one drafting stool, and one plan rack. Electric power shall be provided to include a minimum of four duplex convenience outlets. The office hU be iHurnin.9.tc,r1 at the t..h!Ps and desk. An cutAn^r !ightjn!-, fift!irc, w!th W.31'1 b ..'!h shall be installed. --y- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 115 of 199 Heating and air conditioning of sufficient capacity shall be provided at no expense to the Agency. The Contractor shall provide drinking water within the office and integral sanitary facilities directly adjoining. Sanitary facilities shall include a toilet and wash basin with hot and cold running water. Extended area, non-coin-operated telephone service shall be provided within the office area. The installation shall include sufficient extension cord to serve the plan table and desk. Additionally the "Class A" Field Office shall be provided with: one (1) additional standard 5' double pedestal desk with two chairs, one (1) electrostatic copier and supplies, copier shall be Xerox Model Document Centre 545, or equal, one (1) FAX machine, Canon Model Faxphone B640 Bubble Jet Facsimile, or equal, one (1) refrigerator, one (1) microwave oven, and one (1) additional plan rack shall be provided. Water cooler to have hot and chilled water. The integral sanitary facilities may be separate enclosed toilets per Section 7-8.4. Furnishings are subject to agency approval. The field office shall be located at a site satisfactory to the Engineer and within or immediately adjacent to the limits of work. Access and three parking spaces for the exclusive use of the Engineer and his/her designees that are convenient and satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor. The field office shall have a 24" by 36" sign affixed near the entry door. The sign text shall be proportioned as shown below. The Contractor shall affix a City seal to the sign in a centered location. The City seal will be supplied by the Engineer. 8-2.2 Class "B" Field Office. This office shall be the same as class "A" except that integrated sanitary facilities and air conditioning are not required. A chemical toilet facility shall be provided adjacent to the office. 8-2.3 Class "C" Field Office. The office shall be of suitable proportions with 120 ft2 of floor area. It shall be equipped with one 3 by 5 foot table, four chairs and one plan rack. It shall be adequately heated, ventilated, and lighted and two duplex convenience outlets shall be provided. Air conditioning, telephones, and sanitary facilities are not required. 8-3 FIELD LABORATORIES. 8-3.1 Offsite at Manufacturing Plant. Field laboratories shall conform to the requirements for a Class "C" Field Office specified in Section 8-2.3 except for the following: 1.Telephone service per Section 8-2.1. 2.Chair. 3.Work table, 4 by 10 feet, 3 feet high. 4.Sieves per Section 203-6. tat Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 116 of 199 5.Scales and weights. 6.Burner plate for heating supplies. 7.Thermometer, with 90 to 260°C (200 to 400°F) degree range (Asphalt Plants only). 8.Air meter for all concrete in accordance with ASTM C 231 of the type that indicates per- centage of air directly (Precast Concrete Plants only). All sampling and testing equipment shall be maintained in satisfactory operating condition by Contractor or plant owner. Laboratories shall be located immediately adjacent to and with full view of batching and loading operations. 8-3.2 At Project Site. Field laboratories shall be in accordance with Section 8-3.1, except that sieves, scales, weights, burner plates, sampling devices, pans, and thermometers will be fur- nished by the Agency at no expense to the Contractor. If air entraining agents are being used in the Concrete on the project, an air meter of the type described in Section 8-3.1 shall be furnished by the Contractor. 8-4 BATHHOUSE FACILITIES. When the Plans or Specifications require bathhouse facilities, the following shall be provided: 1.One lavatory with hot and cold water. 2.One toilet in a stall. 3.One 1 m (3 feet) trough-type urinal. 4.One enclosed shower at least 3 by 3 feet with hot and cold water. 5.One bench, 2 m (6 feet) long. 6.Soap dispensers. 7.Toilet paper holders. 8.Paper towel cabinet. 9.Wastepaper receptacle. These facilities shall be serviced and provided with necessary sanitary supplies. These facilities shall be for the exclusive use of Agency personnel. However, a separate building need not be provided for this purpose if such facilities are located in a separate room in a building which includes other facilities. 8-5 REMOVAL OF FACILITIES. Field offices, laboratories, and bathhouse facilities at the projeot site shall be removed upon completion of the Work. Buildings and equipment furnished by the Contractor at the project site under the provisions of this section are the property of the Con- tractor. 8-6 BASIS OF PAYMENT. All costs incurred in furnishing, maintaining, servicing, and remov- ing field offices laboratories, or bathhouse facilities required at the project site shall be included in the bid item for furnishing such facilities. If such facilities are required by the Plans or Specifi- cations and no bid item is provided in the proposal, the costs shall be included in other items for which bids are entered. Such costs incurred in connection with offices and laboratories at plants shall be borne by the plant owners. Payment for field office will be made at the monthly price bid and will include full compensation for installing and removing the field office, relocating it as may be necessary to facilitate the project. obtaining all permits. property rental, providing utilities includino. but not limited to, high speed internet service, electrical, telephone, potable water and sanitary facil- ities, and maintenance. The monthly rate will be paid for each full calendar month throughout the duration of the contract that the field office, complete with all facilities and utilities, is available to the tn.* —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 117 of 199 Engineer and on the project excepting when the Engineer has ordered that the field office be re- moved from the project. ta w. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 118 of 199 SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from meas- urements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sec- tions involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with dupli- cate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Stand- ard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accord- ance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be ri rnfor rntrI vapctpd or rijposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. •--1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 119 of 199 Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precau- tions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably ex- pected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of owner- ship shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially com- pleted work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of re- cordation of the "Notice of Completion." If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with appli- cable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as pre- scribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer °V Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 120 of 199 with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engi- neer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If pay- ment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from re- maining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liqui- dated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substi- tute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corre- sponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the, Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjust- ments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 4,11, t114: Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 121 of 199 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written state- ment required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Condi- tions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Re- port, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or con- tentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory work will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefor in the bid schedule, and includes full com- pensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and op- erations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these spec- ifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. t af Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 122 of 199 Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore. 9-4 BID ITEMS. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed in the Contractor's Proposal. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General Provisions, or Technical Provisions/Specifications shall be considered as included in the Bid Items. Contractor must protect existing utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation sys- tems, and vegetation in place. If damaged during the work, Contractor is responsible to repair or replace any utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation at his ex- pense. I'e —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 123 of 199 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS Add the following section: 200-1.2.2 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel, or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances. Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2 Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(A). Class 2 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200- 1.2.2(B). When permeable material is required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 permeable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans the Contractor will be permitted to fur- nish and place any one of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables 200-1.2.2(A) and 200- 1.2.2(B). TABLE 200-1.2.2(A) CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes , Percentage Type A Passing Type B 50-mm (2") --- 100 37.5-mm (11/2") --- 95-100 19-mm (1/4") 100 50-100 12.5-mm CO 95-100 --- 9.5-mm (3/0 70-100 15-55 4.75-mm (No. 4) 0-55 0-25 . 2.36-mm (No. 8) 0-10 0-5 75-pm (no. 200) 0-3 0-3 TABLE 200-1.2.2(B) CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing 25-mm (1") 100 19-mm (3/4") 90-100 9.5-mm (310 40-100 4.75-mm (No. 4) 25-40 2.36-mm (No. 8) 18-33 600-pm (No. 30) 5-15 300-pm (No. 50) 0-7 75-pm (no. 200) 0-3 Ob- t MI- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 124 of 199 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Cal- trans Standard Specification, July 1999, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02A Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein. Add the following section: 200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from or- ganic matter and other deleterious substances and shall be of such nature that it can be com- pacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include ma- terial processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing /1/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum Sieve Sizes 2" 11/2" Operating Range 100 90-100 Operating Range — — 1" — 100 3/4" 50-85 90-100 No. 4 25-45 35-60 No. 30 10-25 10-30 No. 200 2-9 2-9 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Dura- bility Index test is performed. If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, an- other day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements spec- ified for "Operating Range." If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the En- gineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggreaate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grad- ing and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, only one adjustment shall apply. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 125 of 199 No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) Modify as follows: TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) (3) PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Type of Construction Concrete Maximum Class Slump mm (Inches) All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way 330-C-23 (2) (560-C-3250) (1) Trench Backfill Slurry 115-E-3 200 (8") (190-E-400) Street Light Foundations and Survey Monu- 330-C-23 100 (4") ments (560-C-3250) Traffic Signal Foundations 350-C-27 100 (4") (590-C-3750) Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection 310-C-17 per Table 300-11.3.1 (520-C-2500P) (1)Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPVVC shall be as per Table 201- 1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (2)As per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (3)Portions of Table 201-1.1.2(A) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction not shown herein as changed are not affected by this table. 201-1.2 Materials. 201-1.2.4(a) Integral Colored Concrete. Add the following: Integral color shall consist of col- ored admixtures developed for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pig- ments shall meet or exceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architectural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant. Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the in- stallation on identical surfaces for approval by Resident Engineer. Contractor shall provide a maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete. Admixture for all integral colored concrete paving in medians and other integral colored concrete shall be the following: Color: Gray IP' At 'Inw Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 126 of 199 Curing: Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 of these Supplemental Provisions for Concrete Curing Materials. Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the manu- facturer's specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA). 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (e) Air-Entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 per- centage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. Add the following: 201-1.6 Finish: Add the following: 201-1.7 Miscellaneous Concrete Finishing Products. 201-1.7.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer or approved equal) Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and nat- ural concrete. Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the ma- sonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and maintenance. Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance. Install per manufacturer's directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials which it is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications: Color: Clear, non-yellowing Odor: Mild Flash Point: None (C.O.C. method) Specific Gray.:1.03 Density: 8.6 pounds per gallon Drying Time: 30 minutes to 60 minutes Cure Time: 24 to 48 hours VOC Content: None (0 g/I) excluding water Polymer Type: Proprietary Reactive Resin System Coverages (approximate): Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallon tat —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 127 of 199 Note: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of application. Method of: Airless sprayer. Application Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product manufacturer's direction. 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (e) Air-entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 per-" centage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. 201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS 201-3.4 Type "A" Sealant (Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant). Add the following: All finished concrete surfaces shall have a 1/2" continuous expansion joint at locations indicated on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line. When not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be sealant Type "A" and colored to match the color of the concrete surface. Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall also submit samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule of type (and location where type is to be used) of each sealant. Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Provide color selections made by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. Sealant color parallel to curbline shall match color of Paving Treatment Type "A" as specified in Section 201-1.2.4(a) of these Special Provisions. Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric tat Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 128 of 199 sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E Class A, non-sag, Type II. Acceptable Products: "Sonneborn NPII"; Sonneborn Building Products Division; "Scofield Litho- seal Trafficalk 3-G", L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint sub- strates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be pre-formed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, non- extruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyeth- ylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. Polysty- rene foam is not acceptable. 201-3.7 Type "D" Joint Sealant. Add the following: Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot- melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 201-3.7(A). TABLE 201-3.7(A) CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT Property Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) Results Conditions Cone Penetration ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 3.5 mm, max. 25°C, 150 g, 5 s Flow, 60°C ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 5 mm, max. Resilience ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 25%, min. 25°C Softening Point, ASTM D 36 82 °C, min. Ductility, ASTM D 113 300 mm, min. 25°C, 50 mm/min Flash Point, COC, °C ASTM D 92 288 °C, min. Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel, ASTM D 4402 2.5-3.5 Pa-s No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190°C, SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. Add the following: 203-6.2.1 Acceptance. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conform- ance with the mix design when the Asphalt Binder content is within +/-0.5% of the design mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A). Deviations in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.4.3 (A) Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when visually inopectod and thc combined gradation of the Bin SE.MplaS show conformance to the grad- ing as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A). t ei Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 129 of 199 USES GRADES Headers for bituminous pavement up to 50 mm x 100 mm (2"x4") Headers for bituminous pavement larger than 50 mm x 100 mm (2"x4") Construction grade Redwood or preserva- tive treated construction grade Douglas Fir Number 1 grade Redwood, or preservative treated number 1 grade Douglas Fir 203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures. Add the following: Conventional Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG64-10-RAP for surface course, and B-PG64-10-RAP for base course. Asphalt con- crete shall be class D2-PG70-10 for dikes and class E-PG70-10 ditches. 203-6.4.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix) or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in accord- ance with Calif. Test 125. When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for: 1.Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 2172, and Calif. Test 202. 2.Stability using: a.Hveem stability Value using Calif. Tests 304 and 366 shall be the average of three individual Values I. or b.Marshall Stability' in accordance with the Asphalt Institute's MS-2 fabricated and tested for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens. 'Only use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Hveem Stabilometer Values are greater than +1-5. When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. 203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. Add the following: Open graded or Gap graded asphalt con- crete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 10 hours, shall not be used in the work. 203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) WET PROCESS 203-11.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix shall be Gap Graded class ARHM-GG-C. SECTION 204 - LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES 204-1 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD TABLE 204-1.2(A) Add the following: TABLE 204-1.2(A) 41111fr t iaw. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 130 of 199 SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS Add the following section: 206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS. 206-7.1 Roadside Signs. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing roadside signs in accordance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the ser- viceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and alumi- num marks. 206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. The following notation shall be placed on the lower right side of the back of each sign where the notation shall not be blocked by the sign post or frame: A.PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, B.Name of the sign manufacturer, C.Month and year of fabrication, D.Type of retroreflective sheeting, and E.Manufacturer's identification and lot number of retroreflective sheeting. The above notation shall be applied directly to the aluminum sign panels in 1/4-inch upper case letters and numerals by die-stamp and applied by similar method to the fiberglass reinforced plas- tic signs. Painting, screening, or engraving of the notation will not be allowed. The notation shall be applied without damaging the finish of the sign. 206-7.1.3 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manu- facture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Desig- nation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.1.5 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designa- tion B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coat- ing shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold- rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45 or, when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage tout —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 131 of 199 or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be pro- vided with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used. 206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45. 206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the Contractor's performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and porta- ble signs. 206-7.2.1 General. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary signs in accord- ance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provi- sions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the service- ability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and aluminum marks. 206-7.2.2 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manu- facture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Desig- nation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.2.4 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminium shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designa- tion B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coat- ing shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Plans RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows: 1.Wood posts shall not be used. 2.Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required. 3.The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 2.1 m (7'). Vir t Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 132 of 199 4.Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and installation to SDRS drawing M-45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 ft2) of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when approved by the Engineer. 5.Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post size and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size and the number of posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate. 206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in section 206-7.2 of these special provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12"). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required. Add the following section: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS. Add the following section: 206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tub- ing used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be per- forated on all four faces with 11mm (7/16") holes on 25 mm (1") centers. Add the following section: 206-8.2 Tolerances. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.011", -0.005"). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not ex- ceed a tolerance of +0.25 mm (+0.010") applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16 " in 3'). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm (5/32"), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64"). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall permit 3.60 mm (9/64") radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or 12-gage square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1m (10'). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64") on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8" in 20'). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing, dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(B). t 41,0 .--r. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 133 of 199 TABLE 206-8.2(A) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE Nominal Outside Dimensions mm (inches) Outside Tolerance for all Sides at Corners mm (inches) 25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.13 0.005 32 x 32 (11/4 x 11/4) 0.15 0.006 38 x 38 (11/2 x 11/2) 0.15 0.006 44 x 44 (13/4 x 13/4) 0.20 0.008 51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.20 0.008 56 x 56 (23/16 x 23/16) 0.25 0.010 57 x 57 (21/4 x 21/4) 0.25 0.010 64 x 64 (21/2 x 21/2) 0.25 0.010 51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.25 0.010 TABLE 206-8.2(B) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST Nominal Outside Dimension mm (Inches) Squarenesso) mm (Inches) Twist Permissible in 900 mm (3") mm(2) (Inches)t2) 25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.15 0.006 1.3 0.050 32 x 32 (1-1/4 x 1-1/4) 0.18 0.007 1.3 0.050 38 x 38 (1-1/2 x 1-1/2) 0.20 0.009 1.3 0.050 44 x 44 (1-3/4 x 1-3/4) 0.25 0.010 1.6 0.062 51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.30 0.012 1.6 0.062 56 x 56 (2-3/16 x 2-3/16) 0.36 0.014 1.6 0.062 57 x 57 (2-1/4 x 2-1/4) 0.36 1.014 1.6 0.062 64 x 64 (2-1/2 x 2-h/2) 0.38 0.015 1.9 0.075 51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.46 0.018 1.9 0.075 (1)Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed. (2)Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate. Add the following section: 206-8.3 Fasteners. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel "pull-through" electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8") diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8") diameter head, and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200") to 0.90 mm (0.356"). The fasteners shall conform to ASTM B-633, Type III Add the following section: 206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN Add the following section: 206-9.1 General. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a con- troller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The PCMS unit shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign, which can be delivered to the site of the work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20°C (-4°F) to +70°C (158°F) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions. •11' Awl ) 111- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 134 of 199 The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall be with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the ground and the top no more than 4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location to location as directed by the Engineer Add the following section: 206-9.2 Message Board. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall be legible from a distance of 230 m (7501 at noon on a cloudless day, by persons with vision corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not less than 7 characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a method which does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of com- plete alphanumeric selection. Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that au- tomatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal lighting conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more different lamp intensities. Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night. The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the storage of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location allowing the operator to perform all functions from one position. A keyboard entry system shall be provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over the pre-pro- grammed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security lockout feature to prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created messages in memory during periods when the power is not activated. The controller shall provide for a variable message display rate which allows the operator to match the information display to the speed of the approaching traffic. The flashing off time shall be op- erator adjustable within the control cabinet. Add the following section: 206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and main- tained at locations shown on the plans, specified herein, or designated by the Engineer. The PCMS will be diligently maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the project in ac- cordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to the City (at the end of the job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the provisions of these specifications, including current registration. Add the following section: 206-9.4 Measurement and Payment. The contract unit price PCMS shall include full compensa- tion for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, placing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, transporting from lo- cation to location, and delivery of the signs to the City at the completion of the construction, in good working order, and as directed by the Engineer, and no other compensation will be made. toot Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 135 of 199 SECTION 207 - PIPE 207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE. 207-2.5 Joints. Add the following: When watertight joints are indicated on the plans they shall be of the rubber-gasketed type meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard Specification designa- tions C 361-95 and C 443-94. Pipe designated in the plans as "pressure pipe" or with a 100-year hydraulic grade line at or above the soffit shall be bell and groove spigot joint with "0" rings conforming to ASTM C-443 and C- 361 for the limits shown on the plans. 207-9 IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 207-9.2.2 Pipe Joints Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all joints shall be the push-on type joint. Joints and accessories shall conform to the requirements and dimensions specified in ANSI A21.11, AVVWA C111. Rubber gasket material shall conform to 208-1.2 and AWWA C111 and ANSI A21.11-90. 207-9.2.3 Fittings. Add the following: Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in ac- cordance with ANSI 21.50, AVVWA C150 and ANSI 21.51, AVWVA C151, and shall be of the size and thickness classes shown on the Plans. Unless otherwise specified, size 4-inches through 6-inches DIP shall be thickness Class 52, while size 8-inches and larger shall be thickness Class 50. 207-9.2.4 Lining and Coating. Replace with the following: Unless otherwise specified, all iron pipe and fittings shall be lined with double thickness, cement motor lining with cement conforming to ASTM 0150 Type II, AVVVVA C104/A21.4.90 and outside coating of bituminous coating a mini- mum of 2 mils. thick in accordance with AWVVA C151 or C100. 207-10 STEEL PIPE Add the following: 207-10.1 General Fabricated Steel Pipe and Fittings shall conform in all respects to Carlsbad Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for Construction of (Potable or Reclaimed) Water Mains, latest edition. 207-10.1.2 Submittals. The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Submittals Shop Drawings. Submittals are required for the following: Shop Drawings Layout Drawings Manufacturer's tests Mill Reports or Plant Test Reports Fabrication Details Dimensional Checks Protective Coatings Welding Procedures/Certification for Field Welding Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of pipe. 207-10.1.3 Quality Assurance. Field welders shall be certified under Section IX, Part A of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or in accordance with AVVWA C206, Section 3. Welders shall submit a copy of their certification to the District prior to performing any field welding. Certi- fications shall be dated within three (3) years of the job to be performed. Ink tal —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 136 of 199 The top of all pipe and specials shall be clearly identified by marking the top with "T.O.P." for easy identifications in the field. Plainly mark each length of pipe at the bell end to identify the proper location of the pipe item by reference to the layout schedule. 207-10.1.4 Protective Coatings and Linings. All steel pipe and fittings exposed within a vault or above ground shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA 0205 and C602 and painted in accordance with CMWD Approved Materials List. All steel pipe and fittings for underground service shall be cement-mortar lined, taped wrapped and cement-mortar coated in accordance with AWWA C205, 0214 and 0602 unless otherwise specified on the Drawings. Add the following section: 207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE. Add the following section: 207-25.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility Mark- ing Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005") overall thickness, with no less than a 35 gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-25(A) and 207-25 (B). TABLE 207-25.1(A) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES Property Method Value Thickness ASTM D2103 0114 mm (0.0056") Tensile strength ASTM D882 4500g/cm (25 lbs/inch) (5,500 PSI) Elongation ASTM D882-88 <50 percent at break Printability ASTM D2578 >50 dynes/square centimeter Flexibility ASTM D671-81 Pliable hand Inks Manufacturing specifications Heat-set Mylex Message repeat Manufacturing specifications Every 500 mm(20") Foil Manufacturing specifications Dead soft/annealed Top layer Manufacturing specifications Virgin PET Bottom layer Manufacturing specifications Virgin LDPE Adhesives Manufacturing specifications >30 percent, solid 1.5#/R Bond strength Boiling H20 at 100 degrees Celsius Five hours without peel Colors _ APWA Code See Table 207-25.1 (B) tat Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 137 of 199 TABLE 207-25.1(B) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS Color Utility Marked Red Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems. Yellow Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam. Orange Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television. Blue Water systems. Green Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable. Brown Force mains. Purple Reclaimed water lines. Add the following section: 207-25.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the re- quirements of each of the following agency/association publications. A.Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety. USAS code for pressure piping B31.8, paragraph 192.321(e). B.National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Dam- age to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1. C.American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid pe- troleum pipelines - APR RP 1109. D.General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide Spec- ification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page 501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1. E.Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC, Na- tional Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards. SECTION 209 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 209 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. Modify as follows: Section 86, "Signals, Lighting and Electri- cal Systems", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications replaces Section 209, "Electrical Compo- nents", and Section 307, "Street Lighting and Traffic Signals", of the SSPWC, in all matters per- taining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, materials and methods of con- . struction of street lighting and traffic signals. Section 86 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications is unmodified excepted as specified herein. For electrical components provided and installed in systems NOT including street lighting and traffic signals, Section 209 SSPWC is unmodified ex- cept as specified in sections other than Section 209, herein. SECTION 86 - SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 86-2 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION Replace Section 86-2.02 with the following: 86-2.02 Removing and Replacing Improvements. In addition to the requirements of sections 7-9, "Protection and Restoration of Existinq Improvements" and 306-1.5, "Trench Resurfacing", 1% Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 138 of 199 improvements such as sidewalks, curbs, gutters, portland cement concrete and asphalt concrete pavement, underlying material, lawns and plants, and any other improvements removed, broken or damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be replaced or reconstructed with the same kind of material as found on the work or with materials of equal quality. The new work shall be left in a serviceable condition. Whenever a part of a square or slab of existing concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, or driveway is broken or damaged, the entire square, section or slab shall be removed and the concrete recon- structed as above specified. The outline of all areas to be removed in portland cement concrete sidewalks and driveways and in pavements shall be cut to a minimum depth of 0.17 foot (2") with an abrasive type saw prior to removing the sidewalk, driveways and pavement material. Cuts shall be neat and true along score lines, with no shatter outside the removal area. Replace Section 86-2.05B with the following: 86-2.05B Use. Exposed conduit installed on a painted structure shall be painted the same color as the structure. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum metric trade size of conduit shall be: 1.From an electrolier to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 41 (11/2" dia). 2.From a pedestrian push button post to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 27 (1" dia). 3.From a signal standard to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 53 (2" dia). 4.From a controller cabinet to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 78 (3" dia). 5.For detector runs shall be Size 78 (3" dia). 6.Not otherwise specified shall be Size 78 (3" dia). Add the following: 86-2.08 Conductors. Signal cable shall be used for all new traffic signal installations. Individual conductors shall not be used. Add the following: 86-2.09B Installation. All conductors shall be pulled directly from the spool into the conduit and shall not be dragged on the ground as to cause damage to the conductors. 86-3 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES Add the following: 86-3.04A Cabinet Construction. Controller cabinets shall be fabricated from aluminum sheet. Controller cabinets shall have a single front door equipped with a Best Company lock core and lock. No other manufacturers shall be accepted. Add the following section: 86-3.05F Document Tray. Controller cabinets shall have a pull-out type document tray. Add the following section: 86-3.05G Uninterruptible Power System. An uninterruptible power system (UPS) shall be installed in each controller cabinet. The UPS shall be Clary SP 1000 series (or approved equal)and shall provide a minimum of eight (8) hours of continuous red flash operation at intersections using red LED signal indications and provide power conditioning to the controller. Batteries for the UPS shall be housed in a NEMA 3R rated cabinet mounted to the side of the Model 332 cabinet per Caltrans specifications. The battery cabinet door shall be equipped with a Best Company lock core and lock. t at —I— Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 139 of 199 86-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FITTINGS Replace Section 86-4.06 with the following: 86-4.06 Pedestrian Signal Faces. Message symbols for pedestrian signal faces shall be white WALKING PERSON, Portland orange UPRAISED HAND and COUNTDOWN DIGITS. Pedestrian signal faces shall conform to definitions and practices described in "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" published in the Equipment and Materials Standards of the Institute of Transportation Engineers, (referred to in this document as "PTCSI") and in the Applicable Sections of Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Section 4E. Add the following section: 86-4.06A Physical and Mechanical Requirements. Add the following section: 86-4.06A(1) General. Modules shall not require special tools for installation and shall fit into existing pedestrian signal housings built for the PTCSI sizes stated in Section 1 of the "walking person" and "hand" icon pedestrian signal indication Standard without modification to the housing. Installation of a retrofit replacement module into an existing pedestrian signal housing shall only require the removal of the existing optical unit components, i.e., lens, lamp module, gaskets, and reflector; shall be weather tight and fit securely in the housing; and shall connect directly to existing electrical wiring. Add the following section: 86-4.06A(2) The Module under Physical and Mechanical Requirements. a.The LED module shall have a visual appearance similar to that of an incandescent lamp (ie: Smooth and non-pixilated). b.The module lens shall not be a replaceable part. Screwed on lenses are not allowed. Only modules with internal mask shall be utilized. No external silk-screen shall be permitted. c.The dividers inside the module that make up the icons and digits shall be black so as to eliminate sun phantom effect. When not illuminated with the sun shining into the module, the WALKING PERSON and UPRAISED HAND and COUNTDOWN DIGITS shall not be readily visible. d.The countdown digits of the pedestrian signal module shall be located adjacent to the associated UPRAISED HAND (symbolizing DON'T WALK). When displaying a number "1" for both digits, the number "1" shall use the two segments furthest to the right. The digits shall remain on during the entire count down cycle. Hashing digits are not allowed. e.The display of the number of remaining seconds shall begin only at the beginning of the pedestrian change interval. After the countdown displays zero, the display shall remain dark until the beginning of the next countdown. f.The walking person, hand icons and countdown digits (16"x18" size only) shall be incandes- cent looking. The configurations of the walking person icon, hand icon and numbers icons are illustrated in Figures 1, 2 (per PTCSI Part 2 Specification) and Figure 3 respectively. IOW Ar. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 140 of 199 I II IL Figure 3 'ktn) Figure 1 Figure 2 Dimensions for Figures 1, 2 and 3 For each nominal message bearing surface (module) size, use the corresponding minimum H (height) and W (width) measurements: Module Size Icon Height Icon Width Count- down Height Count- down Width Countdown Segment Width 406 x 457 mm (16 x 18 in) 297 mm 11 in 178 mm 7 in 229 mm 9 in 178 mm 7 in 17.78 mm 0.7 in Note: The units shall not have any external attachments, dip switches, toggle switches or options that will allow the mode to be changed from counting the clearance cycle, to the full walk/don't walk cycle or any other modification to the icons or digits. Add the following section: 86-4.06A(3) Environmental Requirements. a.All exposed components of a module shall be suitable for prolonged exposure to the en- vironment, without appreciable degradation that would interfere with function or appear- ance. As a minimum, selected materials shall be rated for service for a period of a mini- mum of 60 months in a south-facing installation. b.The module shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range, measured at the exposed rear of the module, of -40°C to +74°C. (-40°F to +165°F). c.A module shall be protected against dust and moisture intrusion, including rain and blowing rain. Shall be sealed and meet MIL-STD-810F Procedure I, Rain & Blowing Rain specifi- cations. d.The module lens shall not crack, craze or yellow due to solar UV irradiation typical for a south-facing Arizona Desert installation after a minimum of 60 months in service. Add the following section: 86-4.06A(4) Construction. a. To preveni wai seepage between the back cover and the electrical wires, or between. the copper and insulation of the wires, the electrical wires shall not penetrate the LED module housing. f-42 -1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 141 of 199 b.The module shall be a single, self-contained device, not requiring on-site assembly for in- stallation into an existing pedestrian signal housing. The power supply shall be designed to fit and mount inside the pedestrian signal module. c.The assembly and manufacturing process for the module shall be designed to assure all internal LED and electronic components are adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources. Add the following section: 86-4.06A(5) Materials. a.Materials used for the lens and LED module construction shall conform to ASTM specifi- cations where applicable. b.Enclosures containing the power supply and electronic components of the LED module shall be made of UL94 flame retardant materials. The lens of the LED module is excluded from this requirement. c.The front window shall be a transparent polycarbonate material with internal masking to prevent the icons and digits from being visible when not in operation. External masking or silk-screen technology shall not be permitted. When not illuminated, the Walking Person, Hand and Countdown Digits shall not be readily visible. Add the following section: 86-4.06A(6) Module identification. a.Each module shall be identified on the backside with the manufacturer's name, model, serial number and operating characteristics of each symbol. The operating characteristics identi- fied shall include the nominal operating voltage and stabilized power consumption, in watts and Volt-Amperes. b.Modules conforming to this specification (WALKING PERSON, UPRAISED HAND only), may have the following statement on an attached label: "Manufactured in Conformance with the ITE Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications - Part 2: Light Emitting Diode (LED) Pedestrian Signal Modules". Add the following section: 86-4.0613 Photometric Requirements. Add the following section: 86-4.066(1) Luminance, Uniformity and Distribution. a. For a minimum period of 60 months, the maintained minimum luminance values for the modules under the operating conditions defined in Sections 2.3.1 and 4.2.1, when meas- ured normal to the plane of the icon surface, shall not be less than: •Walking person: 2,200 cd/m2; •Hand: 1,400 cd/m2. •Countdown digits: 1,400 cd/m2; The luminance of the emitting surface, measured at angles from the normal of the surface, may decrease linearly to a value of 50% of the values listed above at an angle of 15_ degrees. The light output requirements in this specification apply to pedestrian signal heads without any visors, hooded or louvered (egg-crate). 4r. ted, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 142 of 199 b.The LED module shall have a visual appearance similar to that of an incandescent lamp (i.e., smooth and non-pixilated). c.Maximum permissible luminance: When operated within the temperature range specified in Section 2.3.2, the actual luminance for a module shall not exceed three times the required peak value of the minimum maintained luminance. d.Luminance uniformity: The uniformity of the signal output across the emitting section of the module lens (i.e. the hand, person or countdown icon) shall not exceed a ratio of 5 to 1 between the maximum and minimum luminance values (cd/m2). Add the following section: 86-4.06B(2) Chromaticity. a. The standard colors for the LED Pedestrian Signal Module shall be White for the walking person and Portland Orange for the hand icon and the countdown digits. The colors for these icons shall conform to the following color regions, based on the 1931 CIE chroma- ticity diagram: Walking Person —White: Blue boundary: 1st Green boundary: 2nd Green boundary: Yellow boundary: 1$t Purple boundary: 2nd Purple boundary: x= 0.280. 0.280 £ x < 0.400 y= 0.7917.x + 0.0983. 0.400 £ x < 0.450 y = 0.4600.x + 0.2310. x= 0.450 0.450 £x< 0.400 y= 0.4600.x + 0.1810. 0.400 £ x < 0.280 y = 0.7917.x + 0.0483. White Point x y 1 0.280 0.320 2 0.400 0.415 3 0.450 0.438 4 0.450 0.388 5 0.400 0.365 6 0.280 0.270 Hand and Countdown Digits—Portland Orange: Yellow boundary: y = 0.390 White boundary: 0.600 £ x £ 0.659 y= 0.990—x Red boundary: y= 0.331. t al Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 143 of 199 Portland Orange Point X Y 1 0.609 0.390 2 0.600 0.390 3 0.659 0.331 4 0.669 0.331 b. Color Uniformity: V(Ay2 Walking Person—White: Ax1+ ()£ 0.04 where Ax and Ay are the differences in the chromaticity coordinates of the meas- ured colors to the coordinates of the average color, using the CIE 1931 Chroma- ticity Diagram and a 2 degree Standard Observer. Hand and Countdown Digits—Portland Orange: The dominant wavelength for any individual color measurement of a portion of the emitting surface of a module shall be within ±3nm of the dominant wavelength for the average color measurement of the emitting surface as a whole. Add the following section: 86-4.06C Electrical. Add the following section: 86-4.06C(1) General. All wiring and terminal blocks shall meet the requirements of Section 13.02 of the VTCSH Standard. Maximum of three secured, color coded, 1 meter (39 in) long 600 V, 16 AWG minimum, jacketed wires, conforming to the National Electrical Code, rated for service at +105°C, are to be provided for electrical connection. The conductors shall be color coded with orange for the hand, blue for the walking person and white as the common lead. Add the following section: 86-4.06C(2) Voltage. a.LED modules shall operate from a 60 + 3 Hertz ac line power over a voltage range from 80 to 135 VAC RMS. b.Nominal operating voltage for all measurements shall be 120 + 3 VAC RMS. c.Fluctuations in line voltage over the range of 80 to 135 VAC RMS shall not affect luminous intensity by more than + 10 %. d.Catastrophic failure of one LED light source in Man & Hand icons shall not result in the loss of more than the light from that one LED. e.To prevent the appearance of flicker, the module circuitry shall drive the LEDs at frequencies greater than 100 Hz when modulated, or at DC, over the voltage range specified in Section 4.2.1. f.Low Voltage Turn Off: There should be no illumination of the module when the applied volt- age is less than 35 VAC RMS. To test for this condition, each icon must first be fully illumi- nated at the nominal operating voltage. The applied voltage shall then be reduced to the point where there is no illumination. This point must be greater than 35 VAC RMS. g.Turn-ON and Turn-OFF Time: A module shall reach 90% of full illumination (turn-ON) within 75 msec of the application of the nominal operating voltage. The signal shall cease 1 4, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 144 of 199 emitting visible illumination (turn-OFF) within 75 msec of the removal of the nominal oper- ating voltage. h.Default Condition: For abnormal conditions when nominal voltage is applied to the unit across the two-phase wires (rather than being applied to the phase wire and the neutral wire) the pedestrian signal unit shall default to the hand symbol. i.Icon Power Supplies: LED pedestrian countdown modules shall have two separate power supplies for powering the Walking Person and Upraised Hand icons. The circuitry shall be unrelated to power the LED Walking Person icon and the LED Upraised Hand icon, in order to virtually eliminate the risk of displaying the wrong icon Add the following section: 86-4.06C(3) Transient Voltage Protection. The on-board circuitry of a module shall include volt- age surge protection: •To withstand high-repetition noise transients and low-repetition high-energy transients as specified in NEMA Standard TS-2 2003; Section 2.1.8 •Section 8.2 IEC 1000-4-5 & Section 6.1.2 ANSI/IEEE 062.41.2-2002, 3kV, 2 ohm •Section 8.0 IEC 1000-4-12 & Section 6.1.1 ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2-2002, 6kV, 30 ohm Add the following section: 86-4.06C(4) Electronic Noise. The LED signal and associated on-board circuitry shall meet the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of electronic noise by Class A digital devices. Add the following section: 86-4.06C(5) Power Factor (PF) and AC Harmonics. a.The modules shall provide a power factor of 0.90 or greater when operated at nominal operating voltage, and 25°C (77°F). b.Total harmonic distortion induced into an AC power line by the module, operated at nominal operating voltage, and at 25°C (77°F) shall not exceed 20%. Add the following section: 86-4.06C(6) Controller assembly Compatibility. a.The current draw shall be sufficient to ensure compatibility and proper triggering and operation of load current switches and conflict monitors in signal controller units. b.Off State Voltage Decay: When the module is switched from the On state to the Off state the terminal voltage shall decay to a value less than 10 VAC RMS in less than 100 milliseconds when driven by a maximum allowed load switch leakage current of 10 milliamps peak (7.1 milliamps AC) Add the following section: 86-4.06C(7) Constant Current Drive. The countdown digits shall be driven by constant current to improve LED efficiency and lifespan. Add the following section: 86-4.06C(8) Power Consumption. Maximum power consumption requirements for the modules are as follows: "Hand" "Walking Person" 25°C 11.0 Watts 8.0 Watts 4,‘ fif) Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 145 of 199 "Count-Down Display" 6.0 Watts (when display shows "88") Add the following section: 86-4.06D Module Functions. Add the following section: 86-4.06D(1) Cycle. The module shall operate in one mode: Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode Only. The module shall start counting when the flashing don't walk turns on and will countdown to "0" and turn off when the steady "Don't Walk" signal turns on. The module shall not have user accessible switches or controls for the purpose of modifying the cycle, icons or digits. Add the following section: 86-4.06D(2) Learning Cycle. At power on, the module enters a single automatic learning cycle. During the automatic learning cycle, the countdown display shall remain dark. Add the following section: 86-4.060(3) Cycle Modification. The unit shall re-program itself if it detects any increase or de- crease of Pedestrian Timing. The digits shall go blank once a change is detected and then take one complete pedestrian cycle (with no counter during this cycle) to adjust its buffer timer. Add the following section: 86-4.06D(4) Recycling. The module shall allow for consecutive cycles without displaying the steady Hand icon ("Don't Walk"). Add the following section: 86-4.060(5) Pre-Emption. The module shall recognize preemption events and temporarily mod- ify the crossing cycle accordingly. •If the controller preempts during the walking man, the countdown shall follow the control- ler's directions and shall adjust from walking man to flashing hand. It shall start to count down during the flashing hand. •If the controller preempts during the flashing hand, the countdown shall continue to count down without interruption. The next cycle, following the preemption event, shall use the correct, initially programmed values. This specification is worded such that the flashing don't walk time is not modified. Add the following section: 86-4.06D(6) "Don't Walk" Steady. If the controller output displays Don't Walk steady condition or if both the hand /person go dark and the unit has not arrived to zero, the unit suspends any timing and the digits shall go dark. Add the following section: 86-4.06D(7) Power Outage. The digits will go dark for one pedestrian cycle after loss of power of more than 2.0 seconds. Add the following section: 86-4.06D(8) Digit Operation. The digits shall remain continuously lit during the clearance cycle and shall not flash in conjunction with the Hand/Don't Walk icon. AIM tat —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 146 of 199 Add the following section: 86-4.06E Quality Assurance. Add the following section: 86-4.06E(1) General. Unless otherwise specified all of the test will be conducted at an ambient temperature of 25°C and at the nominal operating voltage of 120 VAC RMS. a.The modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a vendor quality assurance (QA) program. b.QA process and test result documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years Add the following section: 86-4.06E(2) Conformance. The module designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification. Add the following section: 86-4.06E(3) Production Tests & Inspections. All lamps manufactured shall be affixed with an Intertek ETL Verified label (or other 3rd Party "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory/NRTL") to demonstrate compliance to Section 6.3 (Production Tests & Inspections) of the latest ITE PTCSI Pedestrian specification, dated March 19, 2004. a.All new LED modules tendered for sale shall undergo the following Production Test and Inspection prior to shipment. Failure of a module to meet requirements of these Production Test and Inspection shall be cause for rejection. Test results shall be maintained for a period of 5 years following the production of the last production unit. b.All LED modules shall be tested for maintained minimum luminous intensity. A single point measurement with a correlation to the intensity requirements referred to in Section 3.0 may be used. The LED module shall be operated at nominal operating voltage and at an ambient temperature of 25°C (77°F). c.All LED modules shall be tested for power factor per the requirements of Section 4.6.1. A commercially available power factor meter may be used to perform this measurement. d.All LED modules shall be measured for current flow in Amperes. The measured current values shall be compared against those resulting from design qualification measurements in Section 5.4.6.1. Measured current values in excess of -120% of the design qualification current values shall be cause for rejection. e.All LED modules shall be visually inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly anomalies. Add the following section: 86-4.06E(4) Design Qualification Testing. a.Design Qualification testing shall be performed on new module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an existing design. b.High Temperature High Humidity (HTHH): 1000 hours at +60°C (+140°F), 90% Relative Humidity with cycling starting at 30 down to 0. This will ensure that each symbol is properly tested. c.Unless otherwise specified, all of the tests shall be conducted on the same set of randomly selected modules, hereafter called the sample set, at an ambient temperature of 25°C and at the nominal operating voltage of 120 VAC RMS. tat -r" Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 147 of 199 d.Testing shall be performed once every 5 years or when the module design or LED technology has been changed. The module manufacturer shall retain test data for a minimum period of 7 years and for a period of at least 5 years beyond the last date of manufacture of that model type. e.Conditioning: The module shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours in an ambient temperature of +60°C (+140°F), 0% Relative Humidity with cycling starting at 99 down to 0. This will ensure that each symbol is properly conditioned. f.Mechanical Vibration: Mechanical vibration testing shall be performed per MIL-STD-883, Test Method 2007. g.Temperature Cycling: Temperature cycling shall be performed per MIL-STD-883, Test method 1010. The temperature range shall include the full ambient operating temperature range specified in Section 2.3.2. h.Moisture Resistance: Moisture resistance testing shall be performed per MIL-STD-810F, Test Method 506.4, Procedure I, Rain and Blowing Rain. The test shall be conducted on stand-alone modules, without a protective housing. The modules shall be vertically oriented, such that the lens is directed towards the wind source when at a zero rotation angle. The modules shall be energized throughout the test. The water shall be at 25° ± 5°C (77° ± 9°F). The wind velocity shall be 80 km/hr (50 mph). Add the following section: 86-4.06E(5) Warranty. Manufacturers will provide the following warranty provisions. Replacement or repair of an LED signal module that fails to function as intended due to workmanship or material defects within the first 5 years (60 months) from the date of delivery. Add the following: 86-4.09 Flashing Beacons. Reflective sheeting for W3-3 SIGNAL AHEAD signs, mounted on flashing beacons, shall be Type IX prismatic cube-corner reflective sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equal). 86-5 DETECTORS Replace Section 86-5.01A(5) with the following: 86-5.01A(5) Installation Details. Installation and tests shall conform to the details and notes shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise each loop shall consist of 3 turns of conductor as specified in Section 86-5.01A(4), "Construction Materials." Slots cut in the pavement shall be washed clean, blown out and thoroughly dried before installing conductors. Residue resulting from slot cutting operations shall not be permitted to flow across shoulders or lanes occupied by public traffic and shall be removed from the pavement surface before any residue flows off of the pavement surface. Residue from slot cutting operations shall be disposed of outside the highway right of way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." After conductors are installed in the slots cut in the pavement, the slots shall be filled with sealant to within 1/8 inch of the pavement surface. The sealant shall be at least one inch thick above the top conductor in the saw cut. Before setting, surplus sealant shall be removed from the adjacent road surfaces without the use of solvents. The sealant for filling slots shall conform to the following: Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant. Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be as follows: te. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 148 of 199 Property ASTM Designation Requirement Cone Penetration, 25°C, 150 g, 5 s D 5329, Sec. 6 3.5 mm, max. Flow, 60°C D 5329, Sec. 8 5 mm, max. Resilience, 25°C D 5329, Sec. 12 25%, min. Softening Point D 36 82 °C, min. Ductility, 25°C, 50 mm/min D 113 300 mm, min. Flash Point, COO, °C D 92 288 °C, min. Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel, No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190°C D 4402 . 2.5-3.5 Pas The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot- melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Hot-melt sealant shall be packaged in containers clearly marked "Detector Loop Sealant" and specifying the batch and lot number of the manufacturer. Loop conductors shall be installed without splices and shall terminate in the nearest pull box. The loops shall be joined in the pull box in combination of series and parallel so that optimum sensi- tivity is obtained at the sensor unit. Final splices between loops and lead-in cable shall not be made until the operation of the loops under actual traffic conditions is approved by the Engineer. All loop conductors for each direction of travel for the same phase of a traffic signal system, in the same pull box, shall be spliced to a detector lead-in cable which shall be run from the pull box adjacent to the loop detector to a sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet. All loop conductors for traffic monitoring shall terminate in a pull box or terminal strip in the traffic monitor station cabinet when a cabinet of that type is installed. Conductors for inductive loop traffic signal and traffic monitoring installations shall be identified and banded, in pairs, by lane, in the pull box adjacent to the loops and near the termination of the conductors in the controller or traffic moni- toring station cabinet. Bands shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-2.09, "Wiring." If asphalt concrete surfacing is to be placed, the loop conductors shall be installed prior to placing the uppermost layer of asphalt concrete. The conductors shall be installed, as shown on the plans, in the compacted layer of asphalt concrete immediately below the uppermost layer. Installation details shall be as shown on the plans, except the sealant shall fill the slot flush to the surface. Add the following section: 86-5.01B Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption Detector System. Each emergency vehicle pre-emption detector system shall conform to the details shown on the plans and these special provisions and shall consist of an optical emitter assembly or assemblies located on the appropriate vehicle and an optical detector/discriminator assembly or assemblies located at the traffic signal. Each system shall permit detection of Class II emergency vehicles. Class II emergency vehicles shall be capable of being detected at any range up to 2,500 feet from the optical detector. Add the following section: 86-6.01B(1) Optical Emitter Assembly. Each optical emitter assembly shall consist of an emitter unit, an emitter control unit and connecting caoles and shall conform to the following: 4,11't ta Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 149 of 199 Each optical emitter assembly, including lamp, shall be designed to operate over an ambient temperature range of -34°C to 74°C at both modulation frequencies and to operate continuously at the higher frequency for a minimum of 3,000 hours at 25°C ambient before failure of lamp or any other component. Each emitter unit shall be controlled by a single, maintained-contact switch on the respective emitter control unit. The switch shall be capable of being positioned in a readily accessible location to the vehicle driver. The control unit shall contain a pilot light to indicate that the emitter power circuit is energized and shall be capable of generating only Class II modulating code. Functional Requirements. Each emitter unit shall transmit optical energy in one direction only. The signal from each emitter unit shall be capable of being detected at a distance of 2,500 feet when used with a standard optical detection/discriminator assembly. The modulation frequency for Class II signal emitters shall be 14.035 Hz ± 0.003 Hz. The standard optical detection/discriminator assembly to be used in conducting the range tests shall be available from the manufacturer of the system. A certified performance report shall be furnished by the contractor with each assembly. The emitter unit shall be configured with a grating to provide precise directionality control. Electrical Requirements. Each optical emitter assembly shall be capable of providing full light output with input voltages between 10 and 16 volts DC. An optical emitter assembly shall not be damaged by input voltages up to 7.5 volts DC about the supply voltage. The optical emitter assembly shall not generate voltage transient, on the input supply, which exceeds the supply voltage by more than 4 volts. Each optical emitter assembly shall not consume more than 100 watts at 17.5 volts DC and shall have a power input circuit breaker rated at 10 to 12 amperes, 12 volts DC. The design and circuitry of each emitter unit shall permit its use on vehicles with either negative or positive ground without disassembly or rewiring of the unit. Mechanical Requirements. Each emitter unit shall be housed in a weatherproof, corrosion- resistant housing. The housing shall be provided with facilities to permit mounting on various types of vehicles and shall have provision for proper alignment of the emitter unit and for locking of the emitter unit into proper alignment. Each emitter control unit shall be provided with appurtenant hardware to permit its mounting in or on an emergency vehicle or mass transit vehicle. Where required for certain emergency vehicles, the emitter control unit and all exposed controls shall be weatherproof. Each emitter shall include a multi-purpose port compliant with the SAE J1708 communication standard to enable unit configuration to be set into the emitter and read from the emitter. Add the following section: 86-5.0113(2) Optical Detection/Discriminator Assembly. Optical detection/discriminator assembly shall consist of one or more optical detectors, connecting cable and a discriminator module and conform to the following: Each such assembly, when used with standard emitters, shall have a range of up to 2,500 feet for Class II signals. Standard emitters for Class II signals shall be available from the manufacturer ink —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 150 of 199 of the system. Range measurements shall be taken with all range adjustments on the discriminator module set to "maximum". Add the following section: 86-5.01B(3) Optical Detector. Each optical detector shall be a waterproof unit capable of receiving optical energy from one or two separately aimable directions. The horizontal angle between the two directions shall be variable from 5 degrees to 180 degrees. The reception angle for each photocell assembly shall be a maximum of 8 degrees in all directions about the aiming axis of the assembly. Measurements of reception angle will be taken at a range of 2,500 feet for a Class II emitter. All internal circuitry shall be solid state and electrical power shall be provided by the associated discriminator module. Each optical detector shall be contained in a housing, which shall include one or two rotatable photocell assemblies, an electronic assembly and a base. The base shall have an opening to permit its mounting on a mast arm. Each optical detector shall weigh no more than 2.5 pounds and shall present a maximum wind load area of 36 square inches. The housing shall be provided with weep holes to permit drainage of condensed moisture. Each optical detector shall be installed, wired and aimed as specified by the manufacturer. Add the following section: 86-5.0113(4) Optical Detector Cable. Optical detector cable shall meet the requirements of IPCEA-S-61-402/NEMA WC 5, Section 7.4, 600 volt control cable, 75°C, Type B and the following: The cable shall contain three conductors, each of which shall be AWG #20 (7x28) stranded, tinned copper with low-density polyethylene insulation. Minimum average insulation thickness shall be 25 mils. The insulation of individual conductors shall be color coded as follows: Yellow Detector Signal #1 Blue Detector Signal #2 Orange Power (+) Bare (Drain) Common or Ground The shield shall be either tinned copper braid or aluminized polyester film with a nominal 20 percent overlap. Where the fiirn is used, a AWG #20 (7x28) standard, tinned, bare drain wire shall be place between the insulated conductors and the shield and in contact with the conductive surface of the shield. The jacket shall be black polyvinyl chloride with a minimum rating of 600 volts and 80°C and a minimum average thickness of 45 mils. The jacket shall be marked as required by I PCEA/NEMA. The finished outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 0.3 inches. The capacitance of the optical detector cable, as measured between any conductor and the other conductors and the shield, shall not exceed 14.3 microfarads per 1000 feet. The characteristic impedance of the optical detector cable shall be 0.6 ohms per 1000 feet. Add the following section: 86-5.0113(5) Discriminator Module. Each discriminator module shall be designed to be compatible and usable with Model 170 controller unit and to be mounted in the input file of a Model Olk tool Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 151 of 199 332 controller cabinet, and shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 1 of the State of California, Department of Transportation, "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications", dated January 1989, and to all addenda thereto current at the time of project advertisement. Each discriminator module shall be capable of operating one or two channels and shall be capable of: 1.Receiving Class II signals at a range of up to 2,500 feet. 2.Decoding the signal on the basis of frequency at 14.035 Hz ± 0.003 Hz for Class II signals. 3.Establishing the validity of received signals on the basis of frequency and length of time received. A signal shall be considered valid only when received for more than 0.50 seconds. No combination of Class I signals shall be recognized as a Class ll signal regardless of the number of signals being received, up to a maximum of ten signals. Once a valid signal has been recognized, its effect shall be held by the module in the event of temporary loss of the signal for a period adjustable from 4.5 seconds to 11 seconds in at least 2 steps at 5 ± 0.5 seconds and 10 ± 0.5 seconds. 4.Providing an output for each channel that will result in "low" or grounded condition of the appropriate input of a Model 170 controller unit. For Class II signals the output shall be steady. Each discriminator module shall be powered from 115 volt (95 volts AC to 135 volts AC), 60 Hz mains and will contain an internal, regulated power supply that supports up to twelve optical detectors. Electric power, one detector input for each channel and one output for each channel, shall terminate at the printed circuit board edge connector pins listed below. Board edge connector pin assignments shall be as follows: Pins A Function Ground Channel A primary detector input Detector 24 VDC power output Channel A output, collector (+) Channel A output, emitter (-) Channel B primary detector input Detector ground Earth ground AC - (in) AC + (in) Function Not used Detector 24 VDC power output Not used Not used Not used Detector ground Channel B output collector (+) Channel B output emitter (-) Not used Not used Pins V X Two auxiliary inputs for each channel shall enter each module through the front panel connector. Pin assignment for the connector shall be as follows: Pins Function 13 Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel A 14 Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel B 15 Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel B 28 Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel A Each channel output shall be an optically isolated NPN open collector transistor capable of sinking 50 milliamperes at 30 volts and shall be compatible with Model 170 controller unit inputs. *Sr t4.1 —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 152 of 199 Each discriminator module shall be provided with means of preventing transients received by the detector from affecting the Model 170 controller assembly. Each discriminator module shall have a single connector board, shall be capable of being inserted into the input file of a Model 332 cabinet and shall occupy one slot width of the input file. The front panel of each module shall have a handle to facilitate withdrawal and the following controls and indicators for each channel: 1.A Command (High) and Advantage (Low) solid-state LED indicator for each channel to display active calls. 2.A test switch for each channel to test proper operation of Command or Advantage priority. 3.A single confirmation light control output for each channel. These outputs shall be user configurable through software for a variety of confirmation light sequences. The front panel shall be provided with a single circular, bayonet-captured, multi-pin connector for two auxiliary detector inputs for each channel. Connector shall be a mechanical configuration equivalent to a D-Shell 44-Pin front panel. Wiring for a Model 332 cabinet shall conform to the following: Slots 12 and 13 of the input file "J" shall be wired to accept a two-channel module. Field wiring for the primary detectors, except 24-volt DC power, shall terminate on either terminal board TB-9 in the controller cabinet or on the rear of input file "J", depending on cabinet configuration. Where TB-9 is used, position assignments shall be as follows: Position Assignment 4 Channel A detector input, 1st module (Slot J-12) 5 Channel B detector input, 1st module (Slot J-12) 7 Channel A detector input, 2nd module (Slot J-13) 8 Channel B detector input, 2nd module (Slot J-13) The 24 volt cabinet DC power shall be available at Position 1 of terminal board TB-1 in the controller cabinet. All field wiring for the auxiliary detectors shall terminate on terminal board TB-0 in the controller cabinet. Position assignments are as follows: Position Assignment 7 +24VDC from (J-13E) 8 Detector ground from (J-13K) 9 Channel A auxiliary detector input 1 10 Channel A auxiliary detector input 2 11 Channel B auxiliary detector input 1 12 Channel B auxiliary detector input 2 The contractor shall demonstrate that all of the components of the system will perform satisfactorily as a system. Satisfactory performance shall be determined using the following test procedure: 1. Each system to be used for testing shall consist of an optical emitter assembly, an optical detector, at least 200 feet of optical detector cable and a discriminator module. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 153 of 199 2.The discriminator modules shall be installed in the proper input file slot of Model 332 controller cabinet. The controller cabinet, together with a Model 170 controller unit with the appropriate operating program, a Model 210 monitor unit and 120 volt AC power, will be available as shown on the plans and as indicated elsewhere in these special provisions. 3.One test shall be conducted using a Class II signal emitter and a distance of 2,500 feet between the emitter and the detector. All range adjustments on the module shall be set to "Maximum" for each test. 4.Each test shall be conducted for a period of one hour, during which the emitter shall be operated for 30 cycles, each consisting of a one minute "on" interval and a one minute "off" interval. During the total test period: (A) the emitter signal shall cause the proper response from the Model 170 controller unit during each "on" interval and (B) there shall be no improper operation of either the Model 170 controller unit or the monitor during each "off" interval. Add the following section: 86-5.01D Video Detection System. The video detection system shall consist of one (1) video camera and one (1) video detection processor (VDP) for each vehicle approach. A video monitor and a pointing device shall be housed in the controller cabinet. The system shall include software that detects vehicles in multiple lanes using only the video image. Detection zones shall be defined using only a video menu and a pointing device to place zones on a video image. A minimum of 24 detection zones per camera shall be available. All video detection hardware furnished by the contractor shall be new and video detection software shall be latest available version. Add the following section: 86-5.01D(1) Functional Requirements. The VDP shall process video from a single source. The source can be a video camera or a video tape player. The video shall be input to the VDP in RS170 format and shall be digitized and analyzed in real time. The VDP shall detect the presence of vehicles in up to 24 detection zones per camera. A detection zone shall be approximately the width and length of one car. Detection zones shall be programmed via a menu displayed on a video monitor and a pointing device connected to the VDP. The menu shall facilitate placement of the detection zones and setting of zone parameters. A separate computer shall not be required for programming detection zones or to view system operations. The VDP shall store up to three different detection zone patterns. The VDP shall be able to switch to any one of the three different detection zone patterns within one second of user request via menu selection with the pointing device. The VDP shall detect vehicles in real time as they travel across each detection zone. The VDP shall have an RS-232 port for communications with an external computer. The VDP shall accept new detector patterns from an external computer through the RS-232 port when that computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for downloading detector patterns. The VDP shall send its detector patterns to an external computer through the RS-232 port when requested when that computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for uploading detector patterns. A Windows-based software program designed for local or remote connection and providing video capture, real-time detection indication and detection zone modification capability shall be provided with the system. The camera system shall be able to transmit an NTSC video signal, with minimal signal degradation, up to 300m (1000 ft). The VDP shall default to a safe condition, such as a constant call to each active detection channel, in the event of unacceptable interference in the video signal. tat Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 154 of 199 The system shall be capable of automatically detecting a low visibility condition such as fog and respond by placing all defined detection zones in a constant call mode. A user-selected output shall be active during the low visibility condition that can be used to modify the controller operation if connected to the appropriate controller input modifier(s). The system shall automatically revert to normal detection mode when the low visibility condition no longer exists. Add the following section: 86-5.01D(2) Operational Requirements. A minimum of 24 detection zones per camera shall be supported and each detection zone can be sized to suit the conditions and the desired vehicle detection region. A single detection zone shall be capable of replacing multiple loops and the detection zone may be AND'ed or OR'ed together to indicate vehicle presence on a single phase of traffic movement. Placement of detection zones shall be done by using a pointing device and a graphical interface built into the VDP and displayed on a video monitor. No separate computer shall be required to program the detection zones. Up to three detection zone patterns shall be saved within the VDP memory and this memory shall be preserved during power outages. The selection of the detection zone pattern for current use shall be done through a menu system. It shall be possible to activate a detection zone pattern for a camera from VDP memory and have the detection zone pattern displayed within one second of activation. When a vehicle is detected crossing a detection zone, the detection zone will flash a symbol on the screen to confirm the detection of the vehicle. Detection shall be at least 98% accurate in good weather conditions and at least 96% accurate under adverse weather conditions (rain, snow or fog). Detector placement shall not be more distant from the camera than a distance of fifteen times the mounting height of the camera. The VDP shall provide up to eight channels of vehicle presence detection through a NEMA TS1 port. The VDP shall provide dynamic zone reconfiguration (DZR) to enable normal detector operation of existing zones except the one being added or modified during the setup process. The VDP shall output a constant call on any detection channel when the corresponding zone is being modified. Detection zone outputs shall be configurable to allow the selection of presence, pulse, extend and delay outputs. Timing parameters of pulse, extend, and delay outputs shall be user definable between 0.1 and 25.0 seconds. Up to six detection zones shall be capable of counting the number of vehicles detected. The count value shall be internally stored for later retrieval through the RS- 232 port. The data collection interval shall be user definable in periods of five, fifteen, thirty or sixty minutes. Add the following section: 86-5.010(3) Hardware Requirements. The VDP shall be housed in a durable metal enclosure suitable for shelf mounting in the side rails of the controller cabinet. The VDP enclosure shall not exceed 180mm (7.1 in) in length and 157mm (6.2 in) in depth. The VDP shall operate satisfactorily in a temperature range of —34°C to +74°C (-29°F to +165°F) and a humidity range of 0%RH to 95% RH, non-condensing. The VDP shall be powered by 24 volts DC. VDP power consumption shall not exceed 10 watts. The VDP shall include an RS-232 port for serial communications with •a remote computer. This port shall be a 9-pin "D" subminiature connector on the front of the VDP. The front of the VDP shall include one BNC video input connection suitable for RS170 video inputs. The video input shall include a switch-selectable 75-ohm or high impedance termination to allow camera video to be routed to other devices, as well as input to the VDP for vehicle twle —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 155 of 199 detection. The front of the VDP shall include one BNC video output providing real time video output that can be routed to other devices. Add the following section: 86-5.01 D(4) Video Detection Camera. The video camera shall be furnished by the VDP supplier and shall be qualified by the supplier to ensure proper system operation. The camera shall produce useable video image of the bodies of vehicles under all roadway lighting conditions, regardless of time of day. The minimum range of scene luminance over which the camera shall produce a useable video image shall be the minimum range of night time to day time but not less than the range of 0.1 lux to 10,000 lux. The camera shall use a CCD sensing element and shall output monochrome video with resolution of not less than 380 lines vertical and 380 lines horizontal. The camera shall include an electronic shutter control based upon average scene luminance and shall be equipped with a factory adjusted manual iris. The camera shall include a variable focal length lens with variable focus that can be adjusted, without opening the camera housing, to suit the site geometry by means of a portable interface device designed for that purpose and manufactured by the detection system supplier. The horizontal field of view shall be adjustable from 8.1° to 45.9°. A single camera configuration shall be used for all approaches in order to minimize setup time and spares required by the user. The camera electronics shall include AGC to produce a satisfactory image at night. The camera shall be housed in a weather-tight sealed enclosure. The camera enclosure shall be able to rotate to allow proper alignment between the camera and the traveled road surface. The camera enclosure shall be equipped with a sun shield. The sun shield shall include a provision for water diversion to prevent water from flowing in the camera's field of view. The camera enclosure with sun shield shall be less than 170mm (6 in) in diameter, less than 380mm (15 in) long, and shall weigh less than 13.3kg (6 pounds) when the camera and lens are mounted inside the enclosure. The camera enclosure shall include a thermostatically controlled heater to assure proper operation of the lens at low temperatures and to prevent moisture condensation on the optical faceplate of the enclosure. When mounted outdoors in the enclosure, the camera shall operate satisfactorily in a temperature range of —34°C to +60°C (-29°F to +140°F) and a humidity range of 0% RH to 100% RH. The camera shall be powered by 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. Power consumption shall be 15 watts or less under all conditions. Recommended camera placement height shall be 10m (33 ft) above the roadway, and over the traveled way on which vehicles are to be detected. For optimum detection, the camera should be centered above the traveled roadway. The camera shall view approaching vehicles at a distance not to exceed 100m (350 ft) for reliable detection (height:distance ration of 10:100). Camera placement and field of view shall be unobstructed and as noted in the installation documentation provided by the supplier. The camera enclosure shall be equipped with separate, weather-tight connections for power and video cables at the rear of the enclosure. These connections may also allow diagnostic testing and viewing of the video signal at the camera while the camera is installed, using a lens adjustment module supplied by the VDP supplier. Video and power shall not be connected within the same connector. The video signal output by the camera shall be black and white in RS170 or CCIR format. The video signal shall be fully isolated from the camera enclosure and power cabling. •Ifr —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 156 of 199 Add the following section: 86-5.010(6) Installation Requirements. The coaxial cable to be used between the camera and the VDP in the controller cabinet shall be Belden 8281 or a 75 ohm, precision video cable with 20 gauge solid bare copper conductor (9.9 ohms/M), solid polyethylene insulating dielectric, 98% (min) tinned copper double-braided shield and black polyethylene outer covering. The signal attenuation shall not exceed 0.78 dB per 30m (100 ft) at 10 MHz. Nominal outside diameter shall be 8mm (0.304 in). The coaxial cable shall be a continuous, unbroken run from the camera to the VDP. This cable shall be suitable for installation in conduit or overhead with appropriate span wire. 75 ohm BNC plug connectors shall be used at both the camera and controller. The coaxial cable, BNC connector and crimping tool shall be approved by the supplier of the video detection system, and the manufacturer's instructions must be followed to ensure proper connection. The power cabling shall be 16 AWG three conductor cable. The cabling shall comply with the National Electric Code, as well as local electrical codes. Cameras may acquire power from the luminaire if necessary. The video detection system shall be installed by supplier factory certified installers and as recommended by the supplier and documented in the installation materials provided by the supplier. Proof of factory certification shall be provided. Add the following section: 86-5.011)(6) Warranty. The supplier shall provide a limited two year warrant on the video detection system. See supplier's standard warranty included in the Terms and Conditions of Sale documentation. During the warranty period, technical support shall be available from the supplier via telephone within four hours of the time a call is made by the user. This support shall be made available from factory certified personnel or factory certified installers. During the warranty period, updates to the VDP software shall be made available from the supplier without charge. Add the following section: 86-5.01D(7) Maintenance and Support. The supplier shall maintain an adequate inventory of parts to support maintenance and repair of the video detection system. These parts shall be made available for delivery within 30 days of placement of an acceptable order at the supplier's current pricing and terms of sale for said parts. The supplier shall maintain an ongoing program of technical support for the video detection system. This technical support shall be available via telephone, or via personnel sent to the installation site upon placement of an acceptable order at the supplier's current pricing and terms of sale for on-site technical support services. Installation or training support shall be provided by a factory authorized representative. All product documentation shall be written in the English language. The contractor shall ensure the presence of a factory authorized representative at the time of traffic signal turn-on. 86-6 LIGHTING Replace Section 86-6.01 with the following: 86-6.01 Luminaires for Street Lighting. Luminaires for street lighting shall be 5,500 pupil lumen (40 watt) or 13,700 pupil lumen (100 watt) high efficiency induction lamps. Street lighting lumi- naires shall be US Lighting Tech catalog number HA-120/277V-040W-5K-01 and HA-120/277V- 100W-5K-01 or approved equal. Replace Section 86-6.02 with the following: 86-6.02 Luminaires for Safety Lighting. Luminaires for safety lighting on traffic signal standards shall be 20,665 lumen (150 watt) or 27,540 lumen (250 watt) high efficiency induction lamps. t at Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 157 of 199 Safety lighting luminaires shall be US Lighting Tech catalog number HA-120/277V-150W-5K-01 or HR-120/277V-200W-5K-01 or approved equal. Replace Section 86-6.03 with the following: 86-6.03 Mission Bell Luminaires. The contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing all components of the Mission Bell fixture and light standard in accordance to manufacturer's spec- ifications and these special provisions. The Contractor's responsibility shall include, but is not limited to, mounting adaptor to mast arm, mounting bracket for use with photoelectric control and suspen- sion method for conductors. Dissimilar metals shall not be used for mounting the Mission Bell to the fixture adapter (plumberizer). The 50 mm (2") diameter close aluminum nipples used between the plumberizer and Mission Bell casting shall be fabricated from bar stock aluminum conforming to ASTM designation 6061-T6 or 6063-T1 and shall be bored through along their central axis with a 25 mm (1") diameter hole to accommodate the lighting conductors. All aluminum incorporated in the fixture shall be clear anodized in accordance with Aluminum Association designation AA- M12C22A41. The minimum anodic coating thickness shall be not less than 0.03 mm (1.0 mil). Mis- sion Bell luminaires shall conform to the requirements of section 86-6.01 of these special provisions except as noted in this section (86-6.02). Mission bell luminaires shall use 100 watt high efficiency induction lamps featuring a color temperature of 5,000 Kelvin and shall be US Lighting Tech or approved equal. All Mission Bell luminaires from any source shall be modified as specified herein. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for the mounting design for approval by the Engineer prior to fabrication in accordance with Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings. Add the following: 86-6.07 Photoelectric Controls. Type IV photoelectric control shall be used unless otherwise shown on the plans or required by these special provisions and shall be installed in a receptacle integral with the luminaire. SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 210-1 PAINT. 210-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 210-1.5(A) TABLE 210-1.5 A Surface to be Painted Pre-reatment / Surface Prepa- ration Primer Finish Coats Temporary Railing type (K) Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a Roughened, Textured Appear- ance None Two coats white Acrylic Emulsion Paint (1) (1) acrylic emulsion paint designed for use on exterior masonry. This paint shall comply in all respects to Federal Specification TT-P- 19 (latest revision), Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior. This paint may be tinted by using "universal" or "all purpose" concentrates. 210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. Modify as follows: Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines, chev- rons, and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. PTWB-01. Paint for pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks, park- ing stall markings and stop bars shall be alkyd thermoplastic conforming to CALTRANS Specifi- cation No. 8010-19A. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the molten thermoplastic material and shall conform to the requirements of CALTRANS or, aw. Or. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 158 of 199 Specification No. 8010-004 (Type II). CALTRANS Specifications for water borne paint, thermo- plastic material and glass beads may be obtained from the CALTRANS Transportation Labora- tory, P.O. Box 19128, Sacramento, CA 95819, telephone number (916) 227-7000. 210-3 GALVANIZING. Add the following section: 210-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker shall be performed after fab- rication into the largest practical sections. At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm (1/8") shall be galvanized either before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating Designation Z600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designa- tion: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 oz. per ft2) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight of less than 305 g per square meter (1.0 oz. per ft2). Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53. Gal- vanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts. Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, mill- ing, bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvaniz- ing to remove all slab or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc. When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating. Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 325M, A 449, A 563, A 563M, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Components of bolted as- semblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galva- nizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. When specified, painting of zinc coated surfaces shall be in accordance with the procedures in Section 210.1 "Paint". Galvanized surfaces that are abraded or damaged at any time after the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired by thoroughly wire brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with two applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer (or- ganic vehicle type) conforming to the provisions in Section 210-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating." Aerosol cans shall not be used. 4fS, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 159 of 199 SECTION 212 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS 212-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIALS. 212-1.2.3 Commercial Fertilizer. Add the following: Preplant fertilizer shall be granular commer- cial fertilizer 7-7-7 or approved equal. Postplant fertilizer shall be 12-4-6 or approved equal with Ca, Fe, Zn, and Mn and with the majority of nitrogen in nonammoniac form to prevent acidification of soil. Planting tablets shall be compressed fertilizer tablets with a 20-10-5 analysis. Hydroseed fertilizer shall be long-lasting, controlled-release, plastic-coated, uniform in composition, free-flow- ing, suitable for application with approved equipment, and shall contain the minimum available percentages of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, potash and sulfur required by tables 212-1.2.5.1(A) through 212-1-2-5-3(A). 212-1.2.4 Organic Soil Amendment. Add the following: For all types of Organic Soil Amendment mulch materials produced from pine trees grown in Alameda, Monterey, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz or San Mateo Counties shall not be used in the Work. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall conform to the requirements for type 1 Organic Soil Amendment except as modified hereinafter. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be a wood or rice residual product derived from the bark of pine, white fir, or red fir or cedar or redwood shavings or rice hulls. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be manufactured from clean wood, free from clods coarse objects and rocks and shall conform to the properties shown in Table 212-1.2.4(B): TABLE 212-1.2.4(B) SOIL AMENDMENT PROPERTIES Property Minimum Maximum Dry Weight Nitrogen (1) (1) Dry Weight Passing 25 mm (1") Sieve 100% 100% Dry Weight Passing #4 Sieve 95% 100% Dry Weight Passing #16 Sieve 45% 65% Dry Weight Passing #30 Sieve 30% 40% Dry Weight Passing #50 Sieve 0% 10% Dry Weight Passing #100 Sieve 0% 2% Salinity (1) (1) Iron ( Dilute acid soluble on dry weight basis) 0.08% --- Ash (dry weight basis) 0% 6.0% pH 6.0 7.0 Wettability (1) (1) (1) (As Required by Table 212-1.2.4(A) SSPWC) For all types of Organic Soil Amendment the Contractor shall supply the Engineer a sample of the proposed amendment accompanied by an analytical analysis from a qualified agricultural la- boratory certifying compliance to the requirements herein. Qualified agricultural laboratories shall have an on-going quality assurance program that fulfills the requirements of the most recent ver- sion of the "Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods". Certificates of compliance shall contain a statement attesting that the organic soil amendment meets the requirements of these specifications and that the testing agricultural labor- atory does fulfill the requirements of "Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods". Said submittal shall be in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3. 212-1.2.5 Mulch for Hydraulic Method Seed Lawn Planting. Add the following: The terms Hy- droseeding and Hydroseed shall be synonymous with Hydraulic for the purposes of Section 212. t Or- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 160 of 199 Disturbed Areas, planting areas shall be mulched, fertilized and seeded using method B. Mulch shall be manufactured from virgin wood cellulose fiber mulch and shall not contain growth or germination inhibitors. When mixed with water, the mulch shall remain in uniform suspension and when blended with the seed, fertilizer, and other approved additives, shall form a homogeneous slurry. When applied, the fibers shall form a moisture absorbing membrane with adequate perco- lation properties sufficient to allow one hundred percent of water applied at the rate of 3.1 liters per minute per square meter (0.075 gallons per minute per square foot) onto a surface inclined at a 2:1 (horizontal: vertical) slope to pass through the membrane. A non-phyto-toxic wetting agent shall be added to the slurry mixture. A water soluble, non-toxic green dye shall be added in suffi- cient quantity to clearly delineate the planted areas. When required, binder shall be added to the slurry mixture and shall be "CPA 4000", "AZTAC", "Ecology Control", "M-Binder", or approved equal. Add the following section: 212-1.2.5.1 Disturbed Area Mulch Fertilizer and Additives. In addition to the seed mix shown in the table for Disturbed Areas the slurry mixture shall be applied at the rates shown in Table 212-1.2.5.1(A). TABLE 212-1.2.5.1(A) DISTURBED AREA MULCH FERTILIZER AND ADDITIVES Component Application grams per sq. meter Rate (pounds per acre) Virgin Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch 225 (2000) Binder (1) 7 (60) Fertilizer (16-20-0) Ammonium Phos- phate Sulfate, Plus 15% Soil Sulfur 35 (300) Wetting Agent Per Mfg. Recommendation Green Colorant Per Mfg. Recommendation (1) Required to be incorporated only when applied between the months of Nov. through Feb. Add the following section: 212-1.2.6 Herbicides and Pesticides. Shall be used in their appropriate applications with strict adherence to manufacturer's specifications and instructions. Postemergent herbicide for all areas shall be Glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) glycine, in the form of its isopropylamine salt such as Roundup Pro, Diquat, Montar, or approved equal. Preemergent herbicide for shrubs and ground- cover areas planted from flats shall be Treflan, SurfIan, Eptan, or approved equal. Add the following section: 212-1.2.7 General Soil Conditioners. Agricultural-grade gypsum shall be a calcium sulfate (CaSO4 H20) product - 94.3 percent. 90 percent shall pass a 50-mesh screen. Control of dust during application is mandatory. Iron Sulfate shall be ferrous sulfate in pelletized or granular form containing not less than 20.0 percent iron expressed as metallic iron. Iron Sulfate pellets shall be of size and gradation such that 98 percent is retained on a 10-mesh screen. Add the following section: 212-i.2.8 Stabilizing Emulsion. Stabilizing emulsion shad be a concentrated liquid chemical that forms a plastic film upon drying and allows water and air to penetrate. The film shall be nonflam- mable and shall have an effective life of at least one year. Stabilizing emulsion shall be nontoxic irk t 41. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 161 of 199 to plant and animal life and nonthinking to concrete or painted surfaces. In the cured state the stabilizing emulsion shall not be re-emulsifiable. The material shall be registered with, and li- censed by the California, Department of Food and Agriculture, as an "auxiliary soil chemical". Stabilizing emulsion shall be miscible with water at time of mixing and application. 212-1.3 Seed. Add following: The quantity of pure live seed supplied shall meet or exceed the quantity shown in the specified mixes. Seed shall not contain more than 0.5 percent weed seed by volume Seed types shall be as specified on the plans and planting legends, and shall be applied at the rates indicated. All brand-name, patented seed must be received by Contractor in original manufacturer's bag. Seed shall be received by Contractor in separate containers specifying kind, quantity, purity, and germination. Contractor shall provide the Engineer with each seed bag label used in the Work. Add the following section: 212-1.3.1 Seed for Disturbed Areas. Hydroseeding mix for Disturbed Areas shall consist of no less than the seed varieties shown in Table 212-1.3.1 (A). Table 212-1.3.1(A) SEED FOR DISTURBED AREAS Seed Variety , Application grams per sq. meter Rate (pounds per acre) Rose Clover 2.5 20 (1) Festuca Megalura, Zorro Fescue 2.5 20 Eschscholzia Californica 0.35 3 Achillea Millefolia 0.45 4 Alyssum (Carpet Of Snow) 0.35 3 Dimorpholeca 0.25 2 (1) Rose Clover shall be inoculated with a nitrogen fixing bacteria and be applied dry either by drilling or broadcasting immediately before hydraulic application of the remaining seed mix and mulch 212-1.4.1 General. Add the following: Plants shall be the variety and size shown on the plans or in the special provisions and shall conform to the requirements of these specifications. Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours before each plant delivery so that the Engineer can inspect the plants. The scientific and common names of plants herein specified shall conform to the approved names given in "A Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants in California, Oregon and Washington" published by the University of California, Division of Agriculture Sciences, Publication 4091 (1979). Each group of plant materials delivered on site shall be labeled clearly as to species and variety. All patented plants (cultivars) required by the plant list shall be delivered with a proper plant patent attached. The Contractor shall obtain clearance from the County Agricultural Com- missioner, as required by law, before planting plants delivered from outside the County in which they are to be planted. Evidence that clearance has been obtained shall be filed with the Engineer. All plants furnished by the Contractor shall be true to type or name as shown on the plans and shall be tagged identifying the plants by species or variety; however, determination of plant spe- cies or variety will be made by the Engineer and the Engineer's decision shall be final. Plants shall be individually tagged or tagged in groups by species or variety. Carpobrotus cuttings need not be tagged. All plants shall comply with Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant diseases and infestations. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment of plants, and certificates shall be delivered to the Engineer. 4P1fr ta r. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 162 of 199 Plants furnished by the Contractor shall be healthy, shapely, and well-rooted, and roots shall show no evidence of having been restricted or deformed at any time. Plants shall be well-grown, free from insect pests and disease, and shall be grown in nurseries which have been inspected by the State Department of Food and Agriculture and have complied with the regulations thereof. The Engineer is the sole judge as to acceptability of each plant. Vigorous, healthy, well-propor- tioned plants are the intent of this specification. Plants which are even moderately "overgrown", or are showing signs of decline or lack of vigor, are subject to rejection. The size of the plants will be as shown on the plans. Plants larger in size than specified may be used with the approval of the Engineer, but the use of larger plants will make no change in contract price. If the use of larger plants is approved, soil amendments shall be increased proportionately. All plants not conforming to the requirements herein specified shall be considered defective and such plants, whether in place or not, shall be marked as rejected, and immediately removed from the site and replaced with new plants by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The Engineer reserves the right to change the species, variety, and/or sizes of plant material to be furnished, provided that the cost of such plant changes do not exceed the cost of plants in the original bid, and with the pro- vision that the Contractor shall be notified in writing, at least 60 days before the planting operation has commenced. No plant shall be transported to the planting area that is not thoroughly wet throughout the ball of earth surrounding the roots. Any plant that, in the opinion of the Engineer, has a damaged root ball or is dry or in a wilted condition when delivered to the planting area will not be accepted, and shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Each plant shall be handled and packed in the approved manner for that species or variety, and all necessary precautions shall be taken to ensure that the plants will arrive at the site of the work in proper condition for successful growth. Trucks used for transporting plants shall be equipped with covers to protect plants from windburn. Root condition of plants furnished by the Contractor in containers will be determined by removal of earth from the roots of not less than 2 plants nor more than 2 percent of the total number of plants of each species or variety, except when container-grown plants are from several sources, the roots of not less than 2 plants of each species or variety from each source will be inspected by the Engineer. In case the sample plants inspected are found to be defective, the Agency re- serves the right to reject the entire lot or lots of plants represented by the defective samples. Any plants rendered unsuitable for planting because of this inspection will be considered as samples and will not be paid for. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when plants are to be shipped to the project site. The notification shall be given not less than 10 days prior to the actual shipment date. Carpobrotus cuttings shall be 250 mm (10") or more in length and shall not be rooted. Delosperma cuttings shall be 150 mm (6") or more in length and shall not be rooted. Cuttings shall be tip cuttings from healthy, vigorous and strong-growing plants and shall be insect and disease free. Mature or brown-colored stem growths or cuttings which have been trimmed will not be accepted. Cuttings shall be planted not more than 2 days after cutting and shall not be allowed to dry or wither. Carpobrotus cuttings shall not be taken from any plants that indicate the presence of ice plant scale (Pulvinaria species). Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 163 of 199 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the location where cuttings are to be taken at least 10 days prior to taking the cuttings and shall be responsible for all permit and inspection fees involved in obtaining cuttings. 212-1.5.3 Tree Stakes. Modify as follows: Tree stakes shall be 50mm (2") diameter turned lodge- pole pine, pointed on their driven end. Add the following section: 212-1.6 Erosion Control Matting. Erosion control matting shall be made of 100-percent-biode- gradable, weed-free wheat straw of thickness and density yielding 270 grams per square meter (0.50 lb./sy) with photodegradable polypropylene netting with a density of 0.89 grams per square meter (1.64 lb/1000 sy) having an approximate mesh interval of 50 mm x 50 mm (2" x 2") on each face of the straw mat. The straw mat shall be sewn together with unidirectional lines of cotton or polypropylene thread spaced approximately 50 mm (2") apart. Erosion control matting shall be "North American Green, DS150", "BonTerra S2", or approved equal. Add the following section: 212-1.7 Erosion Control Mat Staples. Erosion control mat staples shall be 25 mm x 150 mm (1" x 6"), U-shaped 11-gauge mild steel staples. Add the following section: 212-1.8 Root Barriers, Root barriers shall be no less than 1m (39") in width. Root barriers shall be "Biobarrier", as manufactured by Reemay, Inc., 70 Old Hickory Boulevard, Old Hickory, TN 97138, Phone 615-847-7000, no substitutes will be accepted. 212-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS. 212-2.1.3 Plastic Pipe for Use with Solvent Weld Socket or Threaded Fittings. Add the following: Except as provided in this section, all buried piping in the irrigation system shall be installed with underground utility marking tape conforming to the requirements of section 207-21 and identifying it as reclaimed water. Intermittent pressure lines (lines on the downstream side of a controller valve that will not be subject to constant pressure) will not require underground utility marking tape. All PVC pipe used for irrigation systems shall be colored purple by the addition of a dye integral to the PVC. Painted pipe will not be accepted. Pressure mainline piping for sizes 50 mm (2") and larger shall be PVC having a pressure rating of 2170 kPa (315 PSI), S.D.R. 13.5. Stenciled pipe is required for all irrigation system piping including portions not required to be marked with underground utility marking tape. All pipe shall have stenciling appearing on both sides of the pipe with the marking "Reclaimed Water" in 16 mm (5/e) high letters repeated every 300 mm (12"). PVC non-pressure buried lateral line piping shall be PVC Schedule 40. Add the following section: 212-2.1.7 Brass Pipe and Fittings. Brass pipe shall be IPS standard weight 125 LB 85 percent copper and 15 percent zinc, trade designation seamless red brass pipe conforming to the require- ments of ASTM B43-91. Brass pipe fittings and connections shall be Standard 125 LB class 85 percent red brass fittings and connections. 212-2.2.7 Valve Boxes. Add the following: All valve boxes shall be marked "RCV", "BV" or "QC", "PB" respectively. Remote control valves shall be marked with station numbers embossed on the valve cover with a brass tag. (RCV boxes shall have locking covers.) Other boxes such as pull boxes, etc., shall be marked with appropriate identification. tAt —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 164 of 199 Add the following section: 212-2.2.8 Ball Valves. Ball valves shall have bottom-loaded pressure-retaining stems, glass-re- inforced seats, and reinforced TEE stem packing seals. Valves sizes 13 mm (1/2") to 50 mm (2") shall be pressure rated at 4140 kPa (600 PSI) WOG and 1030 kPa (150-PSI) saturated steam. Each valve shall be tested, air under water, in the opened and closed position by the manufac- turer. Ball valve must conform to Federal Specification WW-V-35B, Type II, Class A, Style 3, End Connection A or C. Add the following section: 212-2.2.9 Pressure Regulator Valve. Pressure regulator valve shall be bronze body with screw fitting. Add the following section: 212-2.2.9 Wye Strainers. Wye strainers shall have a cast iron or all-bronze body with a remova- ble stainless steel or monel strainer. Wye strainers shall be capable of withstanding a cold water working pressure of 1034 kPa (150 psi). Wye strainers at backflow preventer assemblies shall be equipped with a gate valve at the outlet. All other wye strainers shall be equipped with a garden valve at the outlet. The strainer screen for the wye strainer in a backflow preventer assembly shall have an open area equal to at least 3 times the cross-sectional area of the pipe based on an iron pipe size and shall be woven wire fabric with 850-pm mesh or perforated sheet with 1.14 mm (0.045") diameter holes. All other wye strainers shall be equipped with 425-pm strainer screens. 212-2.4 Sprinkler Equipment. Add the following: All sprinkler heads are to have factory built-in check valves or a check valve under each head. Drip assemblies shall meet the following require- ments: The drip emitter shall be Pepco Quadra or Rainbird XERI-Bird-8 or approved equal as called on drawings, with four ports. Drip tubing for emitter outlets shall be Rainbird (RBT-160V), Salco, or approved equal. Drip tubing stakes shall be Rainbird No. RS-13, Salco, or approved equal. Bug cap for drip tubing shall be manufactured by Rainbird, Pepco, or approved equal. The drip pressure regulator shall be Rainbird, Netafim PVR, or approved equal. Drip emitter filter shall be Amiad, Rainbird, or approved equal. Drip emitter access boxes shall be Rainbird No. SEB-6X, Salco Subterranean Emitter Box, or approved equal. Check valves shall be of heavy-duty virgin PVC construction with FIP thread inlet and outlet. Internal parts shall be stainless steel and neo- prene. Antidrain valves shall be fielri Adjustable against drain out from 1.5 m to 12 m (5' to 40') of head. All sprinkler heads that are without valves in the heads are to have an antidrain valve feature and shall have an excess flow feature, which will automatically stop the flow of water when it exceeds the GPM preset by the manufacturer. Check valves shall be King Bros., Rainbird, or approved equal. 212-2.3 Backflow Preventer Assembly. Add the following: Backflow preventers shall be one of the approved reduced pressure principle devices listed by the California Department of Health Services, Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management, 601 North 7th Street, Mail- ing Station (MS) 92, P.O. Box 942732, Sacramento, CA 94234-7320. Backflow preventers shall be factory assembled and shall include 2 check valves, one pressure differential relief valve, 2 shut-off valves and 4 test cocks. Backflow preventer and valves shall be the same size as the pipeline in which they are installed, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Backflow preventer shut-off valves shall be manufactured from iron or bronze and shall be either tat —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 165 of 199 resilient wedged gate valves, resilient seated and fully ported ball valves, or resilient seated but- terfly valves. Threaded type shut-off valves shall be provided with a union on one side of each valve. Unions shall be brass or malleable iron. Add the following section: 212-2.4.1 Additional Equipment. Contractor shall provide the following items to the Engineer: 1.Two control valve keys. 2.Two wrenches for removing each different type of sprinkler head. 3.Two quick coupler keys. The keys and hose ells shall be of the same manufacturer as 4.the coupling valve. 5.Five keys for opening and locking each automatic controller and enclosure. Add the following section: 212-2.5 Flexible Hose. Flexible hose shall be nonrigid polyvinyl chloride (nonrigid PVC) hose conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2287, Cell-type 6464500. Wall thicknesses of nonrigid PVC hose shall conform to Table 212-2.5(A) when determined in accordance with ASTM Designation: D 2122. TABLE 212-2.5(A) FLEXIBLE HOSE Hose (Millime- tors) Size-Nominal (Inches) Minimum Wall (Millimeters) Thickness* (Inches) Range (Percent) 15 20 25 5/8 3/4 1 3.73 3.91 4.55 0.147 0.154 0.179 12 12 12 *as measured at any point on the cross section The hose shall provide leak-free, non-separating connections suitable for the purpose intended when connected to the fittings specified herein. Fittings for flexible hose shall be injection molded PVC, Schedule 40, conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2466. Fittings shall be solvent cemented type. Solvent cement for flexible hose and fittings shall be of commercial quality specifically manufactured for use with nonrigid PVC hose. Primer for flexible hose fittings shall be the same as specified for plastic pipe supply line fittings. 212-3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS. 212-3.1 General. Add the following: All electrical materials shall conform to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. 212-3.2.2 Conductors. Add the following: Low voltage electric wiring running from controller to the automatic control valves shall be no smaller than No. 14 solid single conductor, copper wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial), or equal, color code wires to each valve. Neutral wires shall be white, no smaller than No. 12 solid single conductor wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial). triRevised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 166 of 199 212-3.3 Controller Unit. Add the following: All controllers shall be grounded by one 19 mm (5/8") diameter by 3 m (10') long stainless steel grounding rod and a 50-ohm resistance lightning arres- tor. Add the following section. 212-3.4 Irrigation Electrical Service Equipment and Enclosures. Electrical service equipment shall incorporate the following elements: 1.One 100-amp, 120/240-volt, single-phase load center, as approved by the Engineer; 2.One 100-amp rated commercial meter socket suitable for the San Diego Gas and Electric Company meter, with provision for test block bypass having a UL listing and EUSERC approval; 3.One 15-amp circuit breaker for each irrigation controller energized by the service; 4.One 20-amp circuit breaker for the duplex receptacle. 5.The design, assembly, grounding, wiring, and components of the irrigation electrical ser- vice equipment and enclosure shall meet the requirements of the 1996 edition of the Na- tional Electrical Code. 6.Electrical service equipment shall be enclosed in a cabinet constructed entirely of 14-gage, or heavier, 304 stainless steel. The cabinet shall be of welded construction with a brushed finish; anchoring points shall be inside the enclosure. 7.The cabinet shall be HYDROSAFE Model No. HS9, Strong Box, or approved equal. 8.The cabinet shall have a 304 stainless steel interior bulkhead separating the 120/240-volt electrical service section from the irrigation controller section. 9.No wood components shall be used in the enclosure. 10.Each section of the cabinet shall have full front opening doors with piano hinges, integral keylock and hasp and staple, or other provision, for padlock. 11.The cabinet shall be provided with cross-flow ventilation. Ventilation openings shall be located and designed to preclude rain, irrigation splash, vermin, and insects from entering the cabinet. 12.The controller side door shall have provision for mounting control schematics without the use of adhesives or fasteners. The service side door shall have a clear acrylic plastic window to allow the electrical meter to be read. 13.The cabinet shall have a duplex 15-amp, 120-volt receptacle with ground fault interrupter protection mounted on the interior service side. 14.Concrete footings and pads supporting the Electrical service equipment shall be 560-C- 3250 and shall be no less than 150 mm (6") thick. 15.Anchor bo!ts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be 10 mm (3/8") diameter by 150 mm (6") long hot dip galvanized or stainless steel headed bolts with washers, without sleeves, conforming to section 304-1.7. Anchor bolts to secure the ser- vice equipment to the concrete pad shall be embedded in the concrete slab between 65 mm and 100 mm (2W and 4"). Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 167 of 199 SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING FABRICS 213-2 GEOTEXTILES. 213-2.1 General. Add the following: Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 213-2.1(A) TABLE 213-2.1(A) GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS Application of Geotextile Type Designa- tion Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section 9OWS Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain 180N Reinforcement of Street Structural Section 200WS Remediation and Separation of Soil 270WS Reinforcement of Soil 270WS Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures N/A Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures N/A Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below 225 kg (% Ton) 130N Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Including and Above 225 kg (1/4 Ton) 250N Plant Protection Covering 90N Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 150 mm x 150 mm (6"x6") Wire and 3 m (10') Post Spacing 9OWS Erosion Control Fence with 1.8 m (6') Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing 200WS _ Add the following section: 213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. Add the following section: 213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 lbs) of 19 mm (3/4") crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. SECTION 214 PAVEMENT MARKERS 214-5 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS Add the following section: 214-5.1 Temporary Reflective Pavement Markers. Temporary pavement markers shown on the plans and required in the specifications shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.1(A), or equal thereto. TABLE 214-5.1(A) TEMPORARY REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS Type Manufacturer of Distributor TOM- Temporary Overlay Markers 4/11' to* Revised 6/15/17 Davidson Traffic Control Products, 3110 70th Avenue East, Ta- coma, WA 98424, (877) 335-4638 Contract No. 6074 Page 168 of 199 Add the following section: 214-5.2 Permanent Reflective Channelizer. Reflective Channelizer shall be new surface- mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Reflective channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Reflective channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300'm at night under illumina- tion of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. Reflective channelizer shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.2(A), or equal thereto. TABLE 214-6.2(A) REFLECTIVE CHANNELIZER Type Manufacturer of Distributor Safe-Hit SH336SMA Safe-Hit, A Division of Energy Absorption Systems, Inc. 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1100 Chicago, IL 60602 (800) 537-8958 Carsonite "Super Duck" SDR3036 Carsonite Composites, LLC 605 Bob Gifford Boulevard Early Branch, SC 29916 (800) 648-7916 Repo "The Replaceable Post" Western Highway Products 10680 Fern Avenue Stanton, CA 90680 (800) 854-3360 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-5.3.3 "Submittals". Said certificate shall certify that the permanent reflec- tive channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the engineer and were manufactured in accordance with the approved quality control program. SECTION 215 - FENCING Add the following section: 216-1 ENVIRONMENTAL FENCING Add the following section: 216-1.1 Materials. Environmental fence shall be minimum 4' high, orange colored plastic con- struction fencing installed prior to performing any work. Environmental fence shall be constructed of non-toxic, non-conductive polyethylene capable of withstanding temperatures from —58F de- grees to 194F degrees. Color shall be non-fading. Posts shall be 6'-6" long, shall be spaced no more than 10'-0" apart and buried portion shall be no less than 2'-6" deep. Used materials may be installed providing the used materials are good, sound, and are suitable for the purpose in- tended, as determined by the Engineer. Materials may be commercial quality providing the di- mensions and sizes of the materials are equal to, or greater than, the dimensions and sizes spec- ified herein. Posts shall be either metal or wood at the Contractor's option. Galvanizing and paint- ing of steel items will not be required. Treating wood with wood preservatives will not be required. Concrete footings for metal posts will not be required. An' fugal —r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 169 of 199 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General. Add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contam- inated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefore shall be made to the Contractor. 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials, add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail, fences, asphalt concrete and aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. Existing underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and desig- nated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing. 300-1.4 Payment. Modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing within the project limits and at stockpile loca- tions and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and con- duits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of aban- doned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General. Add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, other utilities, disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and .grubbing, all cut and fill including removal and recompaction of unsuitable soil, salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plans. Unclassified excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 300 mm (1') of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, wetland mitigation grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spoil area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water. tink aw. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 170 of 199 300-2.2.1 General. Add the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall con- sist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains 4%, or more, water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall be included in the contract unit price for removal and recompaction. The excavated material shall be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply. 300-2.2.1 General. Add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place unsuit- able soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. Add the following section: 300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as existing uncontrolled or unacceptable fill, alluvium, and colluvium may exist within portions of the Project site. Where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove such compressible soils from areas to receive fill or from areas upon which surface improvements are to be placed. The removal and disposal of such compressible soils shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer in which case it may be paid for in accord- ance with section 300-2.2.1. 300-2.2.4 Instability of Cuts. Add the following: The Contractor shall remove additional material as directed by the Engineer to improve the stability of excavated cuts. The removal of such exca- vated material shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer, in which case it will be paid for in accordance with Subsection 300-2.2.1. 300-2.5 Slopes. Add the following: The hinge points (the top and bottom) of slopes shall be lo- cated within 75 mm (0.25') of the locations shown on the plans. 300-2.5 Slopes. Add the following: after the first sentence of the first paragraph: A slope shall be defined as any area steeper than three horizontal to one vertical. 300-2.6 Surplus Material. Add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose of all surplus material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul trucks for this export of material from the project site and to a site secured by the Contractor. No earth moving equipment or special construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, will be allowed for hauling material on public streets. 300-2.8 Measurement. Unclassified Excavation shall be measured based on the volume it occu- pies in its original position before excavating. The measurement shall be from the original ground contours after clearing and grubbing and the bottom of areas of excavation to the design eleva- tions shown on the plans or actual ground contours existing in borrow sites after excavation. No excavated material which is re-excavated will be measured for payment. Materials excavated or otherwise removed as all or part of any other bid item shall not be measured as Unclassified Excavation. The measurement of work performed under sections 300-2.2.1 and 300-2.2.2, 300- 2.2.3 and 300-2.2.4 when the Engineer determines that the soils are unsuitable shall be the actual taI' —y- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 171 of 199 labor, materials and equipment used to accomplish the work as per section 3-3 EXTRA WORK of the specifications. 300-2.9 Payment. Add the following: Payment for work performed under sections 300-2.2.1, 300-2.2.2, 300-2.2.3 and 300-2.2.4, when the Engineer determines that the soils are unsuitable, shall be made for the actual labor, materials and equipment used to accomplish the work as per section 3-3 EXTRA WORK of the specifications. 300-2.9 Payment. Substitute the following: Payment for Unclassified Excavation will be made at the unit price bid in the proposal. Only the quantity of unclassified excavation measured shall be paid for. No excavated material which is re-excavated will be paid for. For progress payments, the quantity of unclassified excavation shall be estimated by the Engineer. The Engineer's calcu- lations shall be considered the definitive determinant for quantities for final payment. All topo- graphic surveying and calculations necessary to quantify payment quantities for Unclassified Ex- cavation shall be performed by the Engineer. Payment for Unclassified Excavation shall include costs of surveying, staking, preparation of earthwork quantity reports, placement, compaction, soil remediation, moisture adjustment and water therefore, rework of compressible soils, slope rounding, grading, stockpiling, access road, temporary detour roads, earthen swales and drainage channels as shown on the drawings or required by the contract documents. 300-2.9 Payment. Substitute the following: Payment for all Unclassified Excavation will be made at the Contract Lump Sum price bid for unclassified excavation and shall include compensation for excavation, sloping, rounding tops and ends of excavation, matching existing graded slopes, loading, exporting and disposing of surplus material and unsuitable material shown on the plans or specified herein to be removed, stockpiling, hauling to designated sites, placing and compact- ing, mixing, grading of mitigation site, salvaging clean and suitable material and filling areas to the required grades and cross sections. Unclassified fill, slope rounding, all work incidental to Section 300-4.8 and construction of transitions will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore. When required by the plans or specifications or where directed by the Engineer, the excavation and stockpiling of selected material will be paid for at the Contract Lump Sum price for unclassified excavation. Removing such selected material from the stockpile and placing it in its final position will also be paid for at the Contract Lump Sum Price for unclassified excavation and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Add the following section: 300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. The Contractor shall finish excavated areas other than slopes and subgrade below structures, within the roadway and sidewalk areas within 30 mm (0.1') of the grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section 301-1.4 SSPWC. 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 300-3.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pump- ing, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall 40)r t ies Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 172 of 199 be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encoun- tered below grade as directed by the Engineer 300-3.6 Payment. Add the following: Dewatering shall be paid for as an incidental to structure excavation and backfill) and no additional compensation will be made therefore. Except for un- suitable materials removed as part of the clearing and grubbing item unsuitable material encoun- tered below grade will be paid for at the price bid for structure excavation and backfill. 300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL 300-4.2 Preparation of Fill Areas. Add the following: Except as provided in section 300-4.7, "Compaction", areas proposed for improvements all fill (including backfill and scarified ground surfaces) shall be compacted by the Contractor to no less than 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Procedure D1557-91. 300-4.4 Benching. Add the following: Benching shall conform to The City of Carlsbad Supple- mental Standard Drawing GS-14. 300-4.5 Placing Materials for Fills. Add the following: The Contractor shall perform grading such that the upper 900 mm (3') of fill placed in the roadway pavement area is composed of properly compacted low expansive soils. The more highly expansive soils shall be placed in the deeper fill areas and properly compacted or exported from the site. Low expansive soils are defined as those soils that have an Expansion Index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with 1994 UBC Standard 18-2 as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. Should insuffi- cient soils meeting the requirement of an expansion index of 50 or less be present within the limits of work, soils of the least expansion index that are available within the limits of work shall be incorporated in the upper 900 mm (3') of fill placed in the roadway. The Contractor shall break rock encountered in the excavation into particles of less than 75 mm (3"). Particles with dimensions greater than 75 mm (3") shall be uniformly distributed over the area to be filled so that construction equipment can be operated in such a manner that the larger pieces will be broken into smaller particles and become incorporated with the other materials in the layer. This requirement for particle size reduction does not apply to cobbles, small boulders, and small hard rocks found within the surface soils and formational materials. Rocks having any dimension greater than 460mm (18") shall not be incorporated into the fill. Rock exceeding 150 mm (6") in diameter shall not be placed in the upper 900 mm (3') of any fill. When there are large quantities of rock to be placed in the fill, rocks shall not be nested, but shall be spread with sufficient room between them so that intervening voids can be adequately filled with fine material to form a dense, compact mass. Oversize material which cannot be utilized for erosion mitigation or landscaping onsite shall be broken to acceptable sizes or removed from the site by the Contractor. If disposed of within the City of Carlsbad, a separate grading permit will be required for disposal of rock. 300-4.6 Application of Water. Add the following: The Contractor shall place all fill soil at a mois- ture content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. 300-4.7 Compaction. Add the following: The Contractor shall compact all fill soils placed within the top 1 m (3') of roadway subgrade to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction. On all areas to receive planting, the top 150 mm (6") shall be compacted to 85%, +2% -5%, to allow for plant growth. *IV tie* —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 173 of 199 300-4.8 Slopes. Add the following: Feathering of fill over the tops of slopes will not be permitted. The Contractor shall compact the faces of fill slopes with a sheep's foot roller at vertical intervals no greater than 600 mm (2') or shall be built and cut back to finish grade. In addition, if not over built and cut back, the face of the slope shall be track walked upon completion. 300-4.9 Measurement and Payment. Delete and substitute the following: Unclassified fill, grad- ing, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of transitions and all work included in and incidental to Section 300-4, "Unclassified Fill" will be paid for as a part of unclas- sified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore. 300-5 BORROW EXCAVATION. Add the following section: 300-5.2.1 Imported Borrow Properties. The Contractor shall provide imported borrow that is clean well graded soil consisting of material conforming to all of the requirements in Table 300-5.2.1(A) and the following requirements. Rock included in the top 1 m (3') of imported bor- row shall be particles of less than 75 mm (3"). Rock included below the top 1 m (3') of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 150 mm (6"). TABLE 300-5.2.1(A) IMPORTED BORROW PROPERTIES Tests Test Method No. Requirements R-Value Calif. 301 40 Min. Expansion Index UBC Standard 18-2 10 Max. Plasticity Index ASTM D 424 4 Max. Sieve Analysis ASTM D 422 _ Percent Passing 75g (No. 200) 15 Max. 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control con- forming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water dam- age of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the limits of work. Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the "Best Management Practices", hereinafter BMP, defined t af —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 174 of 199 and described in the, "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", Janu- ary 2003 edition as published by the California Stormwater Quality Association. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", January 2003 edition on the project site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook. Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a)Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods. b)The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by sur- face runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff. c)Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the re- sulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described herein. Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the require- ments of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for unclassified excavation, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Add the following section: 300-9.3 Temporary Marsh Protection. The Contractor shall protect all marshlands where shown on the plans, within the limits of work and/or in all construction easements by laying geotextile and adding a layer of soil over the cloth. The soil shall come from the adjacent areas to be dis- turbed. The willow scrub in the construction easement shall be cut down to just above soil height. The cut materials shall be mulched placed according to the revegetation plan. Geotextile shall then be placed over the wetland. The Contractor shall flag, prior to construction and placement of geotextile, the outer limits of the construction easement with fluorescent tape to avoid additional wetland impacts. The Contractor shall take care to keep the soil within the construction easement and shall remediate all damages caused by soil that is deposited outside said limits or easement, remove all soil so deposited and clean all facilities or vegetation that has such soil deposited on or in them. Add the following section: 300-9.3.1 Payment. Temporary marsh protection will be paid for at the contract price bid per lump sum and shall include full compensation for furnishing and installing planting, irrigation, and ero- sion control measures. —I- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 175 of 199 300-11 STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL. 300-11.4 Payment. Delete and replace as follows: Rock protection will be paid for at the lump sum contract Price Bid for rock protection, complete and in place, in accordance with the details and requirements of the plans and specifications. 300-12 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC. Add the following section: 300-12.1 Preparation of Subgrade. Prior to placing rock slope protection fabric the Contractor shall clear the surfaces upon or against which rock slope protection fabric is to be placed of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the fabric during installation. Equip- ment or vehicles shall not be operated or driven directly on the rock slope protection fabric. Rock slope protection fabric damaged during placement shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at its expense as directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-12.2 Placement. The Contractor shall place rock slope protection fabric prior to placing rock slope protection. The Contractor shall grade surfaces to be covered by rock slope protection so as to provide full support for the fabric. Rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the provisions in Section 213-2, "Geotextiles", and shall be placed by the Contractor in accordance with the details shown on the plans and as specified herein. The Contractor shall handle rock slope pro- tection fabric with care that it is not torn or stretched and place it in accordance with the manufac- turer's recommendations, these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall place and fit rock slope protection fabric loosely upon or against the surface to receive the fabric so that the fabric conforms to the surface without damage when the cover material is placed. Rock slope protection fabrics shall be joined, at the option of the Contractor, either with over- lapped joints or stitched seams. When fabric is joined with overlapped joints, all adjacent borders of the fabric shall be overlapped not less than 610 mm (24"). The fabric shall be placed such that the fabric being placed shall overlap the adjacent section of fabric in the direction the cover ma- terial is being placed. When the fabric is joined by stitched seams, the fabric shall be stitched with yarn of a contrasting color. The size and composition of the yarn shall be as recommended by the fabric manufacturer. The number of stitches per 25 mm (1") of seam shall be 6 ± 1. The strength of stitched seams shall be the same as specified for the fabric, except when stitched seams are oriented up and down a slope the strength shall be a minimum of 80 percent of that specified for the fabric. Fabric damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be replaced by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore. Repairing damaged fabric shall consist of placing new fabric over the damaged area. The minimum fabric overlap from the edge of the damaged area shall be 1 m (3') for overlap joints. If the new fabric joints at the damaged areas are joined by stitching, the stitched joints shall conform to the requirements specified herein. Damaged fabric that is suitable for repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be repaired by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore. Add the following section: 300.12.3 Measurement and Payment. Payment for rock slope protection fabric will be included in the unit and/or lump sum prices for items which have said fabric in their design and no additional payment will be made therefore. Measurement and payment for rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the requirements of section 300-8.1.2 . 41.• Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 176 of 199 300-13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Add the following section: 300-13.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. As part of the storm water pollution preven- tion work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, here- after referred to as the "SWPPP,". The SWPPP shall conform to the requirements of the "Green- book" Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, the requirements in the California Storm Water Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construc- tion ("Handbook"), the requirements of the Permit, the requirements in the plans and these sup- plemental provisions. 300-13.1.1 SWPPP Document Within 15 calendar days after the execution of the contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies of the SWPPP to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3 of these Special Provisions. Contractor will be provided the digital format for SWPPP to complete required sections. If revi- sions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments and shall allow 5 days for the Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer's acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP, incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed. The objectives of the SWPPP shall be to identify pollution sources that may adversely affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with the project and to identify, construct, implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures, hereafter referred to as control measures, to reduce to the extent feasible pollutants in storm water discharges from the construc- tion site both during and after construction is completed under this contract. The SWPPP shall incorporate control measures in the following categories: 1.Soil stabilization practices; 2.Sediment control practices; 3.Wind erosion control practices; and 4.Non-storm water management and waste management and disposal control practices. Specific objectives and minimum requirements for each category of control measures are con- tained in the Handbook. The Contractor shall designate a Water Pollution Control Manager who will have the responsibil- ities outlined in the SWPPP. The SWPPP shall include, but not be limited to, the following items as described in the SWPPP: 1.Source Identification; 2.Erosion and Sediment Controls; 3.Non-Storm Water Management; 4.Waste Management and Disposal; 5.Maintenance, Inspection and Repair; 6.Training; 7.List of Contractors and Subcontractors; 8.Post-Construction Storm Water Management; tAw. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 177 of 199 9.Preparer; 10.Copy of the local permit; 11.BMP Consideration Checklist; 12.SWPPP Checklist; 13.Schedule of Values; and 14.Storm Water Pollution Prevention Drawings. The Contractor shall amend the SWPPP, graphically and in narrative form, whenever there is a change in construction activities or operations which may affect the discharge of significant quan- tities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems, or when deemed necessary by the Engineer. The SWPPP shall also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollutants in storm water discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised operations, including those in areas not shown in the initially accepted SWPPP, which are required on the project to control water pollution effectively. Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Engineer in the same manner specified for the initially accepted SWPPP. Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised oper- ations. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the accepted SWPPP and accepted amendments at the project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, U.S. Environmental Protec- tion Agency or local storm water management agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to the Engineer. By June 15 of each year, the Contractor shall submit an annual certification to the Engineer stating compliance with the requirements governing the Permit. If the project is in non-compliance at any time, the Contractor shall make a written report to the Engineer within 15 days of identification of non-compliance. Add the following section: 300-13-1.2 Availability of SWPPP template. A site-specific draft document intended for use as a template for the required SWPPP document will be made available for use at the Contractor's option, at no cost to the Contractor. The document is available for review in Appendix B. The Contractor shall review the template and modify it as necessary to reflect the Contractor's opera- tions. Add the following section: 300-13.1.3 Payment. Preparation, implementation and management of SWPPP shall be consid- ered incidental to the items of work and no additional payment will be made therefore. Add the following section: 300-13.1.4 SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting and main- taining the control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for re- moving and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP imple- mentation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in accordance with Section 6-3, "Suspension of Work". Requirements for installation, construction, inspection, tat —I- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 178 of 199 maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the "Handbook" and these supplemental provisions. Soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures, including minimum requirements, shall be provided throughout the winter season, defined as between October 1 and April 30. Implementation of soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures for soil-disturbed areas of the project site shall be completed, except as provided for below, no later than 20 days prior to the beginning of the winter season or upon start of applicable construction activities for projects which begin either during or within 20 days of the winter season. The Contractor shall implement, year-round and throughout the duration of the project, control measures included in the SWPPP for sediment tracking, wind erosion, non-storm water manage- ment and waste management and disposal. The Engineer may order the suspension of construction operations, at the Contractor's cost, which create water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section as determined by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-13.1.6 Maintenance. To ensure the proper implementation and functioning of control measures, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the control measures identified in the SWPPP. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions and time frames to address any damaged measures or reinitiate any measures that have been discontin- ued. The construction site inspection checklist provided in the "Handbook" shall be used to ensure that the necessary measures are being properly implemented, and to ensure that the control measures are functioning adequately. The Contractor shall submit one copy of each site inspec- tion record to the Engineer, within two days of the inspection. During the winter season, inspections of the construction site shall be conducted by the Contractor to identify deficient measures, as follows: 1.When the five-day rain probability forecast exceeds forty percent (40%). 2.After any precipitation which causes runoff capable of carrying sediment from the con- struction site; 3.At 24 hour intervals during extended precipitation events; and 4.Routinely, at a minimum of once every week. If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of an identified control measure, the deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately, or by a later date and time if requested by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer in writing, but not later than the onset of subsequent precipitation events. The correction of deficiencies shall be at no additional cost to the City. 411fr trij —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 179 of 199 SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 303-1.6.2 Falsework Design. Add the following: The Contractor shall provide all temporary brac- ing necessary to withstand all imposed loads during erection, construction, and removal of any falsework. The Contractor shall provide falsework drawings and calculations prepared by a reg- istered professional engineer, civil or structural, that show provisions for resolution of all loads that may be imposed upon the falsework. Such plans and calculations shall include: 1.Resolution of all live, dead, wind, construction and impact loads that may be imposed on the falsework. 2.Temporary bracing or methods to be used during each phase of erection and removal of the falsework. 3.Concrete placement sequence. 4.Erection and removal sequence. 5.Deflection values for the falsework that include recommended methods to compensate for falsework deflections, vertical alignment, and anticipated falsework deflection. Add the following section: 303-1.9.5 Surface Finish for Concrete Spillway. The Contractor shall provide a surface finish for concrete spillway to prevent the use of rollerblades, skateboards, and other rolling devices. Surface finish shall be a rough rake finish approved by the Engineer. 303-2 AIR-PLACED CONCRETE. 303-2.1.1 General. Add the following: Modify Regional Standard Drawing D-75 as follows: replace stucco netting with 150mm x 150mm (6" x 6") by No. 10 by No. 10 welded wire mesh. Add the following section: 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.5.2 Curb. Add the following: The Contractor shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3") high block letters directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in Table 303-5.5.2(A) TABLE 303-5.5.2(A) CURB FACE MARKINGS Type of underground facilities Marking Water Service Lateral Sewer Service Lateral Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve RW 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment. Add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be con- sidered as continuing across driveways and access ramps when constructed adjacent thereto. Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except that which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet. .3k —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 180 of 199 SECTION 306 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS Add the following section: 306-1.1.7 Steel Plate Bridging - With a Non-Skid Surface. This section covers the use of steel plate bridging. The Contractor shall not employ the use or use steel plate bridging or trench plate that does not meet the requirements of this section both in application and circumstance of use. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.1 Requirements for Use. Alternate construction methods that avoid the use of steel plate bridging shall be used by the Contractor unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. It is recognized that to accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All conditions for use of steel plate bridging set forth in the following requirements must be fulfilled as conditions of approval of the use of steel plate bridging. Consideration of steel plate bridging in the review process will take into account the following factors: 1.Traffic volume and composition. 2.Duration of use of the steel plate bridging. 3.Size of the proposed excavation. 4.Weather conditions. The following formula shall be used to score the permitted use of steel plate bridging: PS = ADT EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (kmh) + SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 8 PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (mph) + SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 5 where: PS = plate score. ADT = average daily traffic as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement. EWL = equivalent wheel loads as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement. DAYS = total number of 24 hour periods during which the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. WEEKEND = total number of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. NIGHTS = total number of overnight periods that the plates will be in place, exclusive of Saturday, Sunday and holiday nights. WEATHER = total number of 24-hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered when the possibility of rain exceeds 40 percent. SPEED the design speed in kilometers per hour or miles per hour, as applicable in the formulae above, of the street where the plates are to be installed. This number shall not be reduced for construction zone speed reductions. SLOPE = the quotient of the vertical differential divided by the horizontal distance. The vertical and horizontal dimensions shall be measured at the locations span- ning a distance of 15 m (50') up and downstream of the position of the proposed (Plfr —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 181 of 199 steel plate bridging. LANES the number of lanes where plates will be used. When the computed value of the plate score exceeds 50, steel plate bridging shall not be used unless, and at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer determines that no alternative method of construction is possible in lieu of using steel plate bridging or that other overriding considerations make the use of steel plate bridging acceptable. Alternatives considered to bridg- ing shall include, but not be limited to, detouring traffic, construction detour routes, tunneling, boring and other methods of trenchless construction. Unless specifically noted in the provisions of the Engineer's approval, the use of steel plate bridging at each location so approved shall not exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.2 Additional Requirements. In all cases when the depth of the trench exceeds the width of the steel plate bridging resting on each side of the pavement adjacent to the trench, safety regulations require or the Engineer determines that shoring is necessary to protect the health or safety of workers or the public the Contractor shall install shoring conforming to Section 7-10.4.1 of the Standard Specifications. The trench shoring shall be designed and installed to support the steel plate bridging and traffic loads. All approvals for design, substitution of materials or methods shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of section 2- 5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. The Contractor shall backfill and resurface excavations in accordance with section 306-1.5. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.3 Installation. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply: a)Steel plate bridging when the plate score exceeds 50 is not allowed except when, at the sole discretion of the Engineer, it is approved as specified hereinbefore. b)Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 610 mm (2') beyond the edges of the trench. c)Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise. When the use of steel plate bridging and shoring is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install using either Method (1) or (2) depending on the design speed of the portion of street where the steel plate bridging is proposed for use. Method 1 [For speeds more than 70 Km/hr (45 MPH)]: The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not ex- ceed 25 mm (1") and shall be filled with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the contrac- tor's option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203-5.2(B) and 203-5.3(A). Method 2 [For speeds 70 Km/hr (45 MPH) or less]: Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longi- tudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway and shall be secured against displacement by using two adjustable cleats that are no less than 50 mm (2") shorter than the width of the trench bolted to the underside of each plate and located within 150 mm (6") of the beginning and end of #11' t IT- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 182 of 199 the trench for plates at the beginning and end of the trench, a minimum of two 300 mm long by 19 mm diameter (12" x 3/4") steel bolts placed through the plate and driven into holes drilled 300 mm (12") into the pavement section, or other devices approved by the Engineer. Subsequent plates shall be butted to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12") taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement section shall be com- pletely filled with elastomeric sealant material. At the Contractor's option, the methods required for Method 1 may be used. If the Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during and after their use. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.4 Materials. The minimal thickness of steel plate bridging shall be as shown in Table 306-1.1.7.4(A). TABLE 306-1.1.7.4(A) REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS FOR A GIVEN TRENCH WIDTH Maximum Trench Width (1) Minimum Plate Thickness 0.3 m (10") 13 mm CO 0.6 m (23") 19 mm (3/4") 0.8 m (31") 22 mm (7/0 1.0 m (41") 25 mm (1") 1.6 m (63") 32 mm (1 14") (1) For spans greater than 1.6 m (5'), a structural design shall be prepared by a registered civil engineer and submitted to the Engineer for review and approval in accordance with section 2-5.3. Steel plate bridging shall be steel plate designed to support the HS20-44 truck loading per CALTRANS Bridge Design Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain a non-skid sur- face on the steel plate with no less than a coefficient of friction of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from the CALTRANS District 11 Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. In addition to all other required construction signing, the Contractor shall install Rough Road (W33) sign with black lettering on an orange background in advance of steel plate bridging. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.5 Measurement and Payment. Steel plate bridge materials including, but not limited to: steel plates, anchoring devices, cold milling, elastomeric sealant material, asphalt ramping and padding, signage, placing, installation, removal, relocation, preparation and processing of shop drawings and submittals to support the use of steel plate bridging and all other materials, labor, supervision, overhead of any type or description will be paid for as an incidental to the work that the bridging is installed to facilitate. No separate payment for steel plate bridging will be made. No extension to contract time will be allowed for, or because of, the use of steel plate bridging. 306-1.2.1 Bedding. All installation of, and bedding for recycled water, or potable water mains shall conform to Carlsbad Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for the Construction of (Potable or Reclaimed) Water Mains, latest edition. 30S-1.2.4 Flad..1cAntirig of Reinfo;-,-;zzi CcAlciratc. ripe'. Add the following: The Contractor shall provide Gasket-type joints for reinforced concrete pipe (watertight joints) where indicated on plans. t4p-‘,, u Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 183 of 199 306-1.3.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall install detectable underground utility marking tape 230 mm x75 mm (9" x 3") above each or, in the case of bundled underground conduit of the same type, the upper underground conduit being installed by the open trench method. The type and color of detectable underground utility marking tape shall conform to the requirements of section 207-25 et seq. 306-1.3.4 Compaction Requirements. delete Section 306-1.3.4 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall densify trench backfill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction except that in the top 300 mm (12") of the street right-of-way, compaction shall be 95 percent. 306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing. 306-1.5.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Delete the fourth and fifth paragraphs and substitute the fol- lowing: Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials which are placed by the Contractor are for its convenience and shall be at no cost to the Agency. Temporary bituminous resurfacing materi- als shall be used in lieu of permanent resurfacing only when approved by the Engineer. When temporary bituminous resurfacing materials are used in lieu of permanent resurfacing it shall be removed and replaced with permanent resurfacing within 7 days of placement. No additional pay- ment will be made for temporary bituminous resurfacing materials. The price bid for the associated conduit or structure shall include full compensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of such temporary resurfacing materials. 306-1.5.2 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the following: Except as provided in section 306-1.5.1, "Temporary Resurfacing," the Contractor shall perform permanent trench resurfacing within 24 hours after the completion of backfill and densification of backfill and aggregate base materials. 306-1.6 Basis of Payment for Open Trench Installation. Add the following: Payment for utilities undergrounding which includes the utility trench for CATV and SDG&E and conduit for SDG&E's electric conversion shall be made on the basis of contract lump sum price for utilities undergrounding and no other payments will be made. Cox Cable will supply and deliver conduits and fittings to be installed by the Contractor. Cox Cable will install enclosures. The Contractor will furnish and install 6.4 mm (W) nylon pull ropes in all conduit. 306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Add the following: Unless other- wise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. t 4,11ft a Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 184 of 199 SECTION 308 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION 308-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT 308-2.3.2 Fertilization and Conditioning Procedures. Add the following: The Contractor shall cultivate the surface of all areas to be planted or hydroseeded by discing, ripping or scarifying the finish grade. After cultivation the Contractor shall clear the planting areas of stones to the depth of cultivation and shall be rake the planting areas to a smooth friable and plantable surface. The Contractor shall cultivate all planting areas, except slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1 (horizontal to ver- tical), to a depth of 300 mm (12"). The planting areas that are slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1, shall be cultivated to a depth of 150 mm (6"). After cultivation, the soil amendments shown in table 308-2.3.2(A) shall be thoroughly blended 150 mm (6") deep in all planting areas. Except for plant- ing pits the cultivation depths are designated as the root area. Backfill for planting pits shall con- form to the requirements of section 308-4.5. After surface preparation and application of the soil amendments shown in Table 308-2.3.2(A) the Contractor shall obtain a minimum of one test for each soil property listed in Tables 308-2.3.2(B) and 308-2.3.2(C) from each median planter, at least one test per 150 m (500') from each parkway and for each hectare (2.5 acres) of hy- droseeded area and shall submit the results of said tests to the Engineer. The Contractor shall then adjust the soil properties to the acceptable ranges of soil properties shown in Tables 308- 2.3.2(B) and 308-2.3.2(C) using such materials and methods as may be necessary. Organic soil amendment materials shall not be included in the samples used to determine compliance to the soil particle gradation requirements of Table 308-2.3.2(C). If adjustments are necessary, the soil shall be tested by the Contractor after such adjustments for each soil property listed in Table 308- 2.3.2(B) and 308-2.3.2(C) to determine that the adjustments to the soil made by the Contractor result in soil properties within the acceptable range. The Contractor shall adjust the soil properties and show acceptable ranges prior to any planting or application of hydroseed slurry. Prior to the start of any planting or application of hydroseed slurry the surface and root area shall be evenly and thoroughly moistened to no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall certify, in writing, that the ground surface has been prepared in accordance with this section and shall request inspection by the Engineer prior to any planting or seeding. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval before any planting or hydroseeding. TABLE 308-2.3.2(A) SOIL AMENDMENTS Soil Amendment Metric Application Rate Approx. U.S. Application Rate Agricultural Gypsum 500 g per square meter 100 lbs. per 1,000 square feet Iron Sulfate 50 g per square meter 10 lbs. per 1,000 square feet Calcium Carbonate Lime 500 g per square meter 100 lbs. per 1,000 square feet Organic Soil Amend- ment 0.04115 cubic meters per square meter (average depth 41 mm) 5 cubic yards per 1,000 square feet (average depth 1 5/8") TABLE 308-2.3.2(B) SOIL PROPERTIES Soil Property Acceptable Range Test Method Repeatability Range of Test pH 6.5 to 7.3 Saturation Paste pH ± 0.1 pH Dissolved Salts (Er.:,) < 4.0 dS m-1 Saturation Paste Sol- uble Salts + 7% Liquid Limit N/A to 30 ASTM D 423 + 2 Plasticity Index NP to 10 ASTM D 424 ± 2 Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 185 of 199 TABLE 308-2.3.2(C) SOIL PARTICLE GRADATION Sieve Size Percent Passing 19 mm (3/4") 100 9.5 mm (3/8") 95 - 100 4.75 mm (No. 4) 60 - 85 1.89 mm (No. 10) 40 - 75 475 µ,r11 (No. 40) 35 - 70 75 p.m (No. 200) 30 - 70 For areas to receive planting of all types, excluding only hydroseeding, the Contractor shall amend the prepared soil by blending 200 g of 7-7-7 fertilizer per square meter (40 lbs. per 1,000 square feet) into the top 150 mm (6") of soil after the completion of adjustment of soil properties and acceptance of the planting area by the Engineer. The Contractor shall apply post-plant 12-4-6 fertilizer at the rate of 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet, 30 days after planting and every 30 days through the end of the maintenance period. 308-2.4 Finish Grading. Add following: The Contractor shall prepare the finish grade in hy- droseed slope areas with a moderately rough texture to provide a suitable surface for adherence of the hydroseed mix. 308-4 PLANTING. 308-4.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall perform actual planting during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice and as approved by the Engineer. No planting shall be done in any area until it has been satisfactorily prepared in accordance with these specifications. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of planting pits before planting operations begin. For pit planted vegetation when the soil moisture level is found to be insufficient for planting, the Contractor shall fill the planting pits with water and allow them to drain before starting planting operations. No more plants shall be distributed in the planting area on any day than can be planted and watered on that day. The Contractor shall plant and water all plants as herein specified immediately after removal from their containers. Containers shall not be cut prior to placing the plants in the planting area. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide continuous horticultural services and temporary and/or permanent irrigation to all planted and hydroseeded areas so that the planted and hy- droseeded vegetation is 100 percent healthy and thriving prior to, and throughout the, landscape maintenance period. 308-4.2 Protection and Storage. Add the following: The Contractor shall submit a sheltered and secure location for on-site plant storage area for the Engineer's approval prior to the delivery of any plant materials. Any plant determined by the Engineer to be wilted, broken, or otherwise damaged shall be rejected at any time during the project, whether in the ground or not. All plants shall be handled by their containers. Any plant that has been handled by its trunk or stem shall be rejected. All rejected plants shall be removed from the site immediately. 308-4.3 Layout and Plant Location. Modify as follows: Planting areas shall be staked by the Contractor and the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of the planting layout before planting operations begin. tit Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 186 of 199 308-4.6 Tree and Shrub Planting. Add the following: The Contractor shall amend the backfill for planting holes to a thoroughly blended mixture of clean loamy soil meeting the requirements of Tables 308-2.3.2(B) and 308-2.3.2(C) and then blend the amendments listed in Table 308-4.5(A) into the backfill for planting holes. TABLE 308-4.6(A) BACKFILL AND AMENDMENTS FOR TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING Soil Amendment Metric Application Rate Approx. U.S. Application Rate Agricultural Gypsum 18 kg per cubic meter 30 lbs. per cubic yard Iron Sulfate 600 g per cubic meter 1 lb. per cubic yard Calcium Carbonate Lime 6 kg per cubic meter 10 lbs. per cubic yard Organic Soil Amend- ment 0.67 cubic meters per cubic meter 2/3 cubic yards per cubic yard Planting Tablets 1 1 per 100 mm dia. pot container 1 per 4" dia. pot container Planting Tablets 1 2 per 19 liter container 2 per 5 gal. container Planting Tablets 1 1 per each 50 mm width of each box-size container 1 per each 2" width of each box-size container 1 Planting tablet requirements are not cumulative and apply to the size container indicated Pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove injured twigs and branches, and to compensate for loss of roots during transplanting, but never to exceed one-tenth the branching structure. Pruning may be done only with the approval of, and in the presence of, the Engineer. Cuts over 19 mm (3/1") shall be painted with an approved tree wound paint. Add the following section: 308-4.5.1 Root Barriers. Root barriers shall conform to section 212-1.8, Root Barriers. The Con- tractor shall install root barriers continuously at the edges of all median planter areas. The top of the root barrier shall be 25'mm (1") below the finish grade of the planted area. The bottom of the root barrier shall be installed 520 mm (201/2") below the finish grade of the planted area. Install as indicated on the plans, eliminating any breaks in the barrier by providing at least 150 mm (6") of overlap at splices or damaged areas. Splices and repair patches shall be stitched to the root barrier material by a running stitch of no less than 6 6 1 stitches per 25 mm (1"). 308-4.6 Plant Staking and Guying. Add the following: The Contractor shall install all boxed trees per drawings L-1 and L-2 of the San Diego Regional Standard Drawings unless details shown on the project plans differ therefrom. 308-4.8.2(b) Method B. Add the following: The Contractor shall prepare hydroseeding slurry on the job site. Slurry additives shall arrive at the site in bags sealed and properly identified by the manufacturer. All specified additives and water shall be added on the job site at the rates specified and shall be thoroughly mixed at the job site. The Contractor shall add seed to the slurry after the fiber mulch has been thoroughly incorporated. The Contractor shall spray all areas with a uniform, visible coat using the green color of the mulch as a guide. The Contractor shall apply the slurry in a sweeping motion, in an arched stream so as to fall like rain allowing the mulch fibers to built on each other until a good coat is achieved and the material is spread, evenly, at the required rate per area. The Contractor shall use care not to drag spray hoses over container planted material and shall attempt to spray from the edges of the planting areas wherever possible. Any slurry mixture which has not been 1% —r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 187 of 199 applied to the planting areas within four (4) hours after mixing is be rejected and removed from the project at the Contractor's expense. Any slurry spilled into areas outside the limits of work shall be cleaned up at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall assure that the site is properly prepared. The Contractor shall repair all tire ruts created by the equipment. Areas needing grading repair prior to hydroseeding shall be blended and floated to match surrounding grades. Areas having less than 80% plant coverage within thirty (30) days after the initial application shall be reseeded every twenty (20) days until 80% of the ground sur- face is evenly covered by hydroseeded or subsequently reseeded growth. Add the following section: 308-4.8.3.1 Weed Eradication. The Contractor shall water all irrigated areas to be hydroseeded for three (3) weeks prior to hydroseeding to allow for germination of the weed seeds. The Con- tractor shall spray all weeds with a post emergent herbicide immediately after the completion of the three week irrigation period. After two (2) weeks, the Contractor shall again eradicate the weeds and complete the preparation of the soil prior to the application of the hydroseed mixes. Add the following section: 308-4.10 Erosion Control Matting Installation Add the following section: 308-4.10.1 General. Before installation of erosion control matting the Contractor shall complete all soil preparation, fine grading, and hydroseeding of the areas to receive erosion control matting. Add the following section: 308-4.10.2 Coordination with Hydroseeding. Erosion control matting shall be installed by the Contractor immediately after the first application of hydroseed materials. In all cases the Contrac- tor shall place the erosion control matting within three days after the first hydroseed material ap- plication. Should any seed in the hydroseed materials begin to germinate within the three-day period after application or before the installation of the erosion control matting, the installation of the erosion control matting shall be considered as late and the Contractor shall disc the hydroseed materials into the top 100m (4") of the underlying soil, condition the soil for hydroseeding, apply hydroseeding materials at the rates and of the type specified and then install the erosion control matting. No additional payment will be made for second or subsequent hydroseed applications resulting from late installation of erosion control matting. Add the following section: 308-4.10.3 Installation. The Contractor shall install erosion control matting using the following techniques: 1.Begin at the top of the slope by placing the erosion control matting into a 150 mm (6") wide by 150 mm (6") deep trench with the end of the matting laid flat in the bottom of the trench 2.Anchor the end of the erosion control matting with erosion control mat staples spaced no more than 300 mm (12") on centers placed at the intersection of the bottom and the down- hill vertical face of the trench. 3.Roll the erosion control matting down the slope. 4.Staple the erosion control matting on an alternating grid consisting of three across and two across lines of staples in horizontal lines spaced 900mm (3') on centers. 5.Erosion control mat so stapled shall be spaced such that no less than 1 % staples per square meter (VA staples per square yard) are provided to anchor the erosion control matting. Ink tit —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 188 of 199 6.Start the adjacent erosion control mat as in Item 1. of this section, overlapping the previ- ously placed mat by no less than 50 mm (2"). 7.Staple placement may be such as to use the staples used to secure the adjacent mat to secure both mats along their edges. 308-6 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION. 308-5.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall apply irrigation water as often and in sufficient amounts, as conditions may require, to germinate and establish the seed and keep the container plants healthy and growing. The Contractor shall lay out lines, valves, and other under- ground utilities and receive the approval of the Engineer before digging trenches. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by its operations. Connections shall be made at approx- imately the locations shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for unapproved changes. Permission to shut off any existing in-use water lines must be obtained 48 hours in advance, as to the date, time and exact length of time of each shut-off. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the entire irrigation system is under full automatic operation for a period of seven days prior to any planting. 308-6.2 Irrigation Pipeline Installation. Add the following: The Contractor shall install all pres- sure main line piping from the irrigation system so as to maintain 3.1 m (10') minimum horizontal separation from all potable water piping. Where reclaimed and potable water pressure mainline piping cross, the reclaimed water piping shall be installed below the potable water piping, sleeved in a pressure rating of 200 PSI SDR 21 "Alertline" PVC sleeve which extends a minimum of 3.1 m (10') on either side of the potable water piping and be located to provide a minimum vertical clearance of 300 mm (12") between the reclaimed and potable water lines. Conventional (white) PVC pipe Schedule 40 may be used for sleeving material if it is taped along its entire length with 75 mm (3") wide purple warning tape which reads "Caution Reclaimed Water". For trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread, the Contractor shall deposit topsoil on one side of trench and subsoil on opposite side. Subsoil shall be free of all rocks 13 mm (1/2") in diameter or larger, debris, and litter, prior to use as backfill. The Contractor shall repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fiftings until lines meet test requirements. The Contractor shall not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer for tight- ness, quality of workmanship, and materials. The Contractor shall not be backfill trenches until all required tests and observations are performed. Observations include sprinkler heads, all fittings, lateral and mainline pipe, valves, and direct burial wire. 308-5.2.3 Plastic Pipeline. Add the following: The Contractor shall store all pipe and fittings under cover until used, and all pipe and fittings shall transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be beveled to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. The Contractor shall center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Joints shall be exposed for inspection during testing. Plastic-to-plastic joints shall be solvent-welded, using only solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer. Add the following section: 308-5.2.6 Installation of Brass Pipe. The Contractor shall cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic wheel cutter of any description. The Contractor shall ream and remove rough edges or 4:4 Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 189 of 199 burrs on all pipe so that smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained, place Teflon tape, Teflon dope, or approved equal on male threads only, and tighten to prevent any leakage. The Contractor shall tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. Add the following section: 308-6.3.1 Valves. Add the following: The Contractor shall install each control valve in a separate valve box with a minimum of 300 mm (12") separation between valves and 150 mm (6") from any fixed object or structure. Add the following section: 308-6.3.2 Valve Boxes. The Contractor shall install no more than one valve per box. All boxes are to be marked as to the type of valve. Remote control valve boxes shall also indicate control station number. Add the following section: 308-5.3.3 Backflow Preventer. The Contractor shall install backfiow preventer assembly in ac- cordance with manufacturer's specifications and as directed on drawings. Exact location and po- sitioning shall be verified on the site by the Engineer. 308-5.4.4 Sprinkler Head Adjustment. Add the following: The Contractor shall flush and adjust all irrigation heads and valves for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways buildings, walls, and other structures. Add the following section: 308-5.4.5 Drip Assembly. The Contractor shall install drip emitter filter on the supply side of all electric pressure regulating control valve for all emitter systems. The Contractor shall install a flush valve on the discharge side of all drip laterals. 308-6.5 Automatic Control System Installation. Add the following: The Contractor shall install all portions of the electrical installation with materials and methods conforming to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall provide no less than one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in system. 308-5.6.3 Sprinkler Coverage Test. Add the following: This test shall be accomplished before any ground cover is planted. 308-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. Add the following: For hydroseeded ar- eas, median planting and mitigation area, The Contractor shall maintain said areas for period of no less than 120 days or until final acceptance of the project, whichever is the greater. Mowing is not required for hydroseeded areas. The Contractor shall provide complete landscape maintenance of all planted areas. The work shall include, but not be limited to, watering, litter control, weed control, stake repair, cultivating, supplementary fertilization, repair of irrigation systems, and control of dis- eases and pests. The Contractor shall submit a written plan to control weeds, disease, and pest infestations in the planting areas. The submittal shall conform to the requirements for shop drawings as specified in section 2-5.3 et seq. of the specifications. The Engineer shall approve all methods and materials for such control. Upon approval, the Contractor shall implement the control measures, exercising extreme caution in using pesticides and taking all steps to ensure the safety of the public. Only licensed personnel will be permitted to perform toxic spraying work. During the plant establish- ment period, the Contractor shall furnish sufficient workers and equipment on a daily basis to perform the work required by this section. Any day when the Contractor fails to adequately carry out specified maintenance work, as determined necessary by the Engineer, will not be credited as one of the plant tool Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 190 of 199 establishment days. All planting areas which are damaged by construction shall be repaired by the Contractor within twenty (20) days following completion of construction in such. The Contractor shall repair such damaged areas. The repair shall consist of bringing the damaged area back to final grade, preparing the soil, replanting the area with the same vegetation as originally specified, and maintaining the area to achieve acceptable plant establishment. The Contractor shall provide temporary irrigation for hydroseeded areas for a minimum of 120 days to ensure adequate plant establishment. Towards the end of the maintenance period, the Contrac- tor shall gradually reduce the amount of irrigation to allow plant adaptation to non-irrigated condi- tions. Upon the approval of the engineer, the temporary irrigation system shall be shut off at the end of the maintenance period. The hydroseeded areas must have their growth of 80% established and the coverage must be evenly successful over the entire hydroseeded area and adequate to prevent erosion no less than 30 days before the end of the maintenance period. Should the coverage not be achieved the maintenance period shall be extended until the required coverage is achieved plus an additional 30 day period. The Contractor shall call for a final inspection 30 days before the end of the maintenance period and at the end of the maintenance period. Failure to pass inspection will result in an extension of the maintenance period. The Contractor shall continue to provide mainte- nance for such time necessary to obtain conformance to the specifications. 308-7 GUARANTEE. Add following: The Contractor shall guarantee all 600 mm (24") box trees installed under the contract to live and grow for one year from the day of final acceptance of the contract work. The Contractor shall guarantee all other plant material, including ground covers to live and grow for a period of 30 days from the last day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work, whichever is the later. The Contractor shall replace, at its expense, all plant material found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition during the maintenance period within 5 days of discovery of such plant material. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the condition of the plant material. Plant material found to be dead or in poor condition within the guarantee period shall be replaced by the Contractor, at its expense, within 15 days of written notification. Replacements shall be made to the same specifications required for the original plantings. The Contractor shall submit written vegetation, planting and irrigation guarantee in approved form that all work showing defects in materials or workmanship will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Engineer for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Engineer. The Guar- antee form shall be retyped on the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following verbiage: "Guarantee For Vegetation, Planting and Irrigation System For (Project Name) We hereby guarantee that the veaetation, planting and irrigation system we have furnished and installed for (project name) is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. We agree to repair or replace any defect in vegetation, material or workmanship, including that due to ordinary wear and tear, which may develop during the periods specified in section 308-7 of the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions of said project from date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later, and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Agency. This guarantee does not extend to unusual abuse or neglect that may occur subsequent to the date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Engineer, after receipt of written notice. In the event of failure to make such repairs or replace- ments within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Engineer, we authorize the Ir k 4.1 UT Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 191 of 199 Engineer to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. Project: (Project Name) Location: (Legal Description of Project Property) Name of Contractor: Address: (of Contractor) Telephone: (of Contractor) By: (Typed or printed names of signing Officer(s) of the Contractor authorized to bind the Con- tractor in legal matters) Title: (of said officer(s)) Signature(s) Date of Execution:" Add the following section: 308-7.1 Record Drawings. In addition to the requirements of section 2-5.4, herein, the Contractor shall prepare record drawings that show all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including those involving both constant-pressure and intermittent-pressure lines and appurtenances. The Contractor shall accurately record, on a daily basis, on one set of blue line prints of the irrigation drawings, all changes in work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in both pressure and nonpressure line. The Contractor shall post information on record drawings no later than the next working day after the work is installed. The Contractor shall record changes and dimensions in a legible and professional manner. When the drawings are approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall transfer all information to a set of reproducible photo mylar drawings. Items required to be shown shall be dimensioned by the Contractor from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement). The accuracy of location of all items to be shown on the drawings shall be 150 mm (6") in both the vertical and horizontal planes. All text and numerals placed on drawings shall be 0.30 mm (h/8") in size. Facilities and items to be located in their horizontal and vertical positions and shown on the record drawings include all: a)Point(s) of connection, for water and electrical services b)Routing of irrigation pressure mainlines c)Backflow preventors d)Ball, gate and check valves e)Irrigation control valves. f)Quick coupler valves g)Routing of service wires h)Routing of control wires i)Electrical service equipment j)Electrical junction boxes k)Irrigation controllers I) Sleeves for future connections m) Other equipment of a similar nature (as directed by the Engineer). The Contractor shall keep the blue print drawings available for the Engineer's inspection at any time. The Contractor shall make all changes to reproducible drawings in waterproof black ink (no ball point pen). Changes in dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and professional manner. Record construction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction. The Contractor shall provide one set of mylar "record" drawings to the Engineer after submitting blueline prints of the proposed "record" drawings for, and obtaining their approval by, the Engineer. ta r. Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 192 of 199 Add the following section: 308-7.2 Controller Chart. The Contractor shall prepare record drawings which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval by the Engineer before charts are prepared. The Contractor shall provide one controller chart of the maximum size the controller doorwill allow, for each controller supplied, showing the area covered by that automatic controller. The chart shall be a reduction of the actual record system drawing with a legend to explain all symbols. If the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, The Contractor shall enlarge it to a size that will be readable when reduced. The Contractor shall photocopy the chart, with a pastel transparent color used to show area of coverage for each station. When completed and approved, the Contractor shall hermetically seal the chart between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils thick. The Contractor shall complete the charts and obtain the Engineers approval prior to final inspection of the irrigation system. Add the following section: 308-7.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals. The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer, within 10 calendar days prior to completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail and sufficient quantity, properly prepared in four individual bound copies. The descriptive material shall describe the material installed in sufficient detail to permit qualified operating personnel to understand, operate, and maintain all equipment. The Contractor shall include spare parts list and related manufacturer information for each equipment item installed. Each manual shall include the following: a)Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number. b)Duration of Guarantee period. c)List of equipment, with names and addresses of manufacturer's local representative. d)Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. e)In addition to the maintenance manuals, the Contractor shall provide the agency mainte- nance personnel with instructions for major equipment, and show written evidence to the Engineer at the conclusion of the work that this service has been rendered. Add the following section: 308-7.4 Check List. The Contractor shall complete and forward signed and dated checklist to the Engineer before final acceptance of project, using the format shown: a)Plumbing permits (if none required, so note) b)Materials approval C) Pressure mainline test (by whom, and date) d)Record drawings completed (received by, and date) e)Controller chart completed (received by, and date) f)Materials furnished (received by, and date) g)Operation and maintenance manuals furnished (received by, and date) h)System and equipment operation instructions (received by, and date) i)Manufacturer warranties (received by, and date) j)Written guarantee by Contractor (received by, and date) 308-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Add the following: The lump-sum or unit prices set forth in the contract documents shall include, but not be limited to, full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work necessary to complete, main- tain, and guarantee the planting and irrigation work described or specified in the contract docu- ments, including soils testing and recommended soil amendments, seed and hydroseed slurry, 4A/ ta. —r- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 193 of 199 tree stakes, bark mulch, erosion control matting, plant materials, temporary irrigation and perma- nent irrigation, including reduced-pressure back-flow preventer, ball valves, drip valve assembly, electric control valves, quick couplers, control wires, pull boxes, valve boxes, all piping and sleeves, electrical conduits, irrigation heads, drip emitters, bubblers, drip irrigation equipment, connection from electrical service to irrigation electrical meter, connection from meter to irrigation controller(s), installation of controller enclosure, concrete pads, preparation, correction, reproduc- tion and lamination of "as-built" drawings, controller charts, assembly and submittal of the check list and operation and maintenance manuals and all appurtenances to the aforementioned items, as well as 120 days' maintenance and project guarantees. The Engineer reserves the right to stop payment until all punch list submitted to the Contractor every month are completed. SECTION 310 - PAINTING 310-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES. 310-5.6 Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings and Curb Markings. Modify the fifth paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, and supervision necessary for painting traffic lanes, directional arrows, guidelines, curbs, parking lines, cross- walks, and other designated markings in accordance with the Plans, or for approved temporary detours essential for safe control of traffic through and around the construction site. The Contrac- tor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may con- fuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings. 310-5.6.3 Equipment. Delete the ninth paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall provide a wet grinding machine with sufficient capacity to completely remove all existing or temporary traffic striping or markings that conflict with the striping plan, or are contrary to the Traffic Manual, or that may be confusing to the public. The surface produced by grinding the existing or temporary traffic striping or markings on pavement shall not exceed variations from a uniform plane more than 3 nnm (1/8") in 3 m (10') when measured parallel to the centerline of the street or more than 6 mm (1/4") in 3 m (10') when measured perpendicular to the centerline of the street. The use of any equipment that leaves ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks in the pavement shall be discontinued, and equipment capable of providing acceptable surface shall be furnished by the Contractor. This equipment shall meet all requirements of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction. 310-5.6.6 Preparation of Existing Surfaces. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contrac- tor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping re- moval from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Con- tractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10') thick asphalt concrete over- lay is not permitted. .1fr t Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 194 of 199 310-5.6.7 Layout, Alignment, and Spotting. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contrac- tor shall establish the necessary control points for all required pavement striping and markings by surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before es- tablishment of the necessary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic striping be- tween these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less than 80mm per 100m (1/2 inch in 50 feet) from the specified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight stripes deviating more than 80mm per 100mm (1/ 2 inch in 50 feet) by wet grinding, and then correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind installa- tion of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses. 310-5.6.8 Application of Paint. Modify the second paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall apply the first coat of paint immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Engineer. The Contractor shall paint the ends of each median nose yellow. Add the following to the eighth paragraph: The Contractor shall apply temporary traffic stripes in one coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly visible both day and night. 310-5.6.10 Measurement and Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Final and tempo- rary traffic striping, curb markings and pavement markings as shown on the plans and required by the specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price bid for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compen- sation will be allowed therefore. The lump sum prices bid and shall include all labor, tools, equip- ment, materials, and incidentals for doing all work in installing the final and temporary traffic strip- ing. Add the following Section: 310-7 PERMANENT SIGNING Add the following Section: 310-7.1 General. Add the following section: The Contractor shall provide and install all permanent traffic control signs at locations shown on plans and as specified herein. Add the following section: 310-7.2 Measurement and Payment. Permanent signing and appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump-sum item for permanent signing and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in supplying and installing perma- nent signing and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. —I- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 195 of 199 SECTION 313 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Add the following section: 313-1 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC PAVEMENT MARKERS. Add the following section: 313-1.1 General. The Contractor shall supply and install temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances at the locations shown on the plans and as required in the specifications, complete in place prior to opening the traveled way served by said final and temporary traffic pavement markers, signing, railing (type K) and appurtenances to public traffic. 313-1.2 Temporary Pavement Markers. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place temporary reflective raised pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Pavement striping, legends and markers which conflict with any traffic pattern shall be removed by grinding as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use temporary reflective raised pavement markers for temporary pavement marking, except when the temporary pavement markers are used to replace patterns of temporary traffic stripe that will be in place for less than 30 days. Reflective pavement markers used in place of the removable-type pavement markers shall conform to the section 312 "Pavement Marker Placement and Removal", except the 14-day waiting period before placing the pavement markers on new asphalt concrete surfacing as specified in section 312-1 "Placement", shall not apply; and epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Add the following section: 313-1.3 Channelizers. Channelizers shall be new surface-mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special pro- visions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm (3" x 12") in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m (1000') at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. The channelizer bases shall be cemented to the pavement in the same manner as provided for cementing pavement markers to pavement in sec- tion 312-1, "Placement." Channelizers shall be applied only on a clean, dry surface. Channelizers shall be placed on the alignment and location shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The channelizers shall be placed uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment. All layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment shall be performed by the Contractor. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certifi- cate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of section 4-1.5, "Certification". Said certif- icate shall certify that the channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the Engineer and were manufac- tured in accordance with a quality control program approved by the Engineer. Add the following section: 313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING. 40Ik4 1Pi1417 Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 196 of 199 Add the following section: 313-2.1 General. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, mark- ers, markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein. Add the following section: 313-2.2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs. If temporary traffic signs are displaced or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the Work within 18 hours of such marking being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is dis- covered during working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking. Add the following section: 313-3 TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) AND CRASH CUSHIONS. Add the following section: 313-3.1 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions. Temporary railing (Type K) shall consist of interconnected new or undamaged used precast concrete barrier units as shown on the plans. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall consist of new or undamaged used temporary sand- filled crash cushions units as shown on the plans. 313-3.1.1 Appearance. Exposed surfaces of new and used units of Temporary railing (Type K) shall be freshly coated with a white color paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall conform to the provisions in sections 210-1.5 "Paint Systems" and 310 "Painting". Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and cleanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48 hours. The Contractor Shall replace or repaint units of Temporary railing (Type K) or shall remove graffiti, tire or vehicle marks, dirt or any and all materials such that said marks or discoloration mar the appearance of said units when ordered by the Engineer after the units are in place. Add the following section. 313-3.1.2 Manufacture of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the tempo- rary railing (Type K) shall be manufactured per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Concrete used to manufacture Temporary railing (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in sections 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete" and 303-1 "Concrete Structures"." Load tickets and a Certificate of Compliance will not be required. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the provisions sections 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete" and 303-1 "Concrete Structures". Steel bars to receive bolts at ends of concrete panels shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M. The bolts shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. A round bar of the same diameter may be substituted for the end- connecting bolt shown on the plans. The bar shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M, shall have a minimum length of 660 mm and shall have a 75 mm (3") diameter by 9 mm (3/8") thick plate welded on the upper end with a 5-mm (3/16") fillet weld. The final surface finish of temporary railings (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in section 303-1.9.2 "Ordinary Surface Finish." Exposed surfaces of concrete elements shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or the pigmented curing compound method. The pigmented curing compound shall be type 2 curing compound. Temporary railing (Type K) may have the Contractor's name or logo on each panel. The name or logo shall not be more than 100 mm in height and shall be located not more than 300 mm above the bottom of the rail panel. —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 197 of 199 Add the following section. 313-3.1.3 Installation of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the tempo- rary railing (Type K) shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Temporary railing (Type K) shall be set on firm, stable foundation. The foundation shall be graded to provide a uniform bearing throughout the entire length of the railing. Abutting ends of precast concrete units shall be placed and maintained in alignment without substantial offset to each other. The precast concrete units shall be positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved align- ment Each rail unit placed within 3 m (10') of a traffic lane shall have a reflector installed on top of the rail as directed by the Engineer. Reflectors and adhesive will be furnished by the Contractor. A Type P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement shall also be installed at each end of railing installed adja- cent to a two-lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic of railing installed adjacent to a one-way roadbed. If the railing is placed on a skew, the marker shall be installed at the end of the skew nearest the traveled way. Type P marker panels shall conform to the provisions of section 206-7.2, "Temporary Traffic Signs". Where shown on the plans, threaded rods or dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. When temporary railings (Type K) are removed, any area where temporary excavation or embankment was used to accommodate the temporary rail- ing shall be restored to its previous condition or constructed to its planned condition. Add the following section: 313-3.2 Temporary Sand-Filled Crash Cushions. Temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be "Energite III" manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, "Fitch Inertial Barrier System Modules" manufactured by Roadway Safety Service, or equal. Features required to determine equivalence of any other temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be approval of the system by CALTRANS and that the temporary sand-filled crash cushion units meet NCHRP 350 stand- ards. Other features will be suitability to application, operational characteristics, durability and other such characteristics that the Engineer shall determine. Temporary sand-filled crash cush- ions (TSFCC) shall be of the type and array configurations shown on plans, and installed at every end of, or gap in, the temporary railing (Type K) whenever the closest point of approach of traffic, regardless of direction, is 4.6 m (15') or less to the end of the temporary railing (Type K) being considered. The TSFCC shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2 for ap- proach speeds no less than the posted speed of the street prior to construction or 55 kilometers per hour (35 mph), whichever is the greater. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to the appli- cation as shown on said standard drawings. A Type J and/or P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement shall also be installed at each TSFCC array as shown in CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2. Particular care shall be taken to assure that crash cushions are installed with the soil supporting them and the adjacent soil leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the temporary railing immediately adjacent to the crash cushion. All routes of approach to the TSCFF array shall be graded such that any vehicle diverging from the travelled way to strike the TSCFF will travel on a vertical alignment parallel to the segment of the travel lane that it departed from. Add the following section: 313-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Temporary traffic pavement markers, temporary channelizers, temporary signing, temporary railing (type K), temporary crash cushions and tem- porary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump-sum item for traffic control and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved to" Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6074 Page 198 of 199 in applying, installing, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic pavement markers, channeliz- ers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Payment for temporary crash cushions, concrete barriers and the signs and reflectors marking them shall include the installation, grading for installation, grading for the ap- proach path, maintenance, painting and re-painting, replacement of damaged units and removal and shall also be included in the lump-sum price bid for traffic control. Payment for installation and/or relocation of K-rails and crash cushions when not shown on the plans and requested by the Engineer shall be made per section 3-3, Extra Work, SSPWC. AIPS' tj —1- Revised 6/15/17 Contract No 6074 Page 199 of 199 Technical Specifications for: Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase I Construction Project Contract No. 6074 City of Carlsbad, California Date: August 5, 2019 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements - Phase I Specifications Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Technical Provisions Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements - Phase I 1 Technical Provisions TECHNICAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 Summary 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management & Coordination 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities & Controls 01 56 39 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection 01 73 00 Execution 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management & Disposal 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 01 78 40 Warranties & Bonds DIVISION 02 — EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 19 Selective Demolition DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 19 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors & Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 56 00 Exterior Lighting DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 84 00 Planting Irrigation 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses 32 93 00 Plants Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 10 00 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.Project information. 2.Work covered by Contract Documents. 3.Work required but not shown. 4.Governing documents, codes, and standards. 5.Conflicts/Clarifications 6.Access to site. 7.Work restrictions. 8.Specification and drawing conventions. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 1. Project Locations: a.Poinsettia Community Park: 6600 Hidden Valley Road, Carlsbad, CA 92011 b.Calavera Hills Community Park: 2997 Glasgow Drive, Carlsbad, CA 92010 c.Stage Coach Community Park: 3420 Camino De Los Caches, Carlsbad, CA 92009 B. Owner: 1. City of Carlsbad Parks & Recreation Department 799 Pine Ave. Suite 200 Carlsbad, CA 92008 C. Consultants: 1. Schmidt Design Group (Landscape Architect) JT Barr SUMMARY Page 1 of 6 01 10 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 Rosecrans Street. Suite G San Diego, CA 92106. (619) 236-1462 2. Alagia Engineering (Electrical Engineer) Neal Alagia 17743 Del Paso Drive Poway, CA 92064 (858) 746-7414 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. Upgrades to existing park lighting: a.Replacement of non-LED fixtures with new LED fixtures b.Removal and replacement of existing light poles and footings as noted on the construction documents. c.Removal and replacement of existing light fixtures retaining existing pole and footing as noted on the construction documents. d.Removal and replacement of wall mounted lighting fixtures as noted on construction documents. e.Wiring, pull boxes, conduit work trenching and backfill as needed and noted on the construction documents. f.Replacement of plant material such as trees, turf, shrubs, groundcovers, and mulch as needed based on demolition and construction activity. g.Replacement of hardscape as needed based on demolition and construction activity. h.Replacement and repair of existing irrigation systems as needed based on demolition and construction activity. B. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.5 WORK REQUIRED BUT NOT SHOWN A. The following items not shown on the drawings and/or described in the specifications shall be done by the Contractor and are included in the General Scope of the Work: 1. Contractor shall coordinate locations of all piping, electrical work and other items required to be installed. Carefully study all drawings, and request permission for sleeves, cutouts, etc., wherever required for proper installation and clearances. SUMMARY Page 2 of 6 01 10 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.6 GOVERNING DOCUMENTS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in strict accordance with: 1.The Contract. 2.The Drawings and Specifications. 3.The Project Manual. 4.Change Orders issued by the Owner. 5.The governing Building Code(s), all governing laws, ordinances, rules, permits, regulations and directives from governing authorities having jurisdiction over this work. 6.The approved construction time and sequence schedule. 7.Guarantees, warranties, and bonds in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents, with period of coverage as stated herein; except that if Contractor neglects to correct or complete work in final inspection check lists, during period of guarantee, Contractor shall still be responsible and required to do so after expiration dates of guarantee, until the corrective work is completed and accepted by the Owner. 1.7 CONFLICTS/CLARIFICATIONS A. Contract Drawings and Specifications 1. Relationship of Drawings and Specifications: a.The Drawings and Specifications taken together are the Contract Documents for this project. In the case of a discrepancy between the two, the more stringent will apply. b.The Drawings and Specifications are meant to be supplementary and complementary to each other. 1)That which is shown on the Drawings but not shown in the Specifications shall be provided the same as if shown in both places and to the same standard of quality as for similar items. 2)That which is shown in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings shall be provided the same as if shown in both places and to the same extent as for similar items. 3)Drawings show extent, location, dimension, relationship among various parts, and quantity of items. 4)Specifications show quality, trade names, generic names and workmanship standards. 2. Specifications: a. The Specifications consist of several parts, which are intended to complement each other so that when taken together they provide the complete project requirements. SUMMARY Page 3 of 6 01 10 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 b.All parts shown in the Contents together with Addenda, Construction Change Directives, Proposal Requests, Approved Change Orders, Executed Contracts, and Bonds comprise the Contract Documents. c.Each Section of the Specification includes all parts of Division 00- Bidding and Contract Documents (including Contract Forms) and of Division 01 - General Requirements, as though written in full within each Section. d.Titles and headings to the Divisions and Sections conform to the CSI format and are introduced for convenience and shall not be taken as a complete or correct segregation of the several units of work. e.Specifications are of the abbreviated type and include incomplete sentences; all instructions are directed to the Contractor even though such phrases as "the Contractor shall," or "shall be done by the Contractor" have been omitted. f.Terms such as "directed," "required," "selected," "permitted," "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," and the like mean by the Architect, unless otherwise indicated. g.Terms such as "shown," "indicated," "detailed," and the like mean upon the Drawings. h.The terms "provide" or "furnish" mean complete and in place. i.The Scope paragraph, or similar paragraphs that describe the work, in each Section is intended to serve as an index of those items specified within the Section, as a locator for those items which are similar or are interfaces as specified elsewhere, and as a reminder of the inclusion of requirements of Division 00- Bidding and Contract Requirement (including Contract Forms) and of Division 01- General Requirement; the index may not be complete; all products, equipment and labor necessary for a complete, safe and operating project are implied if not fully mentioned. B. Conflicts/Clarifications 1.When conflicts occur that the Contractor is aware of in the Drawings (i.e. structural versus architectural) or Drawings and Specifications (i.e. Roof Detail versus Specifications) NONE of the above governs. The Contractor shall notify Architect PRIOR TO PROCEEDING and the Architect will determine which way to proceed. IN EITHER CASE, IT WILL BE ASSUMED THE CONTRACTOR BID THE MORE EXPENSIVE METHOD. 2.When conflicts occur that are not brought to the Architect's attention, the following shall govern: a.Addenda or modifications of any nature, to the Drawings and Specifications, take precedent over the original. b.In the case of a discrepancy between the Specifications and the Drawings the more stringent requirement will apply. c.Within the Working Drawings, the larger scale takes precedence over smaller and noted materials over graphic indications. C. See also Division 01 - General Conditions for additional information and requirements. SUMMARY Page 4 of 6 01 10 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.8 ACCESS TO SITE A.General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B.Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a.Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b.Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. 1.9 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work to normal business working hours of 7 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. 1.No work on Saturdays, Sundays or city holidays. 2.Early Morning Hours: 7:00 AM. 3.Hours for Utility Shutdowns: 7:00 AM to 2:30 PM. 4.Hours for Core Drilling and other noisy activities: 7:00 AM to 4:00 PM. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1.Notify Construction Manager & Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2.Obtain Construction Manager's & Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1.Notify Owner, Construction Manager, & adjacent residents not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2.Obtain Construction Manager's & Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. SUMMARY Page 5 of 6 01 10 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 E. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative. 1.10 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1.Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2.Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY Page 6 of 6 01 10 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B.General Provisions of the Contract Section 1-1.3, EQUALS AND APPROVALS and Section 4-1.6, TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS apply to this section with regard to substitutions made after Notice to Proceed. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1.Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2.Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." C. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." D. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 1 of 4 01 25 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 E. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1.Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A. 2.Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a.Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. b.Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c.Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d.Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e.Samples, where applicable or requested. f.Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g.List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of Landscape Architects and owners. h.Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i.Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j.Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k.Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. I. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 4 01 25 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Landscape Architect's Action: If necessary, Landscape Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Landscape Architect will notify Contractor through City Engineer of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a.Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Landscape Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b.Use product specified if Landscape Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Landscape Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Landscape Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a.Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b.Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product provided. c.Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. •SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 4 01 25 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 d.Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. e.Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. f.Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. g.Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. h.Requested substitution provides specified warranty. i.If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 4 01 25 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1.General coordination procedures. 2.Coordination drawings. 3.Requests for Information (RFIs). 4.Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. C. Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 2.Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner, City Engineer, Landscape Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Page 1 of 8 01 31 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1.Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2.Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3.Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1.Landscape Architect will return RFIs submitted to Landscape Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2.Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1.Project name. 2.Project number. 3.Date. 4.Name of Contractor. 5.Name of Landscape Architect at id City Engineer. 6.RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7.RFI subject. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Page 2 of 8 01 31 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 8.Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9.Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10.Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11.Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12.Contractor's signature. 13.Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Landscape Architect. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. D. Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's Action: Landscape Architect and City Engineer will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Landscape Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Landscape Architect or City Engineer after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a.Requests for approval of submittals. b.Requests for approval of substitutions. c.Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d.Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e.Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. 1. Requests for interpretation of Landscape Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Landscape Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Landscape Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Landscape Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Landscape Architect and City Engineer in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: 1.Project name. 2.Name and address of Contractor. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Page 3 of 8 01 31 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.Name and address of Landscape Architect and City Engineer. 4.RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5.RFI description. 6.Date the RFI was submitted. 7.Date Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's response was received. F. On receipt of Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Landscape Architect and City Engineer within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 2.Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: City Engineer will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1.Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Landscape Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2.Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3.Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner, City Engineer, and Landscape Architect, within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: City Engineer will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Landscape Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1.Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2.Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, City Engineer, Landscape Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3.Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a.Tentative construction schedule. b.Phasing. c.Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d.Designation of key personnel and their duties. e.Lines of communications. f.Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Page 4 of 8 01 31 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 g.Procedures for RFIs. h.Procedures for testing and inspecting. i.Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j.Distribution of the Contract Documents. k.Submittal procedures. I. Preparation of record documents. m.Use of the premises. n.Work restrictions. o.Working hours. p.Owner's occupancy requirements. q.Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. r.Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. s.Construction waste management and recycling. t.Parking availability. u.Office, work, and storage areas. v.Equipment deliveries and priorities. w.First aid. x.Security. y.Progress cleaning. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1.Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Landscape Architect, City Engineer of scheduled meeting dates. 2.Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a.Contract Documents. b.Options. c.Related RFIs. d.Related Change Orders. e.Purchases. f.Deliveries. g.Submittals. h.Review of mockups. i.Possible conflicts. j.Compatibility requirements. k.Time schedules. I. Weather limitations. m.Manufacturer's written instructions. n.Warranty requirements. o.Compatibility of materials. p.Acceptability of substrates. q.Temporary facilities and controls. r.Space and access limitations. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Page 5 of 8 01 31 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 s.Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t.Testing and inspecting requirements. u.Installation procedures. v.Coordination with other work. w.Required performance results. x.Protection of adjacent work. y.Protection of construction and personnel. 3.Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4.Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5.Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: City Engineer will schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Landscape Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, City Engineer, Landscape Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a.Preparation of record documents. b.Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. c.Submittal of written warranties. d.Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. e.Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. f.Requirements for demonstration and training. g.Preparation of Contractor's punch list. h.Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. i.Submittal procedures. j.Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. E. Progress Meetings: City Engineer will conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1.Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2.Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, City Engineer, and Landscape Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Page 6 of 8 01 31 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a.Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b.Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1)Interface requirements. 2)Sequence of operations. 3)Status of submittals. 4)Deliveries. 5)Off-site fabrication. 6)Access. 7)Site utilization. 8)Temporary facilities and controls. 9)Progress cleaning. 10)Quality and work standards. 11)Status of correction of deficient items. 12)Field observations. 13)Status of RFIs. 14)Status of proposal requests. 15)Pending changes. 16)Status of Change Orders. 17)Pending claims and disputes. 18)Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Page 7 of 8 01 31 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Page 8 of 8 01 31 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B.Related Requirements: (Not Used) 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B.Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." C.File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files. D.Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Landscape SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 1 of 9 01 33 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 Architect and City Engineer and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1.Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2.Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3.Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4.Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a.Scheduled date for first submittal. b.Specification Section number and title. c.Submittal category: Action; informational. d.Name of subcontractor. e.Description of the Work covered. f.Scheduled date for Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's final release or approval. g.Scheduled date of fabrication. 1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Landscape Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files (PDF and AutoCAD Format) of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Landscape Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. 1. Landscape Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings. a. The following PDF files will by furnished for each appropriate discipline: 1)Building plans and details. 2)Construction Site plans and details. 3)Grading and drainage plans and details. 4)Electrical plans and details. 5)Landscape and irrigation plans and details. b. The following AutoCAD files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline: 1)Construction Site plans. 2)Gradg arid dilacie p!ans. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 2 of 9 01 33 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1.Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2.Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3.Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Landscape Architect and City Engineer reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on City Engineer's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1.Initial Review: Allow 10 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. City Engineer will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2.Resubmittal Review: Allow 10 days for review of each resubmittal. 3.Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Landscape Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. a. Structural, plumbing, electrical components, drainage devises. D. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1.Assemble complete submittal package into, a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2.Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., SYCPark- 061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., SYCPark-061000.01.A). 3.Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Landscape Architect and City Engineer. 4.Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use electronic form acceptable to Owner, containing the following information: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 3 of 9 01 33 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 a.Project name. b.Date. c.Name of City Engineer. d.Name of Contractor. e.Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. f.Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. g.Category and type of submittal. h.Submittal purpose and description. i.Specification Section number and title. j.Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. k.Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. I. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m.Related physical samples submitted directly. n.Indication of full or partial submittal. o.Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. p.Submittal and transmittal distribution record. q.Other necessary identification. r.Remarks. E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Landscape Architect. F. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Landscape Architect and City Engineer on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal. G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1.Note date and content of previous submittal. 2.Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3.Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's action stamp. H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's action stamp. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 4 of 9 01 33 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. a. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 2.Action Submittals: Submit three paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return two copies. 3.Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Landscape Architect and City Engineer will not return copies. 4.Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a.Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b.Manufacturer's product specifications. c.Standard color charts. d.Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e.Testing by recognized testing agency. f.Application of testing agency labels and seals. g.Notation of coordination requirements. h.Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a.Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b.Printed performance curves. c.Operational range diagrams. d.Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 5 of 9 01 33 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 5.Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6.Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a.Identification of products. b.Schedules. c.Compliance with specified standards. d.Notation of coordination requirements. e.Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f.Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g.Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 22by 34 inches. 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a.Generic description of Sample. b.Product name and name of manufacturer. c.Sample source. d.Number and title of applicable Specification Section. e.Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual E.',pc.clflcatlon Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 6 of 9 01 33 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 4.Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return submittal with options selected. 5.Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Landscape Architect and City Engineer will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. 1)Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2)If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1.Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2.Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3.Location within room or space. 4.Submit product schedule in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. F. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. G. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 7 of 9 01 33 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. H.Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. I.Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. J.Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. K.Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. L.Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. M.Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. N.Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 0. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimenaions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Landscape Architect and City Engineer. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 8 of 9 01 33 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT'S AND CITY ENGINEER'S ACTION A.Action Submittals: Landscape Architect and City Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Landscape Architect and City Engineer will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action. B.Informational Submittals: Landscape Architect and City Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Landscape Architect and City Engineer will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C.Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Landscape Architect and City Engineer. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Landscape Architect without action. END OF SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 9 of 9 01 33 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B.Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1.Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2.Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3.Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Landscape Architect, Owner, City Engineer, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4.Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Quality-Assurance Services; Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B.Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Landscape Architect or City Engineer. C.Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1.Laboratory Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies constructed at testing facility to verify performance characteristics. 2.Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately from the building but on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies. 3.Room Mockups: Mockups of typical interior spaces complete with wall, floor, and ceiling finishes, doors, windows, millwork, casework, specialties, furnishings and equipment, and lighting. D.Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. E.Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. F.Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop. G.Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. H.Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. I.Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). J.Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Landscape Architect for a decision before proceeding. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Landscape Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities. B.Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel. C.Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. D.Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1.Specification Section number and title. 2.Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3.Description of test and inspection. 4.Identification of applicable standards. 5.Identification of test and inspection methods. 6.Number of tests and inspections required. 7.Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8.Requirements for obtaining samples. 9.Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to •Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Landscape Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality- assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule. B.Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent. C.Submittal Proccclu: Descr;be procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1.Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor- elected tests and inspections. 2.Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of Special Inspections." 3.Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Landscape Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1.Date of issue. 2.Project title and number. 3.Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4.Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5.Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6.Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7.Identification of product and Specification Section. 8.Complete test or inspection data. 9.Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10.Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11.Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12.Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13.Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1.Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2.Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4.Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5.Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6.Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7.Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1.Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2.Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3.Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4.Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5.Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C.Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D.Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E.Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed fol. installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 5 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1.NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2.NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a.Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b.Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c.Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d.Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e.Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f.When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 6 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 1.9 QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1.Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2.Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3.Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4.Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5.Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6.Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." C. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Landscape Architect, City Engineer, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 7 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Notify Landscape Architect, City Engineer, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2.Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3.Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4.Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5.Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6.Do not perform any duties of Contractor. F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1.Access to the Work. 2.Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3.Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4.Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5.Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6.Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7.Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality- assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses. 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Landscape Architect, City Engineer, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. 1.10 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency and/or special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows: QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 8 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2.Notifying Landscape Architect, City Engineer, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3.Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service to Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4.Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5.Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6.Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1.Date test or inspection was conducted. 2.Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3.Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Landscape Architect. 4.Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A.General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 73 00 "Execution." B.Protect construction '...'xpc:32c.! by sr for quality-control service activities. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 9 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 10 of 10 01 40 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 2.Section 32 12 16 "Asphalt Paving" for construction and maintenance of asphalt pavement for temporary roads and paved areas. 3.Section 32 13 13 "Concrete Paving" for construction and maintenance of cement concrete pavement for temporary roads and paved areas. 1.3 USE CHARGES A.General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Landscape Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B.Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C.Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D.Electric Power Service: Pay electric-pcwer-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 7 01 50 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire- prevention program. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B.Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8- inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch-OD top rails. B.Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8- inch-OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts. C.Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 7 01 50 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." B.Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A.General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B.Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C.Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. D.Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. E.Eectric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Install temporary electric power service overhead unless otherwise indicated. F.Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 3 of 7 01 50 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. 2.Install lighting for Project identification sign. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1.Provide construction for temporary shops and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2.Maintain support facilities until city inspector schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. C. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations. 1.Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2.Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas. 3.Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Section 32 12 16 "Asphalt Paving." D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2.Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1.Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2.Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 4 of 7 01 50 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 F.Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." G.Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 01 73 00 "Execution." H.Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to Sycamore Park SWPPP Site Plan. 1.Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones. 2.Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3.Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4.Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. E. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 56 39 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." F. Tree and Plant tornporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 5 of 7 01 50 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 G. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials. H. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1.Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2.Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner. I. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day. J. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. K. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. L. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1.Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2.Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4.Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A.Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B.Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 6 of 7 01 50 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 C.Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight. D.Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. E.Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1.Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2.Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 7 of 7 01 50 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 56 39 - TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that are affected by execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary site fencing. 2.Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for removing existing trees and shrubs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Caliper: Diameter of a trunk measured by a diameter tape at a height 6 inches above the ground for trees up to and including 4-inch size at this height and as measured at a height of 12 inches above the ground for trees larger than 4-inch size. B.Caliper (DBH): Diameter breast height; diameter of a trunk as measured by a diameter tape at a height 54 inches above the ground line. C.Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings. D.Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction and [indicated on Drawings] [defined by a circle concentric with each tree with a radius 1.5 times the diameter of the drip line unless otherwise indicated] defined by a circle concentric with each tree with a radius 12 times the tree's caliper size and with a minimum radius of 96 inches unless otherwise indicated. E. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Page 1 of 8 01 56 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1. Review methods and procedures related to temporary tree and plant protection including, but not limited to, the following: a.Tree-service firm's personnel and equipment needed to make progress and avoid delays. b.Arborist's responsibilities. c.Quality-control program. d.Coordination of Work and equipment movement with the locations of protection zones. e.Trenching by hand or with air spade within protection zones. f.Field quality control. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1.Include plans, elevations, sections, and locations of protection-zone fencing and signage, showing relation of equipment-movement routes and material storage locations with protection zones. 2.Detail fabrication and assembly of protection-zone fencing and signage. 3.Indicate extent of trenching by hand or with air spade within protection zones. C. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction. 1.Species and size of tree. 2.Location on site plan. Include unique identifier for each. 3.Reason for pruning. 4.Description of pruning to be performed. 5.Description of maintenance following pruning. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: For arborist and tree service firm. B.Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and properly treated and repaired when damaged. C.Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees affected by construction during and after completing the Work. D.Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain, which establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage reused by construction activites. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or video recordings. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Page 2 of 8 01 56 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plants designated to remain. E. Quality-control program. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Arborist Qualifications: Certified Arborist as certified by ISA. B.Tree Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced tree service firm that has successfully completed temporary tree and plant protection work similar to that required for this Project and that will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project site during execution of the Work. C.Quality-Control Program: Prepare a written program to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow procedures and handle materials and equipment during the Work without damaging trees and plantings. Include dimensioned diagrams for placement of protection zone fencing and signage, the arborist's and tree-service firm's responsibilities, instructions given to workers on the use and care of protection zones, and enforcement of requirements for protection zones. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones: 1.Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2.Moving or parking vehicles or equipment. 3.Foot traffic. 4.Erection of sheds or structures. 5.Impoundment of water. 6.Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 7.Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. B. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones. C. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones and organic mulch. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Backfill Soil: Planting soil of suitable moisture content and granular texture for placing around tree; free of stones, roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps, pockets of coarse sand, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Page 3 of 8 01 56 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1. Planting Soil: Planting soil as specified in Section 32 91 15 "Soil Preparation (Performance Specification)." B. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing for trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: 1.Type: Ground or shredded bark. 2.Size Range: 3 inches maximum, 1/2 inch minimum. 3.Color: Natural. C. Protection-Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting the following requirements: 1. Plastic Protection-Zone Fencing: Plastic construction fencing constructed of high- density extruded and stretched polyethylene fabric with 2-inch maximum opening in pattern and weighing a minimum of 0.4 lb/ft.; remaining flexible from minus 60 to plus 200 deg F; inert to most chemicals and acids; minimum tensile yield strength of 2000 psi and ultimate tensile strength of 2680 psi; secured with plastic bands or galvanized-steel or stainless-steel wire ties; and supported by tubular or T-shape galvanized-steel posts spaced not more than 96 inches apart. a.Height: 48 inches. b.Color: High-visibility orange, nonfading. D. Protection-Zone Signage: Shop-fabricated, rigid plastic or metal sheet with attachment holes prepunched and reinforced; legibly printed with nonfading lettering and as follows: 1. Lettering: 3-inch-high minimum, black characters on white background. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Examine the site to verify that temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures are in place. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. B.Prepare written report, endorsed by arborist, listing conditions detrimental to tree and plant protection. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain. Tie a 1-inch blue vinyl tape around each tree trunk at 54 inches above the ground. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Page 4 of 8 01 56 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B.Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations. C.Tree-Protection Zones: Mulch areas inside tree-protection zones and other areas indicated. Do not exceed indicated thickness of mulch. 1. Apply 2-inch uniform thickness of organic mulch unless otherwise indicated. Do not place mulch within 6 inches of tree trunks. 3.3 PROTECTION ZONES A. Protection-Zone Fencing: Install protection-zone fencing along edges of protection zones before materials or equipment are brought on the site and construction operations begin in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering protected areas except by entrance gates. Construct fencing so as not to obstruct safe passage or visibility at vehicle intersections where fencing is located adjacent to pedestrian walkways or in close proximity to street intersections, drives, or other vehicular circulation. 1.Chain-Link Fencing: Install to comply with ASTM F 567 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 2.Posts: Set or drive posts into ground one-third the total height of the fence without concrete footings. Where a post is located on existing paving or concrete to remain, provide appropriate means of post support acceptable to Landscape Architect. 3.Access Gates: Install where necessary; adjust to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly; free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. B. Protection-Zone Signage: Install protection-zone signage in visibly prominent locations in a manner approved by Landscape Architect. Install one sign spaced approximately every 35 feet on protection-zone fencing, but no fewer than four signs with each facing a different direction. C. Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash. D. Maintain protection-zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Landscape Architect and remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been removed from the site. 1.Do not remove protection-zone fencing, even temporarily, to allow deliveries or equipment access through the protection zone. 2.Temporary access is permitted subject to preapproval in writing by arborist if a root buffer effective against soil compaction is constructed as directed by arborist. Maintain root buffer so long as access is permitted. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Page 5 of 8 01 56 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.4 EXCAVATION A.General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection zones according to requirements in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving" unless otherwise indicated. B.Trenching within Protection Zones: Where utility trenches are required within protection zones, excavate under or around tree roots by hand or with air spade, or tunnel under the roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do not cut main lateral tree roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots as required for root pruning. If excavating by hand, use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. C.Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction and as required for root pruning. D.Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil. 3.5 ROOT PRUNING A. Prune tree roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune roots as follows: 1.Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. 2.Cut Ends: As directed and recommended by the arborist. 3.Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently redirected and covered with soil. 4.Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly. 5.Backfill as soon as possible according to requirements in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving." B. Root Pruning at Edge of Protection Zone: Prune tree roots 12 inches outside of the protection zone by cleanly cutting all roots to the depth of the required excavation. C. Root Pruning within Protection Zone: Clear and excavate by hand or with air spade to the depth of the required excavation to minimize damage to tree root systems. If excavating by hand, use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil to expose roots. Cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Page 6 of 8 01 56 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.6 CROWN PRUNING A. Prune branches that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune branches as directed by arborist. 1.Prune to remove only injured, broken, dying, or dead branches unless otherwise indicated. Do not prune for shape unless otherwise indicated. 2.Do not remove or reduce living branches to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system. 3.Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1). B. Unless otherwise directed by arborist and acceptable to Landscape Architect, do not cut tree leaders. C. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. D. Do not paint or apply sealants to wounds. E. Provide subsequent maintenance pruning during Contract period as recommended by arborist. F. Chip removed branches and dispose of off-site. 3.7 REGRADING A.Lowering Grade within Protection Zone: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade away from trees as' recommended by arborist unless otherwise indicated. 1. Root Pruning: Prune tree roots exposed by lowering the grade. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots. Cut roots as required for root pruning. B.Minor Fill within Protection Zone: Where existing grade is 2 inches or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with backfill soil. Place backfill soil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Engage a qualified arborist to direct plant-protection measures in the vicinity of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain and to prepare inspection reports. 3.9 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Landscape Architect. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Page 7 of 8 01 56 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Submit details of proposed pruning and repairs. 2.Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours according to arborist's written instructions. 3.Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full- growth status, as determined by Landscape Architect. B. Trees: Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction operations that Landscape Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. 1.Small Trees: Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced for each tree that measures 6 inches or smaller in caliper size. 2.Large Trees: Provide one new tree(s) of 6-inch caliper size for each tree being replaced that measures more than 6-inches in caliper size. a. Species: As selected by Landscape Architect. 3.Plant and maintain new trees as specified in Section 32 93 00 "Plants." C. Excess Mulch: Rake mulched area within protection zones, being careful not to injure roots. Rake to loosen and remove mulch that exceeds a 2-inch uniform thickness to remain. D. Soil Aeration: Where directed by Landscape Architect, aerate surface soil compacted during construction, Aerate 10 feet beyond drip line and no closer than 36 inches to tree trunk. Drill 2-inch-diameter holes a minimum of 12 inches deep at 24 inches o.c. Backfill holes with an equal mix of augered soil and sand. 3.10 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 01 56 39 TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Page 8 of 8 01 56 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 73 00 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1.Construction layout. 2.Field engineering and surveying. 3.Installation of the Work. 4.Cutting and patching. 5.Coordination of Owner-installed products. 6.Progress cleaning. 7.Starting and adjusting. 8.Protection of installed construction. B. Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2.Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3.Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. 4.Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B.Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information: EXECUTION Page 1 of 9 01 73 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching. 2.Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work. 3.Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 4.Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems. B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated. B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following: a.Primary operational systems and equipment. b.Fire-suppression systems. c.Control systems. d.Communication systems. e.Conveying systems. f.Electrical wiring systems. g.Operating systems of special construction. C. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 mATEFZIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. EXECUTION Page 2 of 9 01 73 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Landscape Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, and other construction affecting the Work. 1.Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities. 2.Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. C. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. D. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1.Description of the Work. 2.List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3.List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4.Recommended corrections. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility and Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. EXECUTION Page 3 of 9 01 73 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B.Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C.Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D.Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Landscape Architect according to requirements in Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Landscape Architect and Construction Manager promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor or professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1.Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2.Establish limits on use of Project site. 3.Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4.Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5.Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6.Notify Landscape Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7.Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Landscape Architect and Construction Manager. EXECUTION Page 4 of 9 01 73 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Identification: Contractor shall identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners. B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1.Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Landscape Architect or Construction Manager. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Landscape Architect and Construction Manager before proceeding. 2.Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1.Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2.Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3.Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework. 1.Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point. 2.Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey." 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1.Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2.Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3.Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. EXECUTION Page 5 of 9 01 73 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1.Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Landscape Architect. 2.Allow for movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3.Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. EXECUTION Page 6 of 9 01 73 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1.In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2.Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3.Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4.Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5.Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6.Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1.Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2.Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. EXECUTION Page 7 of 9 01 73 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 a.Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b.Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1.Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2.Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3.Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored 4.Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1.Remove liquid spills promptly. 2.Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposai: Do not buiy or bum waste rnateiials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." EXECUTION Page 8 of 9 01 73 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 H.During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I.Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J.Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A.Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B.Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C.Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D.Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A.Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION Page 9 of 9 01 73 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 74 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1.Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2.Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3.Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1.Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements, and for disposition of hazardous waste. 2.Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B.Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D.Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E.Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F.Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Page 1 of 6 01 74 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following: 1. Demolition Waste: a.Asphalt paving. b.Concrete. c.Concrete reinforcing steel. d.Concrete masonry units. e.Electrical conduit. f.Copper wiring. g.Lighting fixtures. h.Lamps. i.Ballasts. j.Electrical devices. k.Switchgear and panelboards. I. Transformers. m.Wood fence. n.Tubular steel fence. o.Utility poles 2. Construction Waste: a.Masonry and CMU. b.Lumber. c.Wood sheet materials. d.Wood trim. e.Metals. f.Piping. g.Electrical conduit. h.Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: 1)Paper. 2)Cardboard. 3)Boxes. 4)Plastic sheet and film. 5)Polystyrene packaging. 6)Wood crates. 7)Plastic pails. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Page 2 of 6 01 74 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 • 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for the Notice of Award. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Use Form CWM-7 for construction waste and Form CWM-8 for demolition waste. Include the following information: 1.Material category. 2.Generation point of waste. 3.Total quantity of waste in tons. 4.Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons. 5.Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons. 6.Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons. 7.Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste. B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Page 3 of 6 01 74 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A.General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B.Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1. Review locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. C.Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1.Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2.Comply with Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1.Clean salvaged items. 2.Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3.Store items in a secure area until installation. 4.Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5.Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site. C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: 1.Clean salvaged items. 2.Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Page 4 of 6 01 74 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4.Transport items to Owner's storage area off-site designated by Owner. 5.Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A.General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B.Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. C.Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1.Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2.Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3.Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4.Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5.Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. 3.4 • RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A.Asphalt Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility. B.Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials. C.Metals: Separate metals by type. 1.Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2.Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. 3.5 RECYCLINC CONSTRUCTION ‘gAviASTE A. Packaging: CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Page 5 of 6 01 74 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2.Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3.Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4.Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1.Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2.Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2.Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Owner's property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished. D. Disposal: Remove waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner's property. E. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Page 6 of 6 01 74 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1.Substantial Completion procedures. 2.Final completion procedures. 3.Warranties. 4.Final cleaning. 5.Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2.Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For cleaning agents. B.Contractor's List of IncompIete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C.Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B.Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C.Field Report: For pest control inspection. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Page 1 of 5 01 77 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1.Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2.Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3.Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4.Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by City Engineer. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1.Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2.Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3.Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4.Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5.Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 6.Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 7.Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 8.Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Page 2 of 5 01 77 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect and City Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Landscape Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1.Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2.Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1.Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Landscape Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Landscape Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 2.Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 3.Submit pest-control final inspection report. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Landscape Architect and City Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1.Organize list of si_iaei) in Cquantial ordef. 2.Include the following information at the top of each page: CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Page 3 of 5 01 77 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 a.Project name. b.Date. c.Name of Landscape Architect and City Engineer. d.Name of Contractor. e.Page number. 3. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a.MS Excel electronic file. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return annotated file. b.PDF electronic file. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return annotated file. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Landscape Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. 1.Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2.Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3.Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title 'WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 4.Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Page 4 of 5 01 77 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A.General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B.Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. C.Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A.Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B.Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1.Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2.Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3.Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may. impede operation or reduce longevity. 4.Replace burned-out bulbs and bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use. END OF SECTION 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Page 5 of 5 01 77 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 78 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1.Record Drawings. 2.Record Specifications. 3.Record Product Data. 4.Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Requirements: C. 1.Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for certified survey. 2.Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1.Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2.Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1)Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one of file prints. 2)Landscape Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 01 78 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1)Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set(s) of prints. 2)Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B.Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. C.Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a.Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b.Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c.Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d.Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e.Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a.Dimensional changes to Drawings. b.Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c.Locations and depths of underground utilities. d.Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. e.Revisions to electrical circuitry. f.Actual equipment locations. g.Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. h.Changes made following Landscape Architect's written orders. i.Details not on the original Contract Drawings. j.Field records for variable and concealed conditiot is. k.Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 01 78 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4.Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5.Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6.Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Landscape Architect and City Engineer. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1.Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2.Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3.Refer instances of uncertainty to Landscape Architect through City Engineer for resolution. 4.Landscape Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a.See Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for requirements related to use of Landscape Architect's digital data files. b.Landscape Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers. C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1.Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2.Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3.Identification: As follows: a.Project name. b.Date. c.Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d.Name of Landscape Architect and City Engineer. e.Name of Contractor. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 01 78 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up miscellaneous record submittals. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A.Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B.Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 01 78 39 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 01 78 40 — WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers' standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1.Compile specified warranties and bonds. 2.Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. 3.Co-execute submittals when so specified. 4.Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. 5.Submit the above to the Owner for review. 6.Refer to the General Conditions for General Warranty of Construction. 7.Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's period for correction of the Work. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 8.Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Work under this Contract shall be warranted by the Contractor against all defects for a minimum of one (1) year from the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portions thereof or for a minimum of one (1) year after acceptance by the Owner of designated equipment. In case of items remaining uncompleted after Date of Substantial Completion, the one-year warranty period shall run from the date of acceptance of such items. Special warranties applicable to definite parts of the Work and as specifically stipulated in the separate Sections of the Specifications or other Contract Documents shall be subject to the terms of this Paragraph during the first year of the life of such warranty. If repairs or changes are required in connection with the warranted Work within any warranty period, the Contractor shall, promptly upon receipt of notice from the Owner, Landscape Architect or ArchitectLandscape Architect, and without expense to the Owner, comply with the following: WARRANTIES AND BONDS Page 1 of 6 017840 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 9.Place in satisfactory condition in every particular, all of such warranted Work and correct all defects herein. 10.Make good damage to the buildings or site, which is the result of the cause for said repairs and changes. 11.Make good any Work, including the equipment and contents of said buildings or site, disturbed in fulfilling any such warranty. B.The Owner may, at his sole discretion, after the Contractor has received seven (7) days written notice, repair or cause to be repaired special equipment which he has caused to be furnished and installed and which may be damaged and the repair of which is included in the provision of any warranty; however, where special equipment is involved which, because of its inherent nature, may suffer further damage or cause loss to the Owner due to the seven day delay, the Owner may cause such to the seven day delay, the Owner may cause such equipment to be repaired without notice to the Contractor. The cost of such repairs and the reconditioning of the equipment to its exact state prior to damage. C.If repairs or changes are required in connection with warranted Work within any warranty period and notice thereof is given within such period, the warranty shall continue as to Work requiring repair or change until the things herein required to be done are completed, and the termination of the warranty period shall not apply thereto. D.In case of Work performed by Subcontractors and where special warranties are required, warranties addressed to and in favor of the Owner shall be secured from said Subcontractors. E.No provision in the Contract Documents nor in any special or general warranty shall be held to limit, as to time or scope of liability, the Contractor's liability for defects, or the liability of his sureties, to less than the legal limit of liability under laws having jurisdiction. F.The Contractor will not be held responsible for defects due to misuse, negligence, willful damage, improper maintenance, or accident caused by others, nor shall he be responsible for parts whose replacement is necessitated by failure of the Owner's maintenance forces to properly clean and service them provided that the Contractor has furnished complete maintenance instructions to the Owner. G.Submit warranties to Landscape Architect or Architect for review and transmittal to Owner. H.The delivery of any warranties shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation assumed under any other provision of the Contract Documents. The obligations of the Contractor, under this Section, shall survive termination of the Contract. J. Some work may require warranties for more than one (1) year. 1.3 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide acces6 for correction of warranted construction. WARRANTIES AND BONDS Page 2 of 6 017840 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work coveted by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 1.Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on the Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 1.4 SUBMITTALS General: 2.Submit written warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors to the Owner. 3.For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction, submit documents within 10 days after inspection and acceptance. 4.For all other items, submit at closeout. 5.When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Owner within 10 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. 6.For items of work, where acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide update submittal within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. WARRANTIES AND BONDS Page 3 of 6 017840 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner for approval prior to final execution. 1. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. Form of Submittal: Compile 2 copies of each required warranty properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. Bind Warranties and Bonds in heavy-duty, commercial-quality, durable 3-ring, vinyl- covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the following: a.Product or work item. b.Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number. c.Scope. d.Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. e.Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract. f.Provide information on proper procedures in case of failure, and instances that might affect the validity of warranty or bond. g.Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 3. Bind Warranties and Bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3- ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8 'V by 11" paper. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS" for (list product), the Project title or name and name of the Contractor. 4. When warranted construction requires operation and maintenance manuals, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. B. Special Guarantees are required by various sections of the Specifications. Assemble written Guarantees, label and submit to the Owner's Project Manager for review and transmittal to the Owner. 1. Equipment Guarantees shall be written in the manufacturer's standard •form and shall be countersigned by the Subcontractor and Supplier and the Contractor. WARRANTIES AND BONDS Page 4 of 6 017840 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.All other Guarantees shall be written on the subcontractor's or supplier's letterhead and shall be countersigned by the Contractor. 3.Bind Guarantees in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8 1/2" by 11" paper. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "GUARANTEES", the Project title or name and the name of the Contractor. 4.When operating and maintenance are required for Guaranteed construction, provide additional copies of each Guarantee, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 WARRANTIES Submit warranties, bonds, service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of the Specifications. 3.2 FORM OF WARRANTY A Warranties shall be in the form set forth below and shall be typed on the Contractor's own letterhead. Please see next page. END OF SECTION 01 78 40 Following are: Sample "Warranty For " WARRANTIES AND BONDS Page 5 of 6 017840 WARRANTY FOR We hereby warrant that the that we have installed in the has been done in accord with the Contract Documents and that the Work as installed will fulfill the requirements of the warranty included in the Specifications. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our Work together with any other adjacent Work which may be displaced or damaged by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or materials within a period of year(s) from date of acceptance of the above-named Work, without any expense to the Owner, unusual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the foregoing conditions within seven (7) days after being notified in writing by the Owner, we collectively or separately do hereby authorize the Owner or its successor in interest to proceed to have said defects repaired and made good at our expense and we will honor and pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. Signed: (Contractor) < or > Signed: (Subcontractor) Countersigned: (Contractor) Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 2.Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. B. Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner- occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2.Section 01 56 39 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" for temporary protection of existing trees and plants that are affected by selective demolition. 3.Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures. 4.Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements not part of selective demolition. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. B.Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse. C.Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D.Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. E.Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 1 of 6 02 41 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A.Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B.Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2.Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3.Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4.Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5.Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. B.Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1.Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's other tenants' on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2.Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3.Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 2 of 6 02 41 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B.Notify Landscape Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. C.Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Landscape Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. D.Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. E.Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. C. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings preconstruction photographs or video and templates. 1.Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. 2.Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 3 of 6 02 41 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A.Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. B.Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1.Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2.Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. 3.If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1.Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2.Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 3.Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 4.Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 4 of 6 02 41 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1.Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2.Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire- suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 3.Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 4.Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 5.Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 6.Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1.Clean salvaged items. 2.Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3.Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4.Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5.Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1.Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2.Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3.Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4.Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 5 of 6 02 41 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A.Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Using power-driven saw, cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. B.Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power-driven saw, and then remove concrete between saw cuts. C.Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts. D.Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, and then break up and remove. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and recycle or dispose of them according to Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 1.Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2.Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3.Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4.Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 6 of 6 02 41 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 26 05 00- COMMON WORK RESULTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.Electrical equipment coordination and installation. 2.Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3.Sleeve seals. 4.Grout. 5.Common electrical installation requirements. 1.3 CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES A.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) — ASTM C1107: Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-shrink). B.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) — ASTM A53/A53M: Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. C.ANSI/NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code (NEC), with California amendments (CEC). D.International Electrical Testing Association - NETA ATS: The NETA Acceptance Testing Specifications. E.National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) - NECA 1: Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction. F.National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) — G.National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) — NEMA WC26: Bi- national Wire and Cable Packaging Standard. H.National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) — NEMA WC70: Non- Shielded Power Cable 2000 V or Less. COMMON WORK RESULTS Page 1 of 4 26 05 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.4 DEFINITIONS A.EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B.NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For sleeve seals. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1.To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2.To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3.To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4.So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in- place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A.Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B.Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral water-stop, unless otherwise indicated. C.Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Metal Thickness: For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side more than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 Irih, i.iiieknss shall be 0.138 inch. COMMON WORK RESULTS Page 2 of 4 26 05 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a.Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b.Calpico, Inc. c.Metraflex Co. d.Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM, or NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Botts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.3 GROUT A. Non-metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, non- metallic aggregate grout, non-corrosive, non-staining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A.Comply with NECA 1. B.Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C.Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D.Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E.Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. COMMON WORK RESULTS Page 3 of 4 26 05 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A.Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B.Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C.Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D.Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with fire-stop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E.Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F.Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. G.Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. H.Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS Page 4 of 4 26 05 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 26 05 19- LOW VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SECTION 26 05 00- COMMON WORK RESULTS B. 1. Section 260500, "Common Work Results for Electrical". 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1.Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2.Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 3.Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B.NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES A.International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) — Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. B.Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) — 29 CFR 1910.7: OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Standards. C.Underwriters Laboratories — UL 83 — Thermoplastic Insulated Wires. D.Underwriters Laboratories — UL 467 — Grounding and Bonding Equipment. E.Underwriters Laboratories — UL 486A — Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data for building wire and each cable assembly type. Select each length to complete set of manufacturer's markings. Attach tag LOW VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS Page 1 of 4 26 05 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 indicating cable size and application information. Provide record documents showing actual locations of components and circuits. B.Qualification Data: For testing agency. C.Field quality-control test reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. D.Provide manufacturer's instructions for use of ground megger with proposed method indicated. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Testing Agency Qualifications: Contractor will provide an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the International Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C.Manufacturers: Shall be specialized in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum ten years (documented) experience. D.Comply with CEC. E.Comply with CCR Title 24, Part 6, California Energy Code. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Product Requirements: Products storage and handling requirements. B.Deliver wires and cables according to NEMA WC 26. 1.8 COORDINATION A.Division 1 "Project Management and Coordination": As required for coordination. B.Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine routino and lengths required. C.Coordinate layout and installation of wiring and cables with other installations. LOW VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS Page 2 of 4 26 05 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.9 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A.Coordinate with general contractor and owner to test all 600 volt rated existing branch circuiting for continuity. B.Test ground conductors for separation with any neutral conductors being extended. C.Visually inspect condition of existing circuits. Report any deficiencies as to conductor type or insulation type. Ensure conductors are copper and insulation is 600 volt rated listed for outdoor use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work, include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. 2.American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 3.General Cable Corporation. 4.Senator Wire & Cable Company. 5.Southwire Company. B. Conductors: Copper. Comply with NEMA WC 70. C. Conductor Insulation: Types THHN-2/THWN-2, XHHW2. Comply with NEMA WC 70. D. Type MC or AC Cable shall not be used. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2.Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3.O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4.3M; Electrical Products Division. 5.Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. LOW VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS Page 3 of 4 26 05 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Copper: solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Feeders & Branch Circuits: Type THHN-2/THWN-2 90 degree rated single conductors in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLE A.Conceal raceways in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B.Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary. Compound used must not deteriorate conductor insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C.Use pulling means; including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips that will not damage cables or raceway. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. B.Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than un- spliced conductors. C.Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B.Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. C.Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors, and LOW VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS Page 4 of 4 26 05 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 conductors feeding critical equipment and services, as indicated on drawings, for compliance with requirements. 2.Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3.Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in cables and conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. a.Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. b.Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken and observations after remedial action. Furnish original and four copies of the complete report to the Architect in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents D. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1.Test procedures used. 2.Test results that comply with requirements. 3.Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. 4.Furnish original and four copies of the complete report to the Architect in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents E. Remove and replace malfunctioning cables and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 26 05 19 LOW VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS Page 5 of 4 26 05 19 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 26 05 26 — GROUNDING & BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment, plus the following special applications: 1. Underground distribution grounding. 1.3 CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES A.ANSI/NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, with California Amendments (CEC). B.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - ASTM B3: Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. C.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - ASTM B8: Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium- Hard, or Soft. D.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - ASTM B33: Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. E.Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) - IEEE 142 — Recommended Practice for Grounding of industrial and Commercial Power Systems. F.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) - NFPA 70B: Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance. G.Underwriters Laboratories — UL 467 — Grounding and Bonding Equipment. H.Underwriters Laboratories — UL 486A — Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. GROUNDING & BONDING Page 1 of 4 26 05 26 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. UFER — As defined by Article 100 of the CEC. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall conform to requirements of the California Electrical Code. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding system resistance shall be 25 ohms or less unless otherwise indicated. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B.Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1. Ground rods. C.Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agencies field supervisor. D.Field quality-control test reports. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall comply with the provisions of Divisions 1 of these specifications. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the International Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International. Electrical Testing Association to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C.Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS GROUNDING & BONDING Page 2 of 4 26 05 26 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.1 CONDUCTORS A.Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned-copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V, unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B.Bare Copper Conductors: 1.Solid Conductors: comply with ASTM B3. 2.Stranded Conductors: comply with ASTM B8. 3.Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 2.2 CONNECTORS A.Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B.Bolted Connectors for Rods, Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure- type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C.Welded Connectors: Exothermic welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Sectional copper-clad, 3/4 inch diameter by10 feet in length. Provide driving pins. Provide threaded couplings where necessary to extend rods. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS. A.Conductors: Install green insulated, solid conductors for No. 8 AWG and smaller and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B.Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1.Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2.Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3.Connections to Ground Rods: Bolted connectors. GROUNDING & BONDING Page 3 of 4 26 05 26 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.2 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A.Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B.Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by CEC: 1.All Feeders and branch circuits. 2.Lighting circuits. 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Make mechanical and electrical contact at all panelboards, outlet boxes, junction boxes, and wherever the conduit run is connected. Permanently and effectively ground all conduits and other equipment as required by all applicable codes, regulations, and standards. B.Grounding Conductors: Install a code sized insulated ground wire in all conduits unless a larger size is indicated on plans. Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. C.Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: An independent, qualified testing and inspecting agency shall perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1.After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2.Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without GROUNDING & BONDING Page 4 of 4 26 05 26 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 3. Documentation: a.Prepare dimensioned drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. b.Furnish original and four copies of the complete report to the Architect in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. B.Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Electrical system maximum ground-resistance value: 25 ohms. C.Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified value, extend rod(s) or drive additional rods to meet specified resistance. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING & BONDING Page 5 of 4 26 05 26 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 26 05 33- RACEWAYS BOXES AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B.Related Sections include the following: 1.Section 260519, "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables". 2.Section 260526, "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems". 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 1.3 CODES, REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A.American National Standards Institute (ANSI) — ANSI C80.1: Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC). B.American National Standards Institute (ANSI) — 080.3: Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated (EMT). C.American National Standards Institute (ANSI) — 0S1: Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. ANSI/NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, with California Amendments E.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM A53/A53M: Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. F.National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) - NECA 1: Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction. G.National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) - NECA 101: Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT). N?tionai Electrical Mani,i §pr9iatictri cy_A),7.UEIV2,?§OLE,Qqlosur_g§.. for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts-Maxtrnum)T - RACEWAY BOXES & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 4 26 05 33 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.4 DEFINITIONS A.LFMC: Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. B.LFNC: Liquid-tight flexible non-metallic conduit. C.PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride. D.RMC: Rigid metallic conduit. E.RNC: Rigid non-metallic conduit. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wire ways and fittings, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.Custom enclosures and cabinets. 2.For handholes and boxes for underground wiring, including the following: a.Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. b.Frame and cover design. c.Grounding details. d.Joint details. C. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1.Structural members in the paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2.Existing Plumbing items and landscape features in the paths of conduit groups with common supports. D. Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency. E. Source quality-control test reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B.Comniv with RACEWAY BOXES & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 4 26 05 33 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2.Alflex Inc. 3.Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 4.Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 5.Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 6.O-Z Gedney; a unit of General Signal. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. 1. Standard weight rigid galvanized steel (RGS) conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized or sheradized. All fittings shall be of the screw thread type. Couplings, locknuts, bushings, etc., shall be hot dipped galvanized or sheradized. C. PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-Coated rigid steel conduit where indicated on drawings. 1.Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2.Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum, interior and exterior surfaces of conduit. 3.Conduit stub-ups from underground including the final 90 degrees sweep and the riser shall be RGS with PVC Coating. PVC Schedule 80 conduit bends will be allowed for all underground bends or sweeps and for vertical risers in lieu of RGS with PVC Coating. - D. EMT:: ANSI. C80:1!-- 1. Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT) shall be galvanized or sheradized. Couplings and connectors shall be galvanized or sheradized. E.FMC: Zinc-coated steel. F.LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. G.Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquid-tight), EMT, and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in whichAnstalled: Indent or dpiveromfittings—shalLnot be permitted. RACEWAY BOXES & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 4 26 05 33 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Fittings for EMT: Steel, compression type. 2.Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness, 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. H. Joint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit: Listed for use in cable connector assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded raceway joints from corrosion and enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2.Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 3.CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 4.Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 5.Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 6.RACO; a Hubbell Company. 7.Thomas & Betts Corporation. B. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC, EPC-80-PVC, unless otherwise indicated. C. Underground bends or sweeps in PVC conduits for vertical risers for feeders and branch circuits shall be according to the following formula, as a minimum: For conduits 2" diameter and smaller, sweep radius shall be six times the diameter; for conduits larger than 2" diameter, sweep radius shall be ten times the diameter. D. Fittings for RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. 2.3 CONDUIT SIZES A.The minimum conduit size shall be 3/4 inch for lighting and power branch circuit wiring above grade and 1 inch below grade. The minimum "Homerun" conduit size to any panelboard shall be 3/4 inch. For concrete encased duct structures the minimum size shall be 4 inches unless otherwise indicated. B.Condulets for conduits larger than 1-1/2 inch I.D. shall be of the mogul design secured to the building structure within 6 inches each of conduit connection. RACEWAY BOXES & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 4 of 4 26 05 33 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.4 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2.Hoffman. 3.Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. Division. 4.0-Z/Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 5.RACO; a Hubbell Company. 6.Thomas & Betts Corporation. 7.Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). 8.Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary. B. Manufacturer for the custom exterior enclosure shall be Pacific Electric, Inc. Temecula Contact Don Cartwright ph# 951-296-1562 C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. D. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy Type FD, with gasketed cover. E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. F. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover. G. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. H. Custom Enclosure: 1.NEMA 3R, galvanized-steel with hinged removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2.Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3.Pad lockable. 4.Supports pre-installed for mounting of equipment. 5.Paint to match existing white finish of electrical room. 2.5 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING . . • A. Description: Comply with SCTE 77. RACEWAY BOXES & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 5 of 4 26 05 33 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Color of Frame and Cover: Gray concrete in custom enclosure, galvanized diamond plate metal elsewhere. 2.Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial unless otherwise indicated. 3.Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure where not located in custom enclosure. Refer to handhole schedule on drawings. 4.Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 5.Cover Legend: Molded lettering stamped " Lighting". 6.Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit-terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. B. Polymer-Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel or fiberglass or a combination of the two. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a.Brooks Products. b.Christy. C. BES. d. Jensen. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1.Exposed CondOit: Rigid steel conduit. 2.Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT. 3.Underground Conduit: Schedule 40 with 80 PVC elbows and risers 4.Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated: 1.Exposed,EMT. 2.Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. 3.Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 3R in damp or wet locations. RACEWAY BOXES & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 6 of 4 26 05 33 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 C.Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size above grade, 1-inch for underground conduit. D.Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. EMT Raceway fittings shall be steel, compression type. 1.EMT: Compression Type. 2.Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 3.PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with that material. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B.Use long sweep bends for all voice/data conduits. C.All conduits shall contain an insulated ground wire whether indicated or not. The ground wire shall be sized in accordance with CEC, unless otherwise noted. All conduit systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous. D.Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. E.Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F.Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. •G: Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to • Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. H. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Label each end indicating destination. Expansion-Joint Fittings for RNC: Install in each run of aboveground conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F, and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. - RACEWAY BOXES & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 7 of 4 26 05 33 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1. Install expansion-joint fittings for each of the following locations, and provide type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for location: a.Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b.Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. c.Indoor Spaces: Connected with the Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. d.Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. 2. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change. 3. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct-Buried Conduit: 1.Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. 2.After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand-tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling. 3.Install manufactured PVC 80 elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete. 4.Warning Tape: Warning tape shall be 5.5 mil composition film, 6 inches wide, containing one layer of metalized foil laminated between two (2) layers of inert plastic film, specifically formulated for prolonged use underground. Tape shall be highly resistant to alkalis, acids, and other destructive agents found in the soil. Warning tape shall bear a continuous printed message warning of the exact location of underground installations. The message shall be in permanent ink specifically formulated for prolonged use underground. Tape shall have black letters (minimum 1/2 inch high) on red background with the message "ELECTRICAL" printed on twelve (12)-inch centers for the entire length of tne tape. RACEWAY BOXES & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 8 of 4 26 05 33 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A.Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B.Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level 6 inch deep bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C.Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1.Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2.Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAY BOXES & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 9 of 4 26 05 33 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 26 05 53- IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.Identification for conductors. 2.Warning labels and signs. 3.Equipment identification labels. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B.Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with NFPA 70. B.Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. C.Arlhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, tminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. 1.5 COORDINATION A.Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual; and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B.Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 4 26 05 53 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A.Self-Adhesive, Self-Laminating Polyester Labels: Preprinted 3-mil- (0.08-mm-) thick flexible label with acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that provides a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant, self-laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized to fit the conductor diameter such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. B.Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of conductor it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. C.Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve with diameter sized to suit diameter of conductor it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. 2.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2.3 CABLE TIES A. General-Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1.Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2.Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C), According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3.Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4.Color: Black except where used for color-coding. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A.Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B.Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 4 26 05 53 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B.Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C.Cable Ties: For attaching tags. Use general-purpose type, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: 1. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded feeder and branch-circuit conductors. a.Color shall be factory applied b.Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1)Phase A: Black. 2)Phase B: Red. 3)Phase C: Blue. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 4 26 05 53 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 26 56 00- EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B.Related Sections include the following: 1.Section 260500, "Common Work Results for Electrical". 2.Section 260519, "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables". 3.Section 260526, "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems". 4.Section 260553, "Identification for Electrical Systems". 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior luminaires with lamps and ballasts. 1.3 CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES A.American National Standards Institute (ANSI) — ANSI C136.10: American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Locking-type Photo-control Devices and Mating Receptacles - Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing. B.ANSI/NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code, with California amendments (CEC). C.California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 6 California Energy Code. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A.CRI: Color-rendering index. B.Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture, including ballast housing, if provided. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each luminaire and support component, arranged in order of lighting unit designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1.Physical description of luminaire, including materials, dimensions and verification of indicated parameters. 2.Details of attaching luminaires and accessories. EXTERIOR LIGHTING Page 1 of 4 26 56 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3. Details of installation and construction. 4. Photometric data based on laboratory tests of each luminaire type, complete with indicated lamps, ballasts, and accessories. a.For indicated luminaires, photometric data shall be certified by a qualified independent testing agency. Photometric data for remaining luminaires shall be certified by manufacturer. b.Photometric data shall be certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. 5. Lamps, including life, output, and energy-efficiency data. 6. Materials, dimensions, and finishes of poles. 7. Means of attaching luminaires to supports, and indication that attachment is suitable for components involved. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by manufacturers' laboratories that are accredited under the National Volunteer Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products, and PART 1 - PRODUCTS 1.1 MANUFACTURERS A.In other Part 2 articles, where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: B.In Lighting Fixture Schedule, where titles below are column or row headings that introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into ihe Work include, but are nnt limited to, manufacturers specified. 1.2 LUMINAIRES, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Luminaires shall comply with UL 1598 and be listed and labeled for installation in wet locations by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B.Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. C.Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit re-lamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components trom taIling acciaentally during re-lamping and when secured in EXTERIOR LIGHTING Page 2 of 4 26 56 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. Designed to disconnect ballast when door opens. D. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION A.Fasten luminaire to indicated structural supports. 1. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. B.Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. Include adjustment of photoelectric device to prevent false operation of relay by artificial light sources. 2.2 CORROSION PREVENTION A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment. 2.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B.Illumination Observations: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing luminaires and energizing circuits with normal power source. END OF SECTION 26 56 00 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Page 3 of 4 26 56 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 32 13 13 - CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes Concrete Paving 1. Walks. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for general building applications of concrete. 2.Section 32 13 73 "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for joint sealants in expansion and contraction joints within concrete paving and in joints between concrete paving and asphalt paving or adjacent construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, and other pozzolans. B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials. 1.4 PRENSTALLAT:ON MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to concrete paving, including but not limited to, the following: a.Concrete mixture design. b.Quality control of concrete materials and concrete paving construction practices. 2. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with concrete paving to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. CONCRETE PAVING Page 1 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 b.Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c.Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. d.Concrete paving Subcontractor. e.Manufacturer's representative of stamped concrete paving system used for stamped detectable warnings. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. B.Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product, ingredient, or admixture requiring color selection. C.Design Mixtures: For each concrete paving mixture. Include alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: For the following, from manufacturer: 1.Cementitious materials. 2.Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3.Fiber reinforcement. 4.Admixtures. 5.Curing compounds. 6.Applied finish materials. 7.Bonding agent or epoxy adhesive. 8.Joint fillers. B. Material Test Reports: For each of the following: 1. Aggregates: Include service-record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali-aggregate reactivity. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" (Quality Control Manual - Section 3, "Plant Certification Checklist"). CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B.Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. C.Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1.Build mockups of full-thickness sections of concrete paving to demonstrate typical joints; surface finish, texture, and color; curing; and standard of workmanship. 2.Build mockups of concrete paving in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, build mockups where directed by Architect and not less than 96 inches by 96 inches. 3.Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4.Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.8 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: City will contract a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on concrete paving mixtures. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. B.Hot-Weather Concrete Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot- weather conditions exist: 1.Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractors option. 2.Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap, so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3.Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 FORMS A.Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, and smooth exposed surfaces. 1. Use flexible or uniformly curved forms for curves with a radius of 100 feet or less. Do not use notched and bent forms. B.Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and that will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A.Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, fabricated fromsteel wire into flat sheets. B.Deformed-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. C.Epoxy-Coated Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A, plain steel. D.Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed. E.Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class II zinc coated, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and bending; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed bars. F.Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M or ASTM A 934/A 934M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed bars. G.Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184/A 184M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed bars; assembled with clips. H.Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, as drawn. I.Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M. J.Epoxy-Coated-Steel Wire: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A; coated, plain. K.Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 plain-steel bars; zinc coated (galvanized) after fabrication according to ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class I coating. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 L.Epoxy-Coated, Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 plain-steel bars. M.Tie Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed. N.Hook Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, internally and externally threaded. Design hook- bolt joint assembly to hold coupling against paving form and in position during concreting operations, and to permit removal without damage to concrete or hook bolt. 0. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded-wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete specified, and as follows: 1.Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2.For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer- coated wire bar supports. P.Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating, compatible with epoxy coating on reinforcement. Q.Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A 780/A 780M. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: Use the following cementitious materials, of same type, brand, and source throughout Project: 1.Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, gray portland cement Type II. 2.Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or Class F. 3.Slag Cement: ASTM C 989/C 989M, Grade 100 or 120. 4.Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595/C 595M, Type IS, portland blast- furnace slag cement. B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, Class 4S, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1.Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1 inch nominal. 2.Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. D. Chemical Admixtures: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. 1.Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2.Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4.High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5.High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6.Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. E.Color Pigment: ASTM C 979/C 979M, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. F.Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A.Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. dry. B.Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. C.Water: Potable. D.Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular, film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. E.Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. F.White, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B, dissipating. 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A.Joint Fillers: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork in preformed strips. B.Slip-Resistive Aggregate Finish: Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum-oxide granules or crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 20 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials. C.Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D.Epoxy-Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881/C 881M, two-component epoxy resin capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces; of class suitable for application temperature, of grade complying with requirements, and of the following types: CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1. Types I and II, nonload bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. E. Chemical Surface Retarder: Water-soluble, liquid, set retarder with color dye, for horizontal concrete surface application, capable of temporarily delaying final hardening of concrete to a depth of 1/8 to 1/4 inch. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field experience. 1.Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete design mixtures for the trial batch method. 2.When automatic machine placement is used, determine design mixtures and obtain laboratory test results that comply with or exceed requirements. B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1.Fly Ash or Pozzolan: 25 percent. 2.Slag Cement: 50 percent. 3.Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan, and Slag Cement: 50 percent, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal- weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows: 1.Air Content: 5-1/2 percent plus or minus 1-1/2 percent for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 2.Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1-1/2 percent for 1-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 3.Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1-1/2 percent for 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. D. Limit water-soluble, cnionde-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. E. Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. G. Concrete Mixtures: Normal-weight concrete. I. Cnrnpr.%-eivP qtrc.ngth (')8 A- indicated. 2. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. CONCRETE PAVING Page 7 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING A.Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B.Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. 1.For concrete batches of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2.For concrete batches larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd.. 3.Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixing time, quantity, and amount of water added. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with requirements for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances. B. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface below concrete paving to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. 1.Completely proof-roll subbase in one direction and repeat in perpendicular direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. 2.Proof-roll with a pneumatic-tired and loaded, 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons. 3.Correct subbase with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth of 1/2 inch according to requirements in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving." C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. CONCRETE PAVING Page 8 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A.Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B.Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A.General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. B.Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials. C.Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. D.Install welded-wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. E.Zinc-Coated Reinforcement: Use galvanized-steel wire ties to fasten zinc-coated reinforcement. Repair cut and damaged zinc coatings with zinc repair material. F.Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy-coated reinforcement. Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. G.Install fabricated bar mats in lengths as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other irregularities, or replace units as required before placement. Set mats for a minimum 2-inch overlap of adjacent mats. 3.5 JOINTS A.General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edges true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated. 1. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints unless otherwise indicated. B.Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and t finn tAth4:1rp raxiinc nrynratjeln ?re stopped for more h^r,r unless paving terminates at isolation joints. CONCRETE PAVING Page 9 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Continue steel reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of paving strips unless otherwise indicated. 2.Provide tie bars at sides of paving strips where indicated. 3.Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or coat with asphalt one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. C. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1.Locate expansion joints at intervals of 30' on center spacing unless otherwise indicated. 2.Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. 3.Terminate joint filler not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface if joint sealant is indicated. 4.Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is not indicated. 5.Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint-filler sections together. 6.During concrete placement, protect top edge of joint filler with metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows, to match jointing of existing adjacent concrete paving: 1.Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before developing random contraction cracks. a. Tolerance: Ensure that sawed joints are within 3 inches either way from centers of dowels. 2.Doweled Contraction Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or coat with asphalt one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. E. Edging: After initial floating, tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate edging-tool marks on concrete surfaces. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, steel reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast-in. CONCRETE PAVING Page 10 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B.Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. C.Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. D.Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site. Do not add water to fresh concrete after testing. E.Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. F.Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping. 1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement dowels and joint devices. G.Screed paving surface with a straightedge and strike off. H.Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open-textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments. I.Curbs and Gutters: Use design mixture for automatic machine placement. Produce curbs and gutters to required cross section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing. J.Slip-Form Paving: Use design mixture for automatic machine placement. Produce paving to required thickness, lines, grades, finish, and jointing. 1. Compact subbase and prepare subgrade of sufficient width to prevent displacement of slip-form paving machine during operations. 3.7 FLOAT FINISHING A.General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B.Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleedwater sheen has disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. CONCRETE PAVING Page 11 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1 Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft-bristle broom across float- finished concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform, fine-line texture. 3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A.General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. B.Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection. C.Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete but before float finishing. D.Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. E.Curing Methods: Cure concrete by a combination of these as follows: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a.Water. b.Continuous water-fog spray. c.Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears occurring during installation or curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating, and repair damage during curing period. 3.9 PAVING TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 117 and as follows: 1.Elevation: 3/4 inch. 2.Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch. •3. Surface: Gap below 10-feet-long; unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch. 4. Alignment of Tie-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/2 inch per 12 inches of tie bar. CONCRETE PAVING Page 12 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 5.Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Dowels: 1 inch. 6.Vertical Alignment of Dowels: 1/4 inch. 7.Alignment of Dowel-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/4 inch per 12 inches of dowel. 8.Joint Spacing: 3 inches. 9.Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 10.Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B.Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1.Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 Cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive- strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2.Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3.Air Content: ASTM C 231/C 231M, pressure method; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4.Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when it is 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5.Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of three standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6.Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one specimen at seven days and two specimens at 28 days. a. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at 28 days. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. D. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contracto7 within 48 -urs tcsting. Repc,;-ts compressive--o'‘i"a ngt11-u dl contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design CONCRETE PAVING Page 13 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. E.Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. F.Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. G.Concrete paving will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. H.Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. I.Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A.Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section. Remove work in complete sections from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Architect. B.Drill test cores, where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory paving areas with portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive. C.Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. D.Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep paving not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. END OF SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 14 of 14 32 13 13 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 32 13 73 - CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.Cold-applied joint sealants. 2.Hot-applied joint sealants. 3.Cold-applied, fuel-resistant joint sealants. 4.Hot-applied, fuel-resistant joint sealants. 5.Joint-sealant backer materials. 6.Primers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" for sealing nontraffic and traffic joints in locations not specified in this Section. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. B.Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C.Paving-Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1.Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2.Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3.Joint-sealant formulation. 4.Joint-sealant color. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 1 of 4 32 13 73 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B. Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1.When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer. 2.When joint substrates are wet. 3.Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4.Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2.2 COLD-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS A. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Urethane, Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use T. 1. As indicated on plans. 2.3 JOINT-SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS A.Joint-Sealant Backer Materials: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on field experience and laboratory testing. B.Round Backer Rods for Cold-Applied Joint Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 3, of diameter and density required to control joint-sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant. CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 2 of 4 32 13 73 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.4 PRIMERS A. Primers: Product recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine joints to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Surface Cleaning of Joints: Before installing joint sealants, clean out joints immediately to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. B.Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A.Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated unless more stringent i-equirements apply. B.Joint-Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions. C.Install joint-sealant backings to support joint sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1.Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-sealant backings. 2.Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint-sealant backings. 3.Remove absorbent joint-sealant haokinqs that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 3 of 4 32 13 73 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 D. Install joint sealants immediately following backing installation, using proven techniques that comply with the following: 1.Place joint sealants so they fully contact joint substrates. 2.Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3.Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Joint Sealants: Immediately after joint-sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to the following requirements to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint: 1.Remove excess joint sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2.Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. F. Provide joint configuration to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.Clean off excess joint sealant as the Work progresses, by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturers. B.Protect joint sealants, during and after curing period, from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately and replace with joint sealant so installations in repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.5 PAVING-JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application: Joints within concrete paving. 1. Joint Location: a.Expansion and isolation joints in concrete paving. b.Contraction joints in concrete paving. c.Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Multicomponent, nonsag, urethane, elastomeric joint sealant. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: Shall match adjacent concrete. END OF SECTION 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 4 of 4 32 13 73 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 32 84 00 - PLANTING IRRIGATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.Piping. 2.Encasement for piping. 3.Manual valves. 4.Pressure-reducing valves. 5.Automatic control valves. 6.Transition fittings. 7.Miscellaneous piping specialties. 8.Sprinklers. 9.Quick couplers. 10.Drip irrigation specialties. 11.Boxes for automatic control valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Circuit Piping: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, and specialties. Piping is under pressure during flow. B.Main Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping to, and including, control vdives. F.iiiiy is under water-distribution-system pressure. C.Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Irrigation zone control shall be automatic operation with controller and automatic control valves. B.Location of Sprinklers and Specialties: Design location is approximate. Make minor adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards. Maintain 100 percent irrigation coverage of areas indicated. PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 1 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 C. Minimum Working Pressures: The following are minimum pressure requirements for piping, valves, and specialties unless otherwise indicated: 1.Irrigation Main Piping: 200 psig. 2.Circuit Piping: 150 psig. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B.Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Coordination Drawings: Irrigation systems, drawn to scale, on which components are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved. Also include adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards. B.Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. C.Zoning Chart: Show each irrigation zone and its control valve. D.Controller Timing Schedule: Indicate timing settings for each automatic controller zone. E.Field quality-control reports. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinklers and automatic control valves to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Refer to City specification section 212-2.4.1 for additional required equipment. B. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Spray Sprinklers: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type and size indicated, but no fewer than 5 units. 2.Bubblers: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer than 5 units. 3.Emitters: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer than 5 units. 4.Drip-Tube System Tubing: Equal to 5 percent of total length installed for each type and size indicated, but not less than 100 feet. PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 2 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 5. Rotors: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type and size indicated, but no fewer than 5 units. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B.Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.11 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated: 1.Notify Construction Manager at least one week in advance of proposed interruption of water service. 2.Do not proceed with interruption of water service without Construction Manager's written permission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Comply with requirements in the piping schedule for applications of pipe, tube, and fitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, PVC 1120 compound, Schedules 40 and 80. 1.PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2466, Schedule 40. 2.PVC Threaded Fittings: ASTM D 2464, Schedule 80. 3.PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to MSS SP-107, except both headpiece and tailpiece shall be PVC with socket ends. C. PVC Pipe, Pressure Rated: ASTM D 2241, PVC 1120 compound, SDR 21 and SDR 26. PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 3 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2467, Schedule 80. 2.PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to MSS SP-107, except both headpiece and tailpiece shall be PVC with socket or threaded ends. 2.2 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A.Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AVVWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick unless otherwise indicated; full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated. B.Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C.Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing unless otherwise indicated. D.Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E.Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. F.Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 MANUAL VALVES A. Plastic Ball Valves: 1.As indicated on plans 2.Description: a.Standard: MSS SP-122. b.Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum C. Body Material: PVC. d.Type: Union. e.End Connections: Socket or threaded. f.Port: Full. 2.4 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES A. Plastic, Automatic Control Valves: 1.As indicated on plans. 2.Description: Molded-plastic body, normally closed, diaphragm type with manual- flow adjustment, and operated by 24-V ac solenoid. PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 4 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.5 TRANSITION FITTINGS A.General Requirements: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined. B.Transition Couplings: 1. Description: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling for underground pressure piping. C.Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: 1. Description: PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement- socket or threaded end. D.Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: 1. Description: MSS SP-107, PVC four-part union. Include one brass threaded end, one solvent-cement-joint or threaded plastic end, rubber 0-ring, and union nut. 2.6 SPRINKLERS A. General Requirements: Designed for uniform coverage over entire spray area indicated at available water pressure. B. Plastic, Pop-up, Gear-Drive Rotary Sprinklers: 1. Description: As indicated on plans. a.Body Material: ABS. b.Nozzle: ABS. c.Retraction Spring: Stainless steel. d.Internal Parts: Corrosion resistant. C. Plastic, Pop-up Spray Sprinklers: 1.As indicated on plans. 2.Description: a.Body Material: ABS. b.Nozzle: ABS. c.Retraction Spring: Stainless steel. d.Internal Parts: Corrosion resistant. e.Pattern: Fixed, with flow adjustment. 2.7 QUICK COUPI FRS A. Description: Factory-fabricated, bronze or brass, two-piece assembly. Include coupler water-seal valve; removable upper body with spring-loaded or weighted, rubber- PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 5 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 covered cap; hose swivel with ASME B1.20.7, 3/4-11.5NH threads for garden hose on outlet; and operating key. 1. Locking-Top Option: Vandal-resistant locking feature. Include two matching key(s). 2.8 DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTIES A. Drip Tubes with Direct-Attached Emitters: 1.Tubing: Flexible PE or PVC with plugged end. 2.Emitters: Devices to deliver water at approximately 20 psig. a.Body Material: PE or vinyl, with flow control. b.Mounting: Inserted into tubing at set intervals. B. Application Pressure Regulators: Brass or plastic housing, NPS 3/4, with corrosion- resistant internal parts; capable of controlling outlet pressure to approximately 20 psig. C. Filter Units: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal parts; of size and capacity required for devices downstream from unit. D. Air Relief Valves: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal parts. E. Vacuum Relief Valves: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal parts. 2.9 BOXES FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES A. Plastic Boxes: 1.Carson Industries, LLC 2.Description: Box and cover, with open bottom and openings for piping; designed for installing flush with grade. a.Size: As required for valves and service. b.Shape: Rectangular. c.Sidewall Material: PE. d.Cover Material: PE. 1) Lettering: As indicated on plans. B. Drainage Backfill: Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3/4 inch minimum to 3 inches maximum. PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 6 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A.Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving." B.Install warning tape directly above pressure piping, 12 inches below finished grades, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavement and slabs. C.Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the following: 1.Irrigation Main Piping: Minimum depth of 24 inches below finished grade, or not less than 18 inches below average local frost depth, whichever is deeper. 2.Circuit Piping: 18 inches. 3.Sleeves: 24 inches. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Set stakes to identify locations of proposed irrigation system. Obtain Architect's approval before excavation. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A.Location and Arrangement: Drawings indicate location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated unless deviations are approved on Coordination Drawings. B.Install piping free of sags and bends. C.Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. D.Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. E.Install unions adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2 or smaller pipe cui F.Install flanges adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2-1/2 or larger pipe connection. G.Install underground thermoplastic piping according to ASTM D 2774 and ASTM F 690. H.Install expansion loops in control-valve boxes for plastic piping. I.Lay piping on solid subbase, uniformly sloped without humps or depressions. J.Install ductile-iron piping according to AWWA C600. K.Install PVC piping in dry weather when temperature is above 40 deg F. Allow joints to cure at least 24 hours at temperatures above 40 deg F before testing. PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 7 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 L.Install water regulators with shutoff valve and strainer on inlet and pressure gage on outlet. Install shutoff valve on outlet. Install aboveground or in control-valve boxes. M.Water Hammer Arresters: Install between connection to building main and circuit valves aboveground or in control-valve boxes. N.Install piping in sleeves under parking lots, roadways, and sidewalks. 0. Install sleeves made of Schedule 40 PVC pipe and socket fittings, and solvent- cemented joints. P. Install transition fittings for plastic-to-metal pipe connections according to the following: 1. Underground Piping: a.NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Plastic-to-metal transition fittings. b.NPS 2 and Larger: AVVWA transition couplings. 2. Aboveground Piping: a.NPS 2 and Smaller: Plastic-to-metal transition fittings. b.NPS 2 and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits with one plastic flange. 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1.Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2.Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. PVC Piping Solvent-Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1.Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2.PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number, ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 3.PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 8 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A.Underground Curb Valves: Install in curb-valve casings with tops flush with grade. B.Underground Iron Gate Valves, Resilient Seat: Comply with AVVWA C600 and AVVWA M44. Install in valve casing with top flush with grade. 1. Install valves and PVC pipe with restrained, gasketed joints. 3.6 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A.Install sprinklers after hydrostatic test is completed. B.Install sprinklers at manufacturer's recommended heights. C.Locate part-circle sprinklers to maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches from walls and 2 inches from other boundaries unless otherwise indicated. 3.7 DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A.Install drip tubes with direct-attached emitters below grade as indicated on plans. B.Install application pressure regulators and filter units in piping near device being protected, and in control-valve boxes. C.Install air relief valves and vacuum relief valves in piping, and in control-valve boxes. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A.Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 22 11 13 "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for water supply from exterior water service piping, water meters, protective enclosures, and backflow preventers. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B.Install piping adjacent to equipment, valves, and devices to akr„v =vice and maintenance. C.Connect wiring between controllers and automatic control valves. 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Warning Tapes: Arrange for installation of continuous, underground, detectable warning tapes over underground piping during backfilling of trenches. See Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving" for warning tapes. PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 9 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1.Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2.Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate controllers and automatic control valves to confirm proper system operation. 3.Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Any irrigation product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1.Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2.Verify that controllers are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. 3.Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal. 3.12 ADJUSTING A.Adjust settings of controllers. B.Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate at rated operating pressure required for each sprinkler circuit. C.Adjust sprinklers and devices, except those intended to be mounted aboveground, so they will be flush with, or not more than 1/2 inch above, finish grade. 3.13 CLEANING A. Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and other devices. PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 10 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 END OF SECTION 32 84 00 PLANTING IRRIGATION Page 11 of 11 32 84 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 32 92 00 - TURF AND GRASSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Sodding. B.Related Requirements: 1. Section 32 93 00 "Plants" for trees, shrubs, ground covers, and other plants as well as border edgings and mow strips. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. B.Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and molluscicides. They also includes substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant. C.Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants, animals, or people. Pests include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents (gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses. D.Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. See Section 32 91 15 "Soil Preparation (Performance Specification)" and drawing designations for planting soils. E.Subgrade: The surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. TURF AND GRASSES Page 1 of 7 32 92 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: For landscape Installer. B.Product Certificates: For fertilizers, from manufacturer. C.Pesticides and Herbicides: Product label and manufacturer's application instructions specific to Project. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of turf during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful turf establishment. 1. Professional Membership: Installer shall be a member in good standing of either the Professional Landcare Network or the American Nursery and Landscape Association. 2. Experience: Five years' experience in turf installation in addition to requirements in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements." 3. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full- time supervisor on Project site when work is in progress. 4. Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in all of the following categories from the Professional Landcare Network: a.Landscape Industry Certified Technician - Exterior. b.Landscape Industry Certified Lawncare Manager. c.Landscape Industry Certified Lawncare Technician. 5. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Seed and Other Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of compliance with state and Federal laws, as applicable. B.Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation" sections in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass c^c! within 9/1 hours in time for plantinc pr^rnpt!y. Protect sod from breakage and drying. TURF AND GRASSES Page 2 of 7 32 92 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 C. Bulk Materials: 1.Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2.Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials; discharge of soil-bearing water runoff; and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3.Accompany each delivery of bulk materials with appropriate certificates. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TURFGRASS SOD A.Turfgrass Sod: Certified, complying with "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Furnish viable sod of uniform density, color, and texture that is strongly rooted and capable of vigorous growth and development when planted. B.Turfgrass Species: Southland Sod Farms Marathon 2 Dwarf Tall Fescue. 2.2 FERTILIZERS A. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory. B. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water- insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: 1.Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by weight. 2.Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory. TURF AND GRASSES Page 3 of 7 32 92 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.3 PESTICIDES A.General: Pesticide, registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. B.Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling the germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the mulch layer. C.Post-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling weed growth that has already germinated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to be planted for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting installation and performance of the Work. 1.Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within a planting area. 2.Suspend planting operations during periods of excessive soil moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results. 3.Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable or which is dusty. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect and replace with new planting soil. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Protect structures; utilities; sidewalks; pavements; and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and plantings from damage caused by planting operations. I. Protect grade stakes set by others until directed to remove them. B.Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. TURF AND GRASSES Page 4 of 7 32 92 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.3 TURF AREA PREPARATION A.General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to Section 32 91 15 "Soil Preparation (Performance Specification)." B.Placing Planting Soil: [Place and mix planting soil in place over exposed subgrade] [Place manufactured planting soil over exposed subgrade] [Blend planting soil in place] <Insert requirement>. 1. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod. C.Moisten prepared area before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. D.Before planting, obtain Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. 3.4 SODDING A. Lay sod within 24 hours of harvesting unless a suitable preservation method is accepted by Architect prior to delivery time. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or muddy. B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod; do not stretch or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to soil or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with soil, eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass. 1.Lay sod across slopes exceeding 1:3. 2.Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:6 with wood pegs spaced as recommended by sod manufacturer but not less than two anchors per sod strip to prevent slippage. C. Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week after planting, water daily or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches below sod. 3.5 TURF MAINTENANCE A. General: Maintain and establish turf by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable turf. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth turf. Provide materials and installation the same as those used in the original installation. 1. Fill in as necessary soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes. Replace materials and turf damaged or lost in areas of subsidence. TURF AND GRASSES Page 5 of 7 32 92 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new mulch and anchor as required to prevent displacement. 3.Apply treatments as required to keep turf and soil free of pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices whenever possible to minimize the use of pesticides and reduce hazards. B. Watering: Install and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and turf-watering equipment to convey water from sources and to keep turf uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches. 1.Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly planted areas. 2.Water turf with fine spray at a minimum rate of 1 inch per week unless rainfall precipitation is adequate. C. Mow turf as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified height without cutting more than one-third of grass height. Remove no more than one-third of grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Schedule initial and subsequent mowings to maintain the following grass height: 1.Mow bentgrass to a height of 1/2 inch or less. 2.Mow bermudagrass to a height of 1/2 to 1 inch. 3.Mow turf-type tall fescue to a height of 2 to 3 inches. D. Turf Post fertilization: Apply commercial fertilizer after initial mowing and when grass is dry. 1. Use fertilizer that provides actual nitrogen of at least 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. to turf area. 3.6 SATISFACTORY TURF A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Architect: 1.Satisfactory Seeded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq. ft. and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches. 2.Satisfactory Sodded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well-rooted, even-colored, viable turf has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and surface irregularities. 3.Satisfactory Plugged Turf: At end of maintenance period, the required number of plugs has been established as well-rooted, viable patches of grass, and areas between plugs are free of weeds and other undesirable vegetation. 4.Satisfactory Sprigged Turf: At end of maintenance period, the required number of sprigs has been established as well-rooted, viable plants, and areas between sprigs are free of weeds and other undesirable vegetation. B. Use specified materials to reestablish turf that does not comply with requirements, and continue maintenance until turf is satisfactory. TURF AND GRASSES Page 6 of 7 32 92 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.7 PESTICIDE APPLICATION A.Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed. B.Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply only as necessary to treat already-germinated weeds and according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.8 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A.Promptly remove soil and debris created by turf work from paved areas. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas. B.Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C.Erect temporary fencing or barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic. Maintain fencing and barricades throughout initial maintenance period and remove after plantings are established. D.Remove nondegradable erosion-control measures after grass establishment period. 3.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Turf Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Turf Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable turf is established, but for not less than the following periods: a. When initial maintenance period has not elapsed before end of planting season, or if turf is not fully established, continue maintenance during next planting season. 2. Sodded Turf: 90 days from the last day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work, whichever is later. END OF SECTION 32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES Page 7 of 7 32 92 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 SECTION 32 93 00 - PLANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.Plants. 2.Tree stabilization. B. Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 56 39 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" for protecting, trimming, pruning, repairing, and replacing existing trees to remain that interfere with, or are affected by, execution of the Work. 2.Section 32 92 00 "Turf and Grasses" for turf (lawn). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation. B.Container-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted plants grown in a container, with a well-established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of plant required. C.Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. D.Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and molluscicides. They also include substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant. Some sources classify herbicides separately from pesticides. E.Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants, animals, or people Pests include insects. mites. arubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents (gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses. PLANTS Page 1 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 F.Planting Area: Areas to be planted. G.Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. See Section 32 91 15 "Soil Preparation (Performance Specification)" for drawing designations for planting soils. H.Plant; Plants; Plant Material: These terms refer to vegetation in general, including trees, shrubs, vines, ground covers, ornamental grasses, bulbs, corms, tubers, or herbaceous vegetation. I.Root Flare: Also called "trunk flare." The area at the base of the plant's stem or trunk where the stem or trunk broadens to form roots; the area of transition between the root system and the stem or trunk. J.Stem Girdling Roots: Roots that encircle the stems (trunks) of trees below the soil surface. K.Subgrade: The surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordination with Turf Areas (Lawns): Plant trees, shrubs, and other plants after finish grades are established and before planting turf areas unless otherwise indicated. 1. When planting trees, shrubs, and other plants after planting turf areas, protect turf areas, and promptly repair damage caused by planting operations. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Plant Photographs: Include color photographs in digital 3 by 5-inch format of each required species and size of plant material as it will be furnished to Project. Take photographs from an angle depicting true size and condition of the typical plant to be furnished. Include a scale rod or other measuring device in each photograph. For species where more than 20 plants are required, include a minimum of three photographs showing the average plant, the best quality plant, and the worst quality plant to be furnished. Identify each photograph with the full scientific name of the plant, plant size, and name of the growing nursery. B.Samples for Verification: For each of the following: PLANTS Page 2 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Mulch: 1-quartvolume of each organic mulch required; in sealed plastic bags labeled with composition of materials by percentage of weight and source of mulch. Each Sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be furnished; provide an accurate representation of color, texture, and organic makeup. 2.Mineral Mulch: 2 lbof each mineral mulch required, in sealed plastic bags labeled with source of mulch. Sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be delivered and installed on-site; provide an accurate indication of color, texture, and makeup of the material. •Weed Control Barrier: 12 by 12 inches . Root Barrier: Depth of panel by 12 inches 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer. Include list of similar projects completed by Installer demonstrating Installer's capabilities and experience. Include project names, addresses, and year completed, and include names and addresses of owners' contact persons. B. Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, from manufacturer, and complying with the following: 1.Manufacturer's certified analysis of standard products. 2.Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable. C. Pesticides and Herbicides: Product label and manufacturer's application instructions specific to Project. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful establishment of plants. 1.Experience: Three years' cxperience in landscape installation. 2.Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full- time supervisor on Project site when work is in progress. 3.Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial. B. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of plants indicated, complying with applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1. 1. Selection of plants purchased under allowances is made by Landscape Architect, who tags plants at their place of growth before they are prepared for transplanting. Measurerriec,ts: tc,' ANS: Z60.1. F.',o not pTune to obtain rs..,quired sizes. PLANTS Page 3 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Trees and Shrubs: Measure with branches and trunks or canes in their normal position. Take height measurements from or near the top of the root flare for field-grown stock and container-grown stock. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not measure branches or roots tip to tip. Take caliper measurements 6 inches above the root flare for trees up to 4-inchcaliper size, and 12 inches above the root flare for larger sizes. 2.Other Plants: Measure with stems, petioles, and foliage in their normal position. D. Plant Material Observation: Landscape Architect may observe plant material either at place of growth or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, cultivar, size, and quality. Landscape Architect may also observe trees and shrubs further for size and condition of balls and root systems, pests, disease symptoms, injuries, and latent defects and may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project site. 1. Notify Landscape Architect of sources of planting materials 14 days in advance of delivery to site. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of compliance with state and Federal laws if applicable. B. Bulk Materials: 1.Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2.Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials; discharge of soil-bearing water runoff; and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3.Accompany each delivery of bulk materials with appropriate certificates. C. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from sun scald, drying, wind burn, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective covering of plants during shipping and delivery. Do not drop plants during delivery and handling. D. Handle planting stock by root ball. E. Apply antidesiccant to trees and shrubs using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks (before wrapping), branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect during digging, handling, and transportation. 1. If deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full leaf, spray with antidesiccant at nursery before moving and again two weeks after planting. PLANTS Page 4 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 F.Wrap trees and shrubs with burlap fabric over trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect from wind and other damage during digging, handling, and transportation. G.Deliver plants after preparations for planting have been completed, and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set plants and trees in their appropriate aspect (sun, filtered sun, or shade), protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. 1.Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting. 2.Water root systems of plants stored on-site deeply and thoroughly with a fine- mist spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist, but not overly wet condition. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Field Measurements: Verify actual grade elevations, service and utility locations, irrigation system components, and dimensions of plantings and construction contiguous with new plantings by field measurements before proceeding with planting work. B.Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace plantings and accessories that fail in materials, workmanship, or growth within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a.Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from abuse, lack of adequate maintenance, or neglect by Owner. b.Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over. 2. Guaranty Periods: See Section 308-7 of the City Standard Specifications. a.Trees, Shrubs, Vines, and Ornamental Grasses: 1 Year. b.Ground Covers, Biennials, Perennials, and Other Plants: 1 Year. 3. Include the following remedial actions as a minimum: a.Immediately remove dead plants and replace unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season. b.Rap!acc plant: that are more than 25 pera.T.t dc ad or n an .s.mhoa!thy condition at end of warranty period. PLANTS Page 5 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 c.A limit of one replacement of each plant is required except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. d.Provide extended warranty for period equal to original warranty period, for replaced plant material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANT MATERIAL A. General: Furnish nursery-grown plants true to genus, species, variety, cultivar, stem form, shearing, and other features indicated in Plant List, Plant Schedule, or Plant Legend indicated on Drawings and complying with ANSI Z60.1; and with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock, densely foliated when in leaf and free of disease, pests, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement. 1.Trees with damaged, crooked, or multiple leaders; tight vertical branches where bark is squeezed between two branches or between branch and trunk ("included bark"); crossing trunks; cut-off limbs more than 3/4 inch in diameter; or with stem girdling roots are unacceptable. 2.Collected Stock: Do not use plants harvested from the wild, from native stands, from an established landscape planting, or not grown in a nursery unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide plants of sizes, grades, and ball or container sizes complying with ANSI Z60.1 for types and form of plants required. Plants of a larger size may be used if acceptable to Landscape Architect, with a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls. C. Root-Ball Depth: Furnish trees and shrubs with root balls measured from top of root ball, which begins at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1. Root flare shall be visible before planting. •D. Labeling: Label at least one plant of each variety, size, and caliper with a securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of common name and full scientific name, including genus and species. Include nomenclature for hybrid, variety, or cultivar, if applicable for the plant. E. If formal arrangements or consecutive order of plants is indicated on Drawings, select stock for uniform height and spread, and number the labels to assure symmetry in planting. 2.2 FERTILIZERS A. Planting Tablets: Tightly compressed chip-type, long-lasting, slow-release, commercial- grade planting fertilizer in tablet form. Tablets shall break down with soil bacteria, converting nutrients into a form that can be absorbed by plant roots. PLANTS Page 6 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1.Size: 21-gram tablets. 2.Nutrient Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 5 percent potassium, by weight plus micronutrients. 2.3 MULCHES A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: 1.Type: As indicated. 2.Color: Natural. B. Compost Mulch: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through a 1- inchsieve; soluble-salt content of 2 to 4 dS/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows: 1.Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight. 2.Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; or source-separated or compostable mixed solid waste. 2.4 PESTICIDES A.General: Pesticide registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. B.Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling the germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the mulch layer. C.Post-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling weed growth that has already germinated. 2.5 TREE-STABILIZATION MATERIALS A. Trunk-Stabilization Materials: 1.Upright and Guy Stakes: Rough-sawn, sound, new softwood with specified wood pressure-preservative treatment, free of knots, holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2-by-2-inch nominal by length indicated, pointed at one end. 2.Flexible Ties: Wide rubber or elastic bands or straps of length required to reach stakes or turnbuckles. PLANTS Page 7 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A.Wood Pressure-Preservative Treatment: AWPA U1, Use Category UC4a; acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and containing no arsenic or chromium. B.Root Barrier: Black, molded, modular panels 24 inches high (deep), 85 milsthick, and with vertical root deflecting ribs protruding 3/4 inch out from panel surface; manufactured with minimum 50 percent recycled polyethylene plastic with UV inhibitors. C.Antidesiccant: Water-insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix according to manufacturer's written instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive plants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting installation and performance of the Work. 1.Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within a planting area. 2.Verify that plants and vehicles loaded with plants can travel to planting locations with adequate overhead clearance. 3.Suspend planting operations during periods of excessive soil moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results. 4.Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable or which is dusty. B. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Landscape Architect and replace with new planting soil. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities and turf areas and existing plants from damage caused by planting operations. B.Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C.Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations, outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Landscape PLANTS Page 8 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 Architect's acceptance of layout before excavating or planting. Make minor adjustments as required. D. Lay out plants at locations directed by Landscape Architect. Stake locations of individual trees and shrubs and outline areas for multiple plantings. 3.3 PLANTING AREA ESTABLISHMENT A.General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to Section 32 91 15 "Soil Preparation (Performance Specification)." B.Placing Planting Soil: Blend planting soil in place. C.Before planting, obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. 3.4 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS A. Planting Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular planting pits. 1.Excavate planting pits with sides sloping inward at a 45-degree angle. Excavations with vertical sides are unacceptable. Trim perimeter of bottom leaving center area of bottom raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage away from center. Do not further disturb base. Ensure that root ball will sit on undisturbed base soil to prevent settling. Scarify sides of planting pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. 2.Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter for container-grown stock. 3.Excavate at least 12 inches wider than root spread and deep enough to accommodate vertical roots for bare-root stock. 4.Do not excavate deeper than depth of the root ball, measured from the root flare to the bottom of the root ball. 5.If area under the plant was initially dug too deep, add soil to raise it to the correct level and thoroughly tamp the added soil to prevent settling. 6.Maintain angles of repose of adjacent materials to ensure stability. Do not excavate subgrades of adjacent paving, structures, hardscapes, or other new or existing improvements. 7.Maintain supervision of excavations during working hours. 8.Keep excavations covered or otherwise protected when unattended by Installer's personnel. B. Backfill Soil: Subsoil and topsoil removed from excavations may be used as backfill soil unless otherwise indicated. C. Obstructions: Notify Landscape Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations. PLANTS Page 9 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 1. Hardpan Layer: Drill 6-inch-diameter holes, 24 inches apart, into free-draining strata or to a depth of 10 feet whichever is less, and backfill with free-draining material. D.Drainage: Notify Landscape Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or retention in tree or shrub planting pits. E.Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and shrubs. 3.5 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PLANTING A.Inspection: At time of planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to ANSI Z60.1. If root flare is not visible, remove soil in a level manner from the root ball to where the top-most root emerges from the trunk. After soil removal to expose the root flare, verify that root ball still meets size requirements. B.Roots: Remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots. Remove injured roots by cutting cleanly; do not break. C.Container-Grown Stock: Set each plant plumb and in center of planting pit or trench with root flare 1 inch above adjacent finish grades. 1.Backfill: Planting soil. For trees, use amended excavated soil for backfill. 2.Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant. 3.Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. 4.Place planting tablets equally distributed around each planting pit when pit is approximately one-half filled. Place tablets beside the root ball about 1 inch from root tips; do not place tablets in bottom of the hole. a. Quantity: As indicated on Drawings. 5.Continue backfilling process. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of soil. 3.6 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PRUNING A.Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape. B.Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines as directed by Landscape Architect. C.Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines according to standard professional horticultural and arboricultural practices. Unless otherwise indicated by Landscape Architect, do not cut tree leaders; remove only injured, dying, or dead branches from trees and shrubs; and prune to retain natural character. PLANTS Page 10 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 D. Do not apply pruning paint to wounds. 3.7 TREE STABILIZATION A. Trunk Stabilization by Upright Staking and Tying: Install trunk stabilization as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1.Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of 2- through 5-inchcaliper. Stake trees of less than 2-inchcaliper only as required to prevent wind tip out. Use a minimum of two stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18 inches below bottom of backfilled excavation and to extend two-thirds of the tree height or lower as required to keep stakes below limbs above grade. Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetrating root balls or root masses. 2.Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees with two stakes for trees up to 12 feet high and 2-1/2 inches or less in caliper; three stakes for trees less than 14 feet high and up to 4 inches in caliper. Space stakes equally around trees. 3.Support trees with bands of flexible ties at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree. 4.Support trees with two strands of tie wire, connected to the brass grommets of tree-tie webbing at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree. 3.8 ROOT-BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Install root barrier where trees are planted within 120 inches (10 feet) of paving or other hardscape elements, such as walls, curbs, and walkways, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Align root barrier vertically, and run it linearly along and adjacent to the paving or other hardscape elements to be protected from invasive roots. C. Install root barrier continuously for a distance of 120 inches (10 feet) in each direction from the tree trunk, for a total distance of 240 inches (20 feet) per tree. If trees are spaced closer, use a single continuous piece of root barrier. 1.Position top of root barrier 1/2 inch above finish grade. 2.Overlap root barrier a minimum of 12 inches at joints. 3.Do not distort or bend root barrier during construction activities. 4.Do not install root barrier surrounding the root ball of tree. D. Where trees are located over the top of the existing 78" storm drain and either of the two 60" sewer force mains, install `Biobarrier' root barrier, or approved equal, horizontally between bottom of tree root ball and top of utility as detailed on the plans. 3.9 GROUND COVER AND PLANT PLANTING A. Set out and space ground cover and plants other than trees, shrubs, and vines as indicated on Drawings in even rows with triangular spacing. PLANTS Page 11 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 B.Use planting soil for backfill. C.Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots. D.For rooted cutting plants supplied in flats, plant each in a manner that minimally disturbs the root system but to a depth not less than two nodes. E.Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold water. F.Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil. G.Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of recovery from transplanting shock. 3.10 PLANTING AREA MULCHING A. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting areas and other areas indicated. 1.Trees in Turf Areas: Apply organic mulch ring of 3-inchaverage thickness, with 36-inch radius around trunks or stems. Do not place mulch within 3 inchesof trunks or stems. 2.Organic Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 3-inchaverage thickness of organic mulch, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch within 3 inchesof trunks or stems. 3.Decomposed Granite (Mineral) Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 3-inchaverage thickness of mineral mulch, to finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch within 3 inchesof trunks or stems. 3.11 PLANT MAINTENANCE A.Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, restoring planting saucers, adjusting and repairing tree-stabilization devices, resetting to proper grades or vertical position, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. B.Fill in, as necessary, soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes. Replace mulch materials damaged or lost in areas of subsidence. C.Apply treatments as required to keep plant materials, planted areas, and soils free of pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices when possible to minimize use of pesticides and reduce hazards. Treatments include physical controls such as hosing off foliage, mechanical controls such as traps, and biological control agents. PLANTS Page 12 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 3.12 PESTICIDE APPLICATION A.Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed. B.Pre-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply to tree, shrub, and ground-cover areas according to manufacturer's written recommendations. Do not apply to seeded areas. C.Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply only as necessary to treat already-germinated weeds and according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.13 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. General: Repair or replace existing or new trees and other plants that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Landscape Architect. 1.Submit details of proposed pruning and repairs. 2.Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours, if approved. 3.Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full- growth status, as determined by Landscape Architect. B. Remove and replace trees that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction operations that Landscape Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. 1.Provide new trees of same size as those being replaced 2.Species of Replacement Trees: Same species being replaced. 3.14 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.During planting, keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas. B.Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C.Protect plants from damage due to landscape operations and operations of other contractors and trades. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged plantings. PLANTS Page 13 of 14 32 93 00 Carlsbad Community Parks Lighting Retrofit Improvements — Phase 1 Project No. 6074 D.After installation and before Substantial Completion, remove nursery tags, nursery stakes, tie tape, labels, wire, burlap, and other debris from plant material, planting areas, and Project site. E.At time of Substantial Completion, verify that tree-watering devices are in good working order and leave them in place. Replace improperly functioning devices. 3.15 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A.Maintenance period includes maintenance of entire park. Construction fence is to remain in place throughout the maintenance period. B.Maintenance Service for Trees and Shrubs: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below: 1. Maintenance Period: a. 120 days from date of Substantial Completion. C.Maintenance Service for Ground Cover and Other Plants: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below: 1. Maintenance Period: a. 120 days from date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 32 93 00 PLANTS Page 14 of 14 32 93 00